updated for version 7.3.1237

Problem:    Python: non-import errors not handled correctly.
Solution:   Let non-ImportError exceptions pass the finder. (ZyX)

.gitignore

@@ -42,6 +42,7 @@ gvimext.lib
 *.mo
 *.swp
 *~
+*.pyc
 src/po/vim.pot
 
 # Generated by "make test"
@@ -52,3 +53,4 @@ src/testdir/lua.vim
 src/testdir/small.vim 
 src/testdir/tiny.vim 
 src/testdir/test*.out
+src/testdir/test.log

Filelist

@@ -57,6 +57,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/popupmnu.c \
 		src/quickfix.c \
 		src/regexp.c \
+		src/regexp_nfa.c \
 		src/regexp.h \
 		src/screen.c \
 		src/search.c \
@@ -73,6 +74,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/version.c \
 		src/version.h \
 		src/vim.h \
+		src/winclip.c \
 		src/window.c \
 		src/xxd/xxd.c \
 		src/main.aap \
@@ -82,6 +84,11 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/test49.vim \
 		src/testdir/test60.vim \
 		src/testdir/test83-tags? \
+		src/testdir/python2/*.py \
+		src/testdir/python3/*.py \
+		src/testdir/pythonx/*.py \
+		src/testdir/python_after/*.py \
+		src/testdir/python_before/*.py \
 		src/proto.h \
 		src/proto/blowfish.pro \
 		src/proto/buffer.pro \
@@ -130,6 +137,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/ui.pro \
 		src/proto/undo.pro \
 		src/proto/version.pro \
+		src/proto/winclip.pro \
 		src/proto/window.pro \
 
 
@@ -444,6 +452,7 @@ SRC_EXTRA =	\
 		src/os_beos.c \
 		src/os_beos.h \
 		src/os_beos.rsrc \
+		src/proto/os_beos.pro \
 		src/os_mint.h \
 		src/os_vms_fix.com \
 		src/toolbar.phi \

runtime/autoload/getscript.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " getscript.vim
-"  Author:	Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
-"  Date:	Jan 17, 2012
-"  Version:	34
+"  Author:	Charles E. Campbell
+"  Date:	Apr 17, 2013
+"  Version:	35
 "  Installing:	:help glvs-install
 "  Usage:	:help glvs
 "
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 if exists("g:loaded_getscript")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_getscript= "v34"
+let g:loaded_getscript= "v35"
 if &cp
  echoerr "GetLatestVimScripts is not vi-compatible; not loaded (you need to set nocp)"
  finish
@@ -74,6 +74,11 @@ if !exists("g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall")
  let g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall= 1
 endif
 
+" set up default scriptaddr address
+if !exists("g:GetLatestVimScripts_scriptaddr")
+ let g:GetLatestVimScripts_scriptaddr = 'http://vim.sourceforge.net/script.php?script_id='
+endif
+
 "" For debugging:
 "let g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget    = "echo"
 "let g:GetLatestVimScripts_options = "options"
@@ -314,7 +319,7 @@ fun! getscript#GetLatestVimScripts()
   if &mod
    silent! w!
   endif
-  q
+  q!
 
   " restore events and current directory
   exe "cd ".fnameescape(substitute(origdir,'\','/','ge'))
@@ -415,7 +420,7 @@ fun! s:GetOneScript(...)
   echo 'considering <'.aicmmnt.'> scriptid='.scriptid.' srcid='.srcid
 
   " grab a copy of the plugin's vim.sourceforge.net webpage
-  let scriptaddr = 'http://vim.sourceforge.net/script.php?script_id='.scriptid
+  let scriptaddr = g:GetLatestVimScripts_scriptaddr.scriptid
   let tmpfile    = tempname()
   let v:errmsg   = ""
 

runtime/autoload/netrwFileHandlers.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 " netrwFileHandlers: contains various extension-based file handlers for
 "                    netrw's browsers' x command ("eXecute launcher")
-" Author:	Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
-" Date:		Mar 14, 2012
-" Version:	11a
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2012 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
+" Author:	Charles E. Campbell
+" Date:		May 03, 2013
+" Version:	11b	ASTRO-ONLY
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2012 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 "               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 if exists("g:loaded_netrwFileHandlers") || &cp
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_netrwFileHandlers= "v11a"
+let g:loaded_netrwFileHandlers= "v11b"
 if v:version < 702
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of netrwFileHandlers needs vim 7.2"
@@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ set cpo&vim
 " netrwFileHandlers#Invoke: {{{1
 fun! netrwFileHandlers#Invoke(exten,fname)
 "  call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#Invoke(exten<".a:exten."> fname<".a:fname.">)")
-  let fname= a:fname
+  let exten= a:exten
   " list of supported special characters.  Consider rcs,v --- that can be
   " supported with a NFH_rcsCOMMAv() handler
-  if a:fname =~ '[@:,$!=\-+%?;~]'
+  if exten =~ '[@:,$!=\-+%?;~]'
    let specials= {
 \   '@' : 'AT',
 \   ':' : 'COLON',
@@ -51,18 +51,18 @@ fun! netrwFileHandlers#Invoke(exten,fname)
 \   '?' : 'QUESTION',
 \   ';' : 'SEMICOLON',
 \   '~' : 'TILDE'}
-   let fname= substitute(a:fname,'[@:,$!=\-+%?;~]','\=specials[submatch(0)]','ge')
+   let exten= substitute(a:exten,'[@:,$!=\-+%?;~]','\=specials[submatch(0)]','ge')
 "   call Decho('fname<'.fname.'> done with dictionary')
   endif
 
-  if a:exten != "" && exists("*NFH_".a:exten)
+  if a:exten != "" && exists("*NFH_".exten)
    " support user NFH_*() functions
 "   call Decho("let ret= netrwFileHandlers#NFH_".a:exten.'("'.fname.'")')
-   exe "let ret= NFH_".a:exten.'("'.fname.'")'
-  elseif a:exten != "" && exists("*s:NFH_".a:exten)
+   exe "let ret= NFH_".exten.'("'.a:fname.'")'
+  elseif a:exten != "" && exists("*s:NFH_".exten)
    " use builtin-NFH_*() functions
 "   call Decho("let ret= netrwFileHandlers#NFH_".a:exten.'("'.fname.'")')
-   exe "let ret= s:NFH_".a:exten.'("'.fname.'")'
+   exe "let ret= s:NFH_".a:exten.'("'.a:fname.'")'
   endif
 
 "  call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#Invoke 0 : ret=".ret)

runtime/autoload/netrwSettings.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " netrwSettings.vim: makes netrw settings simpler
-" Date:		Sep 03, 2008
-" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell, Jr <drchipNOSPAM at campbellfamily dot biz>
-" Version:	13
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2007 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
+" Date:		May 03, 2013
+" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <drchipNOSPAM at campbellfamily dot biz>
+" Version:	14a	ASTRO-ONLY
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2007 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 "               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 if exists("g:loaded_netrwSettings") || &cp
   finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_netrwSettings = "v13"
+let g:loaded_netrwSettings = "v14a"
 if v:version < 700
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of netrwSettings needs vim 7.0"
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
   endif
 
   put ='+ ---------------------------------------------'
-  put ='+  NetrwSettings:  by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.'
+  put ='+  NetrwSettings:  by Charles E. Campbell'
   put ='+ Press <F1> with cursor atop any line for help'
   put ='+ ---------------------------------------------'
   let s:netrw_settings_stop= line(".")
@@ -88,6 +88,7 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
   put = 'let g:netrw_ftpmode           = '.g:netrw_ftpmode
   put = 'let g:netrw_ignorenetrc       = '.g:netrw_ignorenetrc
   put = 'let g:netrw_sshport           = '.g:netrw_sshport
+  put = 'let g:netrw_silent            = '.g:netrw_silent
   put = 'let g:netrw_use_nt_rcp        = '.g:netrw_use_nt_rcp
   put = 'let g:netrw_win95ftp          = '.g:netrw_win95ftp
   let s:netrw_xfer_stop= line(".")
@@ -99,27 +100,50 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
   put ='+ Netrw Browser Control'
   put = 'let g:netrw_alto              = '.g:netrw_alto
   put = 'let g:netrw_altv              = '.g:netrw_altv
+  put = 'let g:netrw_banner            = '.g:netrw_banner
+  if exists("g:netrw_bannerbackslash")
+   put = 'let g:netrw_bannerbackslash   = '.g:netrw_bannerbackslash
+  else
+   put = '\" let g:netrw_bannerbackslash   = (not defined)'
+  endif
   put = 'let g:netrw_browse_split      = '.g:netrw_browse_split
   if exists("g:netrw_browsex_viewer")
-   put = 'let g:netrw_browsex_viewer    = '.g:netrw_browsex_viewer
+   put = 'let g:netrw_browsex_viewer   = '.g:netrw_browsex_viewer
   else
-   put = 'let g:netrw_browsex_viewer    = (not defined)'
+   put = '\" let g:netrw_browsex_viewer   = (not defined)'
   endif
   put = 'let g:netrw_compress          = '.g:netrw_compress
+  if exists("g:Netrw_corehandler")
+   put = 'let g:Netrw_corehandler      = '.g:Netrw_corehandler
+  else
+   put = '\" let g:Netrw_corehandler      = (not defined)'
+  endif
+  put = 'let g:netrw_ctags             = '.g:netrw_ctags
   put = 'let g:netrw_cursor            = '.g:netrw_cursor
   let decompressline= line("$")
-  put ='let g:netrw_decompress...'
+  put = 'let g:netrw_decompress        = '.string(g:netrw_decompress)
+  if exists("g:netrw_dynamic_maxfilenamelen")
+   put = 'let g:netrw_dynamic_maxfilenamelen='.g:netrw_dynamic_maxfilenamelen
+  else
+   put = '\" let g:netrw_dynamic_maxfilenamelen= (not defined)'
+  endif
   put = 'let g:netrw_dirhistmax        = '.g:netrw_dirhistmax
+  put = 'let g:netrw_errorlvl          = '.g:netrw_errorlvl
   put = 'let g:netrw_fastbrowse        = '.g:netrw_fastbrowse
   let fnameescline= line("$")
-  put = 'let g:netrw_fname_escape...'
+  put = 'let g:netrw_fname_escape      = '.string(g:netrw_fname_escape)
   put = 'let g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject = '.g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject
   put = 'let g:netrw_ftp_list_cmd      = '.g:netrw_ftp_list_cmd
   put = 'let g:netrw_ftp_sizelist_cmd  = '.g:netrw_ftp_sizelist_cmd
   put = 'let g:netrw_ftp_timelist_cmd  = '.g:netrw_ftp_timelist_cmd
   let globescline= line("$")
-  put ='let g:netrw_glob_escape...'
+  put = 'let g:netrw_glob_escape       = '.string(g:netrw_glob_escape)
   put = 'let g:netrw_hide              = '.g:netrw_hide
+  if exists("g:netrw_home")
+   put = 'let g:netrw_home              = '.g:netrw_home
+  else
+   put = '\" let g:netrw_home              = (not defined)'
+  endif
   put = 'let g:netrw_keepdir           = '.g:netrw_keepdir
   put = 'let g:netrw_list_cmd          = '.g:netrw_list_cmd
   put = 'let g:netrw_list_hide         = '.g:netrw_list_hide
@@ -127,23 +151,30 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
   put = 'let g:netrw_localcopycmd      = '.g:netrw_localcopycmd
   put = 'let g:netrw_localmkdir        = '.g:netrw_localmkdir
   put = 'let g:netrw_localmovecmd      = '.g:netrw_localmovecmd
-  put = 'let g:netrw_localrmdir       = '.g:netrw_localrmdir
+  put = 'let g:netrw_localrmdir        = '.g:netrw_localrmdir
   put = 'let g:netrw_maxfilenamelen    = '.g:netrw_maxfilenamelen
   put = 'let g:netrw_menu              = '.g:netrw_menu
+  put = 'let g:netrw_mousemaps         = '.g:netrw_mousemaps
   put = 'let g:netrw_mkdir_cmd         = '.g:netrw_mkdir_cmd
+  if exists("g:netrw_nobeval")
+   put = 'let g:netrw_nobeval           = '.g:netrw_nobeval
+  else
+   put = '\" let g:netrw_nobeval           = (not defined)'
+  endif
+  put = 'let g:netrw_remote_mkdir      = '.g:netrw_remote_mkdir
   put = 'let g:netrw_preview           = '.g:netrw_preview
   put = 'let g:netrw_rename_cmd        = '.g:netrw_rename_cmd
   put = 'let g:netrw_retmap            = '.g:netrw_retmap
   put = 'let g:netrw_rm_cmd            = '.g:netrw_rm_cmd
   put = 'let g:netrw_rmdir_cmd         = '.g:netrw_rmdir_cmd
   put = 'let g:netrw_rmf_cmd           = '.g:netrw_rmf_cmd
-  put = 'let g:netrw_silent            = '.g:netrw_silent
   put = 'let g:netrw_sort_by           = '.g:netrw_sort_by
   put = 'let g:netrw_sort_direction    = '.g:netrw_sort_direction
   put = 'let g:netrw_sort_options      = '.g:netrw_sort_options
   put = 'let g:netrw_sort_sequence     = '.g:netrw_sort_sequence
   put = 'let g:netrw_special_syntax    = '.g:netrw_special_syntax
   put = 'let g:netrw_ssh_browse_reject = '.g:netrw_ssh_browse_reject
+  put = 'let g:netrw_ssh_cmd           = '.g:netrw_ssh_cmd
   put = 'let g:netrw_scpport           = '.g:netrw_scpport
   put = 'let g:netrw_sepchr            = '.g:netrw_sepchr
   put = 'let g:netrw_sshport           = '.g:netrw_sshport

runtime/autoload/rubycomplete.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:             Ruby
 " Maintainer:           Mark Guzman <segfault@hasno.info>
-" Last Change:          2009 Sep 28
-" URL:                  http://vim-ruby.rubyforge.org
-" Anon CVS:             See above site
+" URL:                  https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:  Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
 " Maintainer Version:   0.8.1
 " ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -12,16 +10,23 @@
 " ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 " {{{ requirement checks
+
+function! s:ErrMsg(msg)
+    echohl ErrorMsg
+    echo a:msg
+    echohl None
+endfunction
+
 if !has('ruby')
-    s:ErrMsg( "Error: Rubycomplete requires vim compiled with +ruby" )
-    s:ErrMsg( "Error: falling back to syntax completion" )
+    call s:ErrMsg( "Error: Rubycomplete requires vim compiled with +ruby" )
+    call s:ErrMsg( "Error: falling back to syntax completion" )
     " lets fall back to syntax completion
     setlocal omnifunc=syntaxcomplete#Complete
     finish
 endif
 
 if version < 700
-    s:ErrMsg( "Error: Required vim >= 7.0" )
+    call s:ErrMsg( "Error: Required vim >= 7.0" )
     finish
 endif
 " }}} requirement checks
@@ -51,12 +56,6 @@ endif
 " {{{ vim-side support functions
 let s:rubycomplete_debug = 0
 
-function! s:ErrMsg(msg)
-    echohl ErrorMsg
-    echo a:msg
-    echohl None
-endfunction
-
 function! s:dprint(msg)
     if s:rubycomplete_debug == 1
         echom a:msg
@@ -133,7 +132,7 @@ function! s:GetRubyVarType(v)
     let stopline = 1
     let vtp = ''
     let pos = getpos('.')
-    let sstr = '^\s*#\s*@var\s*'.a:v.'\>\s\+[^ \t]\+\s*$'
+    let sstr = '^\s*#\s*@var\s*'.escape(a:v, '*').'\>\s\+[^ \t]\+\s*$'
     let [lnum,lcol] = searchpos(sstr,'nb',stopline)
     if lnum != 0 && lcol != 0
         call setpos('.',pos)
@@ -275,7 +274,7 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
     pare = /^\s*class\s*(.*)\s*<\s*(.*)\s*\n/.match( classdef )
     load_buffer_class( $2 ) if pare != nil  && $2 != name # load parent class if needed
 
-    mixre = /.*\n\s*include\s*(.*)\s*\n/.match( classdef )
+    mixre = /.*\n\s*(include|prepend)\s*(.*)\s*\n/.match( classdef )
     load_buffer_module( $2 ) if mixre != nil && $2 != name # load mixins if needed
 
     begin
@@ -364,6 +363,10 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
     print txt if @@debug
   end
 
+  def escape_vim_singlequote_string(str)
+    str.to_s.gsub(/'/,"\\'")
+  end
+
   def get_buffer_entity_list( type )
     # this will be a little expensive.
     loading_allowed = VIM::evaluate("exists('g:rubycomplete_buffer_loading') && g:rubycomplete_buffer_loading")
@@ -526,9 +529,9 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
   end
 
   def clean_sel(sel, msg)
-    sel.delete_if { |x| x == nil }
-    sel.uniq!
-    sel.grep(/^#{Regexp.quote(msg)}/) if msg != nil
+    ret = sel.reject{|x|x.nil?}.uniq
+    ret = ret.grep(/^#{Regexp.quote(msg)}/) if msg != nil
+    ret
   end
 
   def get_rails_view_methods
@@ -767,10 +770,10 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
     constants = clean_sel( constants, message )
 
     valid = []
-    valid += methods.collect { |m| { :name => m, :type => 'm' } }
-    valid += variables.collect { |v| { :name => v, :type => 'v' } }
-    valid += classes.collect { |c| { :name => c, :type => 't' } }
-    valid += constants.collect { |d| { :name => d, :type => 'd' } }
+    valid += methods.collect { |m| { :name => m.to_s, :type => 'm' } }
+    valid += variables.collect { |v| { :name => v.to_s, :type => 'v' } }
+    valid += classes.collect { |c| { :name => c.to_s, :type => 't' } }
+    valid += constants.collect { |d| { :name => d.to_s, :type => 'd' } }
     valid.sort! { |x,y| x[:name] <=> y[:name] }
 
     outp = ""
@@ -779,7 +782,7 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
     rg.step(150) do |x|
       stpos = 0+x
       enpos = 150+x
-      valid[stpos..enpos].each { |c| outp += "{'word':'%s','item':'%s','kind':'%s'}," % [ c[:name], c[:name], c[:type] ] }
+      valid[stpos..enpos].each { |c| outp += "{'word':'%s','item':'%s','kind':'%s'}," % [ c[:name], c[:name], c[:type] ].map{|x|escape_vim_singlequote_string(x)} }
       outp.sub!(/,$/, '')
 
       VIM::command("call extend(g:rubycomplete_completions, [%s])" % outp)

runtime/autoload/sqlcomplete.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " Vim OMNI completion script for SQL
 " Language:    SQL
 " Maintainer:  David Fishburn <dfishburn dot vim at gmail dot com>
-" Version:     14.0
-" Last Change: 2012 Dec 04
+" Version:     15.0
+" Last Change: 2013 May 13
 " Homepage:    http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=1572
 " Usage:       For detailed help
 "              ":help sql.txt"
@@ -11,6 +11,18 @@
 
 " History
 "
+" TODO
+"     - Jonas Enberg - if no table is found when using column completion
+"       look backwards to a FROM clause and find the first table
+"       and complete it.
+"
+" Version 15.0 (May 2013)
+"     - NF: Changed the SQL precached syntax items, omni_sql_precache_syntax_groups,
+"           to use regular expressions to pick up extended syntax group names.
+"           This requires an updated SyntaxComplete plugin version 13.0.
+"           If the required versions have not been installed, previous
+"           behaviour will not be impacted.
+"
 " Version 14.0 (Dec 2012)
 "     - BF: Added check for cpo
 "
@@ -91,7 +103,7 @@ endif
 if exists('g:loaded_sql_completion')
     finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_sql_completion = 130
+let g:loaded_sql_completion = 150
 let s:keepcpo= &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
@@ -110,12 +122,14 @@ let s:syn_value             = []
 " Used in conjunction with the syntaxcomplete plugin
 let s:save_inc              = ""
 let s:save_exc              = ""
-if exists('g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql')
-    let s:save_inc = g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql
+if !exists('g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql')
+    let g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql = ''
 endif
-if exists('g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql')
-    let s:save_exc = g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql
+if !exists('g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql')
+    let g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql = ''
 endif
+let s:save_inc = g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql
+let s:save_exc = g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql
 
 " Used with the column list
 let s:save_prev_table       = ""
@@ -127,12 +141,12 @@ endif
 " Default syntax items to precache
 if !exists('g:omni_sql_precache_syntax_groups')
     let g:omni_sql_precache_syntax_groups = [
-                \ 'syntax',
-                \ 'sqlKeyword',
-                \ 'sqlFunction',
-                \ 'sqlOption',
-                \ 'sqlType',
-                \ 'sqlStatement'
+                \ 'syntax\w*',
+                \ 'sqlKeyword\w*',
+                \ 'sqlFunction\w*',
+                \ 'sqlOption\w*',
+                \ 'sqlType\w*',
+                \ 'sqlStatement\w*'
                 \ ]
 endif
 " Set ignorecase to the ftplugin standard
@@ -621,19 +635,23 @@ function! s:SQLCGetSyntaxList(syn_group)
         " Return previously cached value
         let compl_list = s:syn_value[list_idx]
     else
+        let s:save_inc = g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql
+        let s:save_exc = g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql
+        let g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql = ''
+        let g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql = ''
+
         " Request the syntax list items from the
         " syntax completion plugin
         if syn_group == 'syntax'
             " Handle this special case.  This allows the user
             " to indicate they want all the syntax items available,
             " so do not specify a specific include list.
-            let g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql = ''
+            let syn_value                       = syntaxcomplete#OmniSyntaxList()
         else
             " The user has specified a specific syntax group
             let g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql = syn_group
+            let syn_value                       = syntaxcomplete#OmniSyntaxList(syn_group)
         endif
-        let g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql = ''
-        let syn_value                       = syntaxcomplete#OmniSyntaxList()
         let g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql = s:save_inc
         let g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql = s:save_exc
         " Cache these values for later use

runtime/autoload/syntaxcomplete.vim

@@ -1,18 +1,34 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:    All languages, uses existing syntax highlighting rules
 " Maintainer:  David Fishburn <dfishburn dot vim at gmail dot com>
-" Version:     11.0
-" Last Change: 2012 Dec 04
+" Version:     13.0
+" Last Change: 2013 May 14
 " Usage:       For detailed help, ":help ft-syntax-omni"
 
 " History
 "
+" Version 13.0
+"   - Extended the option omni_syntax_group_include_{filetype}
+"     to accept a comma separated list of regex's rather than
+"     string.  For example, for the javascript filetype you could
+"     use:
+"        let g:omni_syntax_group_include_javascript = 'javascript\w\+,jquery\w\+'
+"   - Some syntax files (perl.vim) use the match // syntax as a mechanism
+"     to identify keywords.  This update attempts to parse the
+"     match syntax and pull out syntax items which are at least
+"     3 words or more.
+"
+" Version 12.0
+"   - It is possible to have '-' as part of iskeyword, when
+"     checking for character ranges, tighten up the regex.
+"     E688: More targets than List items.
+"
 " Version 11.0
-"     Corrected which characters required escaping during
+"   - Corrected which characters required escaping during
 "     substitution calls.
 "
 " Version 10.0
-"     Cycle through all the character ranges specified in the
+"   - Cycle through all the character ranges specified in the
 "     iskeyword option and build a list of valid word separators.
 "     Prior to this change, only actual characters were used,
 "     where for example ASCII "45" == "-".  If "45" were used
@@ -20,30 +36,30 @@
 "     This introduces a new option, since the character ranges
 "     specified could be multibyte:
 "         let g:omni_syntax_use_single_byte = 1
-"     This by default will only allow single byte ASCII
+"   - This by default will only allow single byte ASCII
 "     characters to be added and an additional check to ensure
 "     the charater is printable (see documentation for isprint).
 "
 " Version 9.0
-"     Add the check for cpo.
+"   - Add the check for cpo.
 "
 " Version 8.0
-"     Updated SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems()
+"   - Updated SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems()
 "         - Some additional syntax items were also allowed
 "           on nextgroup= lines which were ignored by default.
 "           Now these lines are processed independently.
 "
 " Version 7.0
-"     Updated syntaxcomplete#OmniSyntaxList()
+"   - Updated syntaxcomplete#OmniSyntaxList()
 "         - Looking up the syntax groups defined from a syntax file
 "           looked for only 1 format of {filetype}GroupName, but some
 "           syntax writers use this format as well:
 "               {b:current_syntax}GroupName
-"           OmniSyntaxList() will now check for both if the first
+"   -       OmniSyntaxList() will now check for both if the first
 "           method does not find a match.
 "
 " Version 6.0
-"     Added syntaxcomplete#OmniSyntaxList()
+"   - Added syntaxcomplete#OmniSyntaxList()
 "         - Allows other plugins to use this for their own
 "           purposes.
 "         - It will return a List of all syntax items for the
@@ -52,7 +68,7 @@
 "           sqlcomplete plugin to populate a Choose box.
 "
 " Version 5.0
-"     Updated SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems()
+"   - Updated SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems()
 "         - When processing a list of syntax groups, the final group
 "           was missed in function SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems.
 "
@@ -70,7 +86,7 @@ endif
 if exists('g:loaded_syntax_completion')
     finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_syntax_completion = 110
+let g:loaded_syntax_completion = 130
 
 " Turn on support for line continuations when creating the script
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
@@ -113,7 +129,8 @@ endif
 
 " This script will build a completion list based on the syntax
 " elements defined by the files in $VIMRUNTIME/syntax.
-let s:syn_remove_words = 'match,matchgroup=,contains,'.
+" let s:syn_remove_words = 'match,matchgroup=,contains,'.
+let s:syn_remove_words = 'matchgroup=,contains,'.
             \ 'links to,start=,end='
             " \ 'links to,start=,end=,nextgroup='
 
@@ -275,9 +292,19 @@ function! OmniSyntaxList(...)
     "     sqlType
     "     sqlOperators
     "     sqlKeyword ...
-    redir @l
-    silent! exec 'syntax list '.join(list_parms)
-    redir END
+    if !empty(list_parms) && empty(substitute(join(list_parms), '[a-zA-Z ]', '', 'g'))
+        " If list_parms only includes word characters, use it to limit
+        " the syntax elements.
+        " If using regex syntax list will fail to find those items, so
+        " simply grab the who syntax list.
+        redir @l
+        silent! exec 'syntax list '.join(list_parms)
+        redir END
+    else
+        redir @l
+        silent! exec 'syntax list'
+        redir END
+    endif
 
     let syntax_full = "\n".@l
     let @l = saveL
@@ -311,82 +338,167 @@ function! OmniSyntaxList(...)
         endif
     endif
 
-    " Sometimes filetypes can be composite names, like c.doxygen
-    " Loop through each individual part looking for the syntax
-    " items specific to each individual filetype.
+    if empty(list_parms)
+        let list_parms = [&filetype.'\w\+']
+    endif
+
     let syn_list = ''
-    let ftindex  = 0
-    let ftindex  = match(&filetype, '\w\+', ftindex)
+    let index    = 0
+    for group_regex in list_parms
+        " Sometimes filetypes can be composite names, like c.doxygen
+        " Loop through each individual part looking for the syntax
+        " items specific to each individual filetype.
+        " let ftindex  = 0
+        " let ftindex  = match(syntax_full, group_regex, ftindex)
 
-    while ftindex > -1
-        let ft_part_name = matchstr( &filetype, '\w\+', ftindex )
+        " while ftindex > -1
+            " let ft_part_name = matchstr( syntax_full, '\w\+', ftindex )
 
-        " Syntax rules can contain items for more than just the current
-        " filetype.  They can contain additional items added by the user
-        " via autocmds or their vimrc.
-        " Some syntax files can be combined (html, php, jsp).
-        " We want only items that begin with the filetype we are interested in.
-        let next_group_regex = '\n' .
-                    \ '\zs'.ft_part_name.'\w\+\ze'.
-                    \ '\s\+xxx\s\+'
-        let index    = 0
-        let index    = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
-
-        if index == -1 && exists('b:current_syntax') && ft_part_name != b:current_syntax
-            " There appears to be two standards when writing syntax files.
-            " Either items begin as:
-            "     syn keyword {filetype}Keyword         values ...
-            "     let b:current_syntax = "sql"
-            "     let b:current_syntax = "sqlanywhere"
-            " Or
-            "     syn keyword {syntax_filename}Keyword  values ...
-            "     let b:current_syntax = "mysql"
-            " So, we will make the format of finding the syntax group names
-            " a bit more flexible and look for both if the first fails to
-            " find a match.
+            " Syntax rules can contain items for more than just the current
+            " filetype.  They can contain additional items added by the user
+            " via autocmds or their vimrc.
+            " Some syntax files can be combined (html, php, jsp).
+            " We want only items that begin with the filetype we are interested in.
             let next_group_regex = '\n' .
-                        \ '\zs'.b:current_syntax.'\w\+\ze'.
+                        \ '\zs'.group_regex.'\ze'.
                         \ '\s\+xxx\s\+'
-            let index    = 0
             let index    = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
-        endif
 
-        while index > -1
-            let group_name = matchstr( syntax_full, '\w\+', index )
-
-            let get_syn_list = 1
-            for exclude_group_name in list_exclude_groups
-                if '\<'.exclude_group_name.'\>' =~ '\<'.group_name.'\>'
-                    let get_syn_list = 0
-                endif
-            endfor
-
-            " This code is no longer needed in version 6.0 since we have
-            " augmented the syntax list command to only retrieve the syntax
-            " groups we are interested in.
-            "
-            " if get_syn_list == 1
-            "     if syntax_group_include_{filetype} != ''
-            "         if '\<'.syntax_group_include_{filetype}.'\>' !~ '\<'.group_name.'\>'
-            "             let get_syn_list = 0
-            "         endif
-            "     endif
-            " endif
-
-            if get_syn_list == 1
-                " Pass in the full syntax listing, plus the group name we
-                " are interested in.
-                let extra_syn_list = s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems(group_name, syntax_full)
-                let syn_list = syn_list . extra_syn_list . "\n"
+            " For the matched group name, strip off any of the regex special
+            " characters and see if we get a match with the current syntax
+            if index == -1 && exists('b:current_syntax') && substitute(group_regex, '[^a-zA-Z ]\+.*', '', 'g') !~ '^'.b:current_syntax
+                " There appears to be two standards when writing syntax files.
+                " Either items begin as:
+                "     syn keyword {filetype}Keyword         values ...
+                "     let b:current_syntax = "sql"
+                "     let b:current_syntax = "sqlanywhere"
+                " Or
+                "     syn keyword {syntax_filename}Keyword  values ...
+                "     let b:current_syntax = "mysql"
+                " So, we will make the format of finding the syntax group names
+                " a bit more flexible and look for both if the first fails to
+                " find a match.
+                let next_group_regex = '\n' .
+                            \ '\zs'.b:current_syntax.'\w\+\ze'.
+                            \ '\s\+xxx\s\+'
+                let index    = 0
+                let index    = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
             endif
 
-            let index = index + strlen(group_name)
-            let index = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
-        endwhile
+            while index > -1
+                let group_name = matchstr( syntax_full, '\w\+', index )
 
-        let ftindex  = ftindex + len(ft_part_name)
-        let ftindex  = match( &filetype, '\w\+', ftindex )
-    endwhile
+                let get_syn_list = 1
+                for exclude_group_name in list_exclude_groups
+                    if '\<'.exclude_group_name.'\>' =~ '\<'.group_name.'\>'
+                        let get_syn_list = 0
+                    endif
+                endfor
+
+                " This code is no longer needed in version 6.0 since we have
+                " augmented the syntax list command to only retrieve the syntax
+                " groups we are interested in.
+                "
+                " if get_syn_list == 1
+                "     if syntax_group_include_{filetype} != ''
+                "         if '\<'.syntax_group_include_{filetype}.'\>' !~ '\<'.group_name.'\>'
+                "             let get_syn_list = 0
+                "         endif
+                "     endif
+                " endif
+
+                if get_syn_list == 1
+                    " Pass in the full syntax listing, plus the group name we
+                    " are interested in.
+                    let extra_syn_list = s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems(group_name, syntax_full)
+                    let syn_list = syn_list . extra_syn_list . "\n"
+                endif
+
+                let index = index + strlen(group_name)
+                let index = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
+            endwhile
+
+            " let ftindex  = ftindex + len(ft_part_name)
+            " let ftindex  = match( syntax_full, group_regex, ftindex )
+        " endwhile
+    endfor
+
+"   " Sometimes filetypes can be composite names, like c.doxygen
+"   " Loop through each individual part looking for the syntax
+"   " items specific to each individual filetype.
+"   let syn_list = ''
+"   let ftindex  = 0
+"   let ftindex  = match(&filetype, '\w\+', ftindex)
+
+"   while ftindex > -1
+"       let ft_part_name = matchstr( &filetype, '\w\+', ftindex )
+
+"       " Syntax rules can contain items for more than just the current
+"       " filetype.  They can contain additional items added by the user
+"       " via autocmds or their vimrc.
+"       " Some syntax files can be combined (html, php, jsp).
+"       " We want only items that begin with the filetype we are interested in.
+"       let next_group_regex = '\n' .
+"                   \ '\zs'.ft_part_name.'\w\+\ze'.
+"                   \ '\s\+xxx\s\+'
+"       let index    = 0
+"       let index    = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
+
+"       if index == -1 && exists('b:current_syntax') && ft_part_name != b:current_syntax
+"           " There appears to be two standards when writing syntax files.
+"           " Either items begin as:
+"           "     syn keyword {filetype}Keyword         values ...
+"           "     let b:current_syntax = "sql"
+"           "     let b:current_syntax = "sqlanywhere"
+"           " Or
+"           "     syn keyword {syntax_filename}Keyword  values ...
+"           "     let b:current_syntax = "mysql"
+"           " So, we will make the format of finding the syntax group names
+"           " a bit more flexible and look for both if the first fails to
+"           " find a match.
+"           let next_group_regex = '\n' .
+"                       \ '\zs'.b:current_syntax.'\w\+\ze'.
+"                       \ '\s\+xxx\s\+'
+"           let index    = 0
+"           let index    = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
+"       endif
+
+"       while index > -1
+"           let group_name = matchstr( syntax_full, '\w\+', index )
+
+"           let get_syn_list = 1
+"           for exclude_group_name in list_exclude_groups
+"               if '\<'.exclude_group_name.'\>' =~ '\<'.group_name.'\>'
+"                   let get_syn_list = 0
+"               endif
+"           endfor
+
+"           " This code is no longer needed in version 6.0 since we have
+"           " augmented the syntax list command to only retrieve the syntax
+"           " groups we are interested in.
+"           "
+"           " if get_syn_list == 1
+"           "     if syntax_group_include_{filetype} != ''
+"           "         if '\<'.syntax_group_include_{filetype}.'\>' !~ '\<'.group_name.'\>'
+"           "             let get_syn_list = 0
+"           "         endif
+"           "     endif
+"           " endif
+
+"           if get_syn_list == 1
+"               " Pass in the full syntax listing, plus the group name we
+"               " are interested in.
+"               let extra_syn_list = s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems(group_name, syntax_full)
+"               let syn_list = syn_list . extra_syn_list . "\n"
+"           endif
+
+"           let index = index + strlen(group_name)
+"           let index = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
+"       endwhile
+
+"       let ftindex  = ftindex + len(ft_part_name)
+"       let ftindex  = match( &filetype, '\w\+', ftindex )
+"   endwhile
 
     " Convert the string to a List and sort it.
     let compl_list = sort(split(syn_list))
@@ -454,10 +566,65 @@ function! s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems( group_name, syntax_full )
                     \    , "\n", 'g'
                     \  )
 
+        " Attempt to deal with lines using the match syntax
+        " javaScriptDocTags xxx match /@\(param\|argument\|requires\|file\)\>/
+        " Though it can use any types of regex, so this plugin will attempt
+        " to restrict it
+        " 1.  Only use \( or \%( constructs remove all else
+        " 2   Remove and []s
+        " 3.  Account for match //constructs
+        "                       \%(\%(ms\|me\|hs\|he\|rs\|re\|lc\)\S\+\)\?
+        " 4.  Hope for the best
+        "
+        "
+        let syn_list_old = syn_list
+        while syn_list =~ '\<match\>\s\+\/'
+            if syn_list =~ 'perlElseIfError'
+                let syn_list = syn_list
+            endif
+            " Check if the match has words at least 3 characters long
+            if syn_list =~ '\<match \/\zs.\{-}\<\w\{3,}\>.\{-}\ze\\\@<!\/\%(\%(ms\|me\|hs\|he\|rs\|re\|lc\)\S\+\)\?\s\+'
+                " Remove everything after / and before the first \(
+                let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\<match \/\zs.\{-}\ze\\%\?(.\{-}\\\@<!\/\%(\%(ms\|me\|hs\|he\|rs\|re\|lc\)\S\+\)\?\s\+', '', 'g' )
+                " Remove everything after \) and up to the ending /
+                let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\<match \/.\{-}\\)\zs.\{-}\ze\/\%(\%(ms\|me\|hs\|he\|rs\|re\|lc\)\S\+\)\?\s\+', '', 'g' )
+
+                " Remove any character classes
+                " let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\<match /\zs.\{-}\[[^]]*\].\{-}\ze\/ ', '', 'g' )
+                let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\%(\<match \/[^/]\{-}\)\@<=\[[^]]*\]\ze.\{-}\\\@<!\/\%(\%(ms\|me\|hs\|he\|rs\|re\|lc\)\S\+\)\?', '', 'g' )
+                " Remove any words < 3 characters
+                let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\%(\<match \/[^/]\{-}\)\@<=\<\w\{1,2}\>\ze.\{-}\\\@<!\/\%(\%(ms\|me\|hs\|he\|rs\|re\|lc\)\S\+\)\?\s\+', '', 'g' )
+                " Remove all non-word characters
+                " let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\<match /\zs.\{-}\<\W\+\>.\{-}\ze\/ ', "", 'g' )
+                " let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\%(\<match \/[^/]\{-}\)\@<=\W\+\ze.\{-}\/ ', ' ', 'g' )
+                " Do this by using the outer substitue() call to gather all
+                " text between the match /.../ tags.
+                " The inner substitute() call operates on the text selected
+                " and replaces all non-word characters.
+                let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\<match \/\zs\(.\{-}\)\ze\\\@<!\/\%(\%(ms\|me\|hs\|he\|rs\|re\|lc\)\S\+\)\?\s\+'
+                            \ , '\=substitute(submatch(1), "\\W\\+", " ", "g")'
+                            \ , 'g' )
+                " Remove the match / / syntax
+                let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\<match \/\(.\{-}\)\/\%(\%(ms\|me\|hs\|he\|rs\|re\|lc\)\S\+\)\?\s\+', '\1', 'g' )
+            else
+                " No words long enough, remove the match
+                " Remove the match syntax
+                " let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\<match \/[^\/]*\/\%(\%(ms\|me\|hs\|he\|rs\|re\|lc\)\S\+\)\?\s\+', '', 'g' )
+                let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\<match \/\%(.\{-}\)\?\/\%(\%(ms\|me\|hs\|he\|rs\|re\|lc\)\S\+\)\?\s\+', '', 'g' )
+            endif
+            if syn_list =~ '\<match\>\s\+\/'
+                " Problem removing the match / / tags
+                let syn_list = ''
+            endif
+        endwhile
+
+
         " Now strip off the newline + blank space + contained.
         " Also include lines with nextgroup=@someName skip_key_words syntax_element
+                    " \    syn_list, '\%(^\|\n\)\@<=\s*\<\(contained\|nextgroup=\)'
+                    " \    syn_list, '\%(^\|\n\)\@<=\s*\<\(contained\|nextgroup=[@a-zA-Z,]*\)'
         let syn_list = substitute(
-                    \    syn_list, '\%(^\|\n\)\@<=\s*\<\(contained\|nextgroup=\)'
+                    \    syn_list, '\<\(contained\|nextgroup=[@a-zA-Z,]*\)'
                     \    , "", 'g'
                     \ )
 
@@ -497,7 +664,7 @@ function! s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems( group_name, syntax_full )
                 " If so, add it to the list.
                 let accepted_chars = ''
                 for item in split(&iskeyword, ',')
-                    if item =~ '-'
+                    if item =~ '\d-\d'
                         " This is a character range (ie 47-58),
                         " cycle through each character within the range
                         let [b:start, b:end] = split(item, '-')

runtime/autoload/tar.vim

@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 " tar.vim: Handles browsing tarfiles
 "            AUTOLOAD PORTION
-" Date:			Jan 17, 2012
-" Version:		28
-" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell, Jr <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
+" Date:			Apr 17, 2013
+" Version:		29
+" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
 " License:		Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
 "
 "	Contains many ideas from Michael Toren's <tar.vim>
 "
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2011 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2011 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 "               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_tar")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_tar= "v28"
+let g:loaded_tar= "v29"
 if v:version < 702
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of tar needs vim 7.2"
@@ -31,6 +31,7 @@ if v:version < 702
 endif
 let s:keepcpo= &cpo
 set cpo&vim
+"DechoTabOn
 "call Decho("loading autoload/tar.vim")
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -80,7 +81,7 @@ endif
 
 " set up shell quoting character
 if !exists("g:tar_shq")
- if exists("&shq") && &shq != ""
+ if exists("+shq") && exists("&shq") && &shq != ""
   let g:tar_shq= &shq
  elseif has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
   if exists("g:netrw_cygwin") && g:netrw_cygwin
@@ -147,7 +148,7 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
   keepj $
 
   let tarfile= a:tarfile
-  if has("win32") && executable("cygpath")
+  if has("win32unix") && executable("cygpath")
    " assuming cygwin
    let tarfile=substitute(system("cygpath -u ".shellescape(tarfile,0)),'\n$','','e')
   endif
@@ -227,7 +228,7 @@ fun! s:TarBrowseSelect()
   " about to make a new window, need to use b:tarfile
   let tarfile= b:tarfile
   let curfile= expand("%")
-  if has("win32") && executable("cygpath")
+  if has("win32unix") && executable("cygpath")
    " assuming cygwin
    let tarfile=substitute(system("cygpath -u ".shellescape(tarfile,0)),'\n$','','e')
   endif
@@ -239,6 +240,8 @@ fun! s:TarBrowseSelect()
   let s:tblfile_{winnr()}= curfile
   call tar#Read("tarfile:".tarfile.'::'.fname,1)
   filetype detect
+  set nomod
+  exe 'com! -buffer -nargs=? -complete=file TarDiff	:call tar#Diff(<q-args>,"'.fnameescape(fname).'")'
 
   let &report= repkeep
 "  call Dret("TarBrowseSelect : s:tblfile_".winnr()."<".s:tblfile_{winnr()}.">")
@@ -252,7 +255,7 @@ fun! tar#Read(fname,mode)
   set report=10
   let tarfile = substitute(a:fname,'tarfile:\(.\{-}\)::.*$','\1','')
   let fname   = substitute(a:fname,'tarfile:.\{-}::\(.*\)$','\1','')
-  if has("win32") && executable("cygpath")
+  if has("win32unix") && executable("cygpath")
    " assuming cygwin
    let tarfile=substitute(system("cygpath -u ".shellescape(tarfile,0)),'\n$','','e')
   endif
@@ -425,7 +428,7 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
  
    if fname =~ '/'
     let dirpath = substitute(fname,'/[^/]\+$','','e')
-    if executable("cygpath")
+    if has("win32unix") && executable("cygpath")
      let dirpath = substitute(system("cygpath ".shellescape(dirpath, 0)),'\n','','e')
     endif
     call mkdir(dirpath,"p")
@@ -445,7 +448,7 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
     let tar_secure= " "
    endif
    exe "w! ".fnameescape(fname)
-   if executable("cygpath")
+   if has("win32unix") && executable("cygpath")
     let tarfile = substitute(system("cygpath ".shellescape(tarfile,0)),'\n','','e')
    endif
  
@@ -500,6 +503,30 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
 "  call Dret("tar#Write")
 endfun
 
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" tar#Diff: {{{2
+fun! tar#Diff(userfname,fname)
+"  call Dfunc("tar#Diff(userfname<".a:userfname."> fname<".a:fname.")")
+  let fname= a:fname
+  if a:userfname != ""
+   let fname= a:userfname
+  endif
+  if filereadable(fname)
+   " sets current file (from tarball) for diff'ing
+   " splits window vertically
+   " opens original file, sets it for diff'ing
+   " sets up b:tardiff_otherbuf variables so each buffer knows about the other (for closing purposes)
+   diffthis
+   wincmd v
+   exe "e ".fnameescape(fname)
+   diffthis
+  else
+   redraw!
+   echo "***warning*** unable to read file<".fname.">"
+  endif
+"  call Dret("tar#Diff")
+endfun
+
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " s:Rmdir: {{{2
 fun! s:Rmdir(fname)

runtime/autoload/tohtml.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim autoload file for the tohtml plugin.
 " Maintainer: Ben Fritz <fritzophrenic@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 2012 Jun 30
+" Last Change: 2013 May 31
 "
 " Additional contributors:
 "
@@ -401,13 +401,13 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
   call add(html, '</head>')
   let body_line_num = len(html)
   if !empty(s:settings.prevent_copy)
-    call add(html, "<body onload='FixCharWidth();'>")
+    call add(html, "<body onload='FixCharWidth(); JumpToLine();'>")
     call add(html, "<!-- hidden divs used by javascript to get the width of a char -->")
     call add(html, "<div id='oneCharWidth'>0</div>")
     call add(html, "<div id='oneInputWidth'><input size='1' value='0'".tag_close."</div>")
     call add(html, "<div id='oneEmWidth' style='width: 1em;'></div>")
   else
-    call add(html, '<body>')
+    call add(html, '<body onload="JumpToLine();">')
   endif
   call add(html, "<table border='1' width='100%' id='vimCodeElement'>")
 
@@ -503,6 +503,11 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
   call add(html, s:body_end_line)
   call add(html, '</html>')
 
+  " The generated HTML is admittedly ugly and takes a LONG time to fold.
+  " Make sure the user doesn't do syntax folding when loading a generated file,
+  " using a modeline.
+  call add(html, '<!-- vim: set foldmethod=manual : -->')
+
   let i = 1
   let name = "Diff" . (s:settings.use_xhtml ? ".xhtml" : ".html")
   " Find an unused file name if current file name is already in use
@@ -539,14 +544,12 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
     " add required javascript in reverse order so we can just call append again
     " and again without adjusting {{{
 
-    " insert script closing tag if any javascript is needed
-    if s:settings.dynamic_folds || !empty(s:settings.prevent_copy)
-      call append(style_start, [
-	    \ '',
-	    \ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '//]]>' : '-->',
-	    \ "</script>"
-	    \ ])
-    endif
+    " insert script closing tag
+    call append(style_start, [
+	  \ '',
+	  \ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '//]]>' : '-->',
+	  \ "</script>"
+	  \ ])
 
     " insert script which corrects the size of small input elements in
     " prevent_copy mode. See 2html.vim for details on why this is needed and how
@@ -572,6 +575,55 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
 	    \ '}'
 	    \ ])
     endif
+    "
+    " insert javascript to get IDs from line numbers, and to open a fold before
+    " jumping to any lines contained therein
+    call append(style_start, [
+	  \ "  /* Always jump to new location even if the line was hidden inside a fold, or",
+	  \ "   * we corrected the raw number to a line ID.",
+	  \ "   */",
+	  \ "  if (lineElem) {",
+	  \ "    lineElem.scrollIntoView(true);",
+	  \ "  }",
+	  \ "  return true;",
+	  \ "}",
+	  \ "if ('onhashchange' in window) {",
+	  \ "  window.onhashchange = JumpToLine;",
+	  \ "}"
+	  \ ])
+    if s:settings.dynamic_folds
+      call append(style_start, [
+	    \ "",
+	    \ "  /* navigate upwards in the DOM tree to open all folds containing the line */",
+	    \ "  var node = lineElem;",
+	    \ "  while (node && node.id != 'vimCodeElement')",
+	    \ "  {",
+	    \ "    if (node.className == 'closed-fold')",
+	    \ "    {",
+	    \ "      /* toggle open the fold ID (remove window ID) */",
+	    \ "      toggleFold(node.id.substr(4));",
+	    \ "    }",
+	    \ "    node = node.parentNode;",
+	    \ "  }",
+	    \ ])
+    endif
+    call append(style_start, [
+	  \ "",
+	  \ "/* function to open any folds containing a jumped-to line before jumping to it */",
+	  \ "function JumpToLine()",
+	  \ "{",
+	  \ "  var lineNum;",
+	  \ "  lineNum = window.location.hash;",
+	  \ "  lineNum = lineNum.substr(1); /* strip off '#' */",
+	  \ "",
+	  \ "  if (lineNum.indexOf('L') == -1) {",
+	  \ "    lineNum = 'L'+lineNum;",
+	  \ "  }",
+	  \ "  if (lineNum.indexOf('W') == -1) {",
+	  \ "    lineNum = 'W1'+lineNum;",
+	  \ "  }",
+	  \ "  lineElem = document.getElementById(lineNum);"
+	  \ ])
 
     " Insert javascript to toggle matching folds open and closed in all windows,
     " if dynamic folding is active.
@@ -596,12 +648,11 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
 	    \ ])
     endif
 
-    " insert script tag if any javascript is needed
-    if s:settings.dynamic_folds || s:settings.prevent_copy != ""
-      call append(style_start, [
-	    \ "<script type='text/javascript'>",
-	    \ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '//<![CDATA[' : "<!--"])
-    endif "}}}
+    " insert script tag; javascript is always needed for the line number
+    " normalization for URL hashes
+    call append(style_start, [
+	  \ "<script type='text/javascript'>",
+	  \ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '//<![CDATA[' : "<!--"])
 
     " Insert styles from all the generated html documents and additional styles
     " for the table-based layout of the side-by-side diff. The diff should take

runtime/autoload/zip.vim

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 " zip.vim: Handles browsing zipfiles
 "            AUTOLOAD PORTION
-" Date:		Jan 17, 2012
-" Version:	25
-" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell, Jr <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
+" Date:		Apr 17, 2013
+" Version:	26
+" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
 " License:	Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2012 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2012 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 "               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_zip")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_zip= "v25"
+let g:loaded_zip= "v26"
 if v:version < 702
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of zip needs vim 7.2"
@@ -188,13 +188,23 @@ fun! zip#Read(fname,mode)
   else
    let zipfile = substitute(a:fname,'^.\{-}zipfile:\(.\{-}\)::[^\\].*$','\1','')
    let fname   = substitute(a:fname,'^.\{-}zipfile:.\{-}::\([^\\].*\)$','\1','')
-   let fname = substitute(fname, '[', '[[]', 'g')
+   let fname   = substitute(fname, '[', '[[]', 'g')
   endif
 "  call Decho("zipfile<".zipfile.">")
 "  call Decho("fname  <".fname.">")
 
-"  call Decho("exe r! ".g:zip_unzipcmd." -p -- ".s:Escape(zipfile,1)." ".s:Escape(fnameescape(fname),1))
-  exe "keepj sil! r! ".g:zip_unzipcmd." -p -- ".s:Escape(zipfile,1)." ".s:Escape(fnameescape(fname),1)
+  " the following code does much the same thing as
+  "   exe "keepj sil! r! ".g:zip_unzipcmd." -p -- ".s:Escape(zipfile,1)." ".s:Escape(fnameescape(fname),1)
+  " but allows zipfile:... entries in quickfix lists
+  let temp = tempname()
+  let fn   = expand('%:p')
+  exe "sil! !".g:zip_unzipcmd." -p -- ".s:Escape(zipfile,1)." ".s:Escape(fnameescape(fname),1).' > '.temp
+"  call Decho("exe sil! !".g:zip_unzipcmd." -p -- ".s:Escape(zipfile,1)." ".s:Escape(fnameescape(fname),1).' > '.temp)
+  sil exe 'keepalt file '.temp
+  sil keepj e!
+  sil exe 'keepalt file '.fnameescape(fn)
+  call delete(temp)
+
   filetype detect
 
   " cleanup
@@ -267,7 +277,7 @@ fun! zip#Write(fname)
 
   if fname =~ '/'
    let dirpath = substitute(fname,'/[^/]\+$','','e')
-   if executable("cygpath")
+   if has("win32unix") && executable("cygpath")
     let dirpath = substitute(system("cygpath ".s:Escape(dirpath,0)),'\n','','e')
    endif
 "   call Decho("mkdir(dirpath<".dirpath.">,p)")
@@ -279,7 +289,7 @@ fun! zip#Write(fname)
 "  call Decho("zipfile<".zipfile."> fname<".fname.">")
 
   exe "w! ".fnameescape(fname)
-  if executable("cygpath")
+  if has("win32unix") && executable("cygpath")
    let zipfile = substitute(system("cygpath ".s:Escape(zipfile,0)),'\n','','e')
   endif
 

runtime/colors/koehler.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " vim: tw=0 ts=4 sw=4
 " Vim color file
 " Maintainer:	Ron Aaron <ron@ronware.org>
-" Last Change:	2006 Dec 10
+" Last Change:	2013 May 23
 
 hi clear
 set background=dark
@@ -43,6 +43,8 @@ hi MatchParen	  term=reverse  ctermfg=blue guibg=Blue
 hi TabLine		  term=bold,reverse  cterm=bold ctermfg=lightblue ctermbg=white gui=bold guifg=blue guibg=white
 hi TabLineFill	  term=bold,reverse  cterm=bold ctermfg=lightblue ctermbg=white gui=bold guifg=blue guibg=white
 hi TabLineSel	  term=reverse	ctermfg=white ctermbg=lightblue guifg=white guibg=blue
+hi Underlined	  term=underline cterm=bold,underline ctermfg=lightblue guifg=lightblue gui=bold,underline
+hi Ignore		  ctermfg=black ctermbg=black guifg=black guibg=black
 hi link IncSearch		Visual
 hi link String			Constant
 hi link Character		Constant

runtime/colors/ron.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " vim: tw=0 ts=4 sw=4
 " Vim color file
 " Maintainer:	Ron Aaron <ron@ronware.org>
-" Last Change:	2003 May 02
+" Last Change:	2013 May 24
 
 set background=dark
 hi clear
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ if exists("syntax_on")
 endif
 let g:colors_name = "ron"
 hi Normal		guifg=cyan	guibg=black
-hi NonText		guifg=brown
+hi NonText		guifg=yellow guibg=#303030
 hi comment		guifg=green
 hi constant		guifg=cyan	gui=bold
 hi identifier	guifg=cyan	gui=NONE
@@ -24,10 +24,11 @@ hi WarningMsg	guifg=Black	guibg=Green
 hi Error		guibg=Red
 hi Todo			guifg=Black	guibg=orange
 hi Cursor		guibg=#60a060 guifg=#00ff00
-hi Search		guibg=lightslateblue
+hi Search		guibg=darkgray guifg=black gui=bold 
 hi IncSearch	gui=NONE guibg=steelblue
 hi LineNr		guifg=darkgrey
 hi title		guifg=darkgrey
+hi ShowMarksHL ctermfg=cyan ctermbg=lightblue cterm=bold guifg=yellow guibg=black  gui=bold
 hi StatusLineNC	gui=NONE guifg=lightblue guibg=darkblue
 hi StatusLine	gui=bold	guifg=cyan	guibg=blue
 hi label		guifg=gold2
@@ -41,3 +42,4 @@ hi DiffDelete   guibg=coral
 hi Folded		guibg=gray30
 hi FoldColumn	guibg=gray30 guifg=white
 hi cIf0			guifg=gray
+hi diffOnly	guifg=red gui=bold

runtime/compiler/eruby.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Language:		eRuby
 " Maintainer:		Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:		2008 Aug 1
-" URL:			http://vim-ruby.rubyforge.org
-" Anon CVS:		See above site
+" URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
 
 if exists("current_compiler")

runtime/compiler/haml.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Haml
+" Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
+" Last Change:	2013 May 30
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "haml"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo-=C
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=haml\ -c
+
+CompilerSet errorformat=
+      \Haml\ %trror\ on\ line\ %l:\ %m,
+      \Syntax\ %trror\ on\ line\ %l:\ %m,
+      \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
+
+" vim:set sw=2 sts=2:

runtime/compiler/msbuild.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Microsoft Visual Studio C#
+" Maintainer:	Chiel ten Brinke (ctje92@gmail.com)
+" Last Change:	2013 May 13
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "msbuild"
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+CompilerSet errorformat=\ %#%f(%l\\\,%c):\ %m
+CompilerSet makeprg=msbuild\ /nologo\ /v:q\ /property:GenerateFullPaths=true
+
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/compiler/rake.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Language:		Rake
+" Maintainer:		Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
+" URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
+" Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "rake"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo-=C
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=rake
+
+CompilerSet errorformat=
+      \%D(in\ %f),
+      \%\\s%#from\ %f:%l:%m,
+      \%\\s%#from\ %f:%l:,
+      \%\\s%##\ %f:%l:%m,
+      \%\\s%##\ %f:%l,
+      \%\\s%#[%f:%l:\ %#%m,
+      \%\\s%#%f:%l:\ %#%m,
+      \%\\s%#%f:%l:,
+      \%m\ [%f:%l]:
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
+
+" vim: nowrap sw=2 sts=2 ts=8:

runtime/compiler/rspec.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Language:		RSpec
 " Maintainer:		Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:		2009 Dec 22
-" URL:			http://vim-ruby.rubyforge.org
-" Anon CVS:		See above site
+" URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
@@ -18,21 +16,15 @@ endif
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo-=C
 
-CompilerSet makeprg=spec
+CompilerSet makeprg=rspec
 
 CompilerSet errorformat=
-    \%+W'%.%#'\ FAILED,
-    \%+I'%.%#'\ FIXED,
-    \%-Cexpected:%.%#,
-    \%-C\ \ \ \ \ got:%.%#,
+    \%f:%l:\ %tarning:\ %m,
     \%E%.%#:in\ `load':\ %f:%l:%m,
-    \%C%f:%l:,
-    \%W%f:%l:\ warning:\ %m,
-    \%E%f:%l:in\ %*[^:]:\ %m,
-    \%E%f:%l:\ %m,
-    \%-Z%\tfrom\ %f:%l,
-    \%-Z%p^%.%#,
-    \%-C%.%#,
+    \%E%f:%l:in\ `%*[^']':\ %m,
+    \%-Z\ \ \ \ \ \#\ %f:%l:%.%#,
+    \%E\ \ %\\d%\\+)%.%#,
+    \%C\ \ \ \ \ %m,
     \%-G%.%#
 
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save

runtime/compiler/ruby.vim

@@ -1,33 +1,10 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Language:		Ruby
 " Function:		Syntax check and/or error reporting
-" Maintainer:		Tim Hammerquist <timh at rubyforge.org>
-" Last Change:		2008 Aug 1
-" URL:			http://vim-ruby.rubyforge.org
-" Anon CVS:		See above site
+" Maintainer:		Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
+" URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
 " ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-"
-" Changelog:
-" 0.2:	script saves and restores 'cpoptions' value to prevent problems with
-"	line continuations
-" 0.1:	initial release
-"
-" Contributors:
-"   Hugh Sasse <hgs@dmu.ac.uk>
-"   Doug Kearns <djkea2@gus.gscit.monash.edu.au>
-"
-" Todo:
-"   match error type %m
-"
-" Comments:
-"   I know this file isn't perfect.  If you have any questions, suggestions,
-"   patches, etc., please don't hesitate to let me know.
-"
-"   This is my first experience with 'errorformat' and compiler plugins and
-"   I welcome any input from more experienced (or clearer-thinking)
-"   individuals.
-" ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish

runtime/compiler/rubyunit.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Language:		Test::Unit - Ruby Unit Testing Framework
 " Maintainer:		Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:		2008 Aug 1
-" URL:			http://vim-ruby.rubyforge.org
-" Anon CVS:		See above site
+" URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
 
 if exists("current_compiler")

runtime/compiler/sass.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Sass
+" Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
+" Last Change:	2013 May 30
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "sass"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo-=C
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=sass\ -c
+
+CompilerSet errorformat=
+      \%f:%l:%m\ (Sass::Syntax%trror),
+      \%ESyntax\ %trror:%m,
+      \%C%\\s%\\+on\ line\ %l\ of\ %f,
+      \%Z%.%#,
+      \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
+
+" vim:set sw=2 sts=2:

runtime/compiler/xbuild.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Mono C#
+" Maintainer:	Chiel ten Brinke (ctje92@gmail.com)
+" Last Change:	2013 May 13
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+
+let current_compiler = "xbuild"
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+CompilerSet errorformat=\ %#%f(%l\\\,%c):\ %m
+CompilerSet makeprg=xbuild\ /nologo\ /v:q\ /property:GenerateFullPaths=true
+
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/compiler/xmllint.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:	xmllint
-" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <djkea2@gus.gscit.monash.edu.au>
-" URL:		http://gus.gscit.monash.edu.au/~djkea2/vim/compiler/xmllint.vim
-" Last Change:	2004 Nov 27
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2013 Jun 1
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
@@ -18,10 +17,8 @@ set cpo-=C
 
 CompilerSet makeprg=xmllint\ --valid\ --noout\ 
 
-CompilerSet errorformat=%E%f:%l:\ error:\ %m,
-		    \%W%f:%l:\ warning:\ %m,
-		    \%E%f:%l:\ validity\ error:\ %m,
-		    \%W%f:%l:\ validity\ warning:\ %m,
+CompilerSet errorformat=%+E%f:%l:\ %.%#\ error\ :\ %m,
+		    \%+W%f:%l:\ %.%#\ warning\ :\ %m,
 		    \%-Z%p^,
 		    \%-G%.%#
 

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Sep 05
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jun 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |GUIFailed|		after starting the GUI failed
 |TermResponse|		after the terminal response to |t_RV| is received
 
-|QuitPre|			when using `:quit`, before deciding whether to quit
+|QuitPre|		when using `:quit`, before deciding whether to quit
 |VimLeavePre|		before exiting Vim, before writing the viminfo file
 |VimLeave|		before exiting Vim, after writing the viminfo file
 
@@ -513,14 +513,15 @@ CursorHold			When the user doesn't press a key for the time
 CursorHoldI			Just like CursorHold, but in Insert mode.
 
 							*CursorMoved*
-CursorMoved			After the cursor was moved in Normal mode.
-				Also when the text of the cursor line has been
-				changed, e.g., with "x", "rx" or "p".
+CursorMoved			After the cursor was moved in Normal or Visual
+				mode.  Also when the text of the cursor line
+				has been changed, e.g., with "x", "rx" or "p".
 				Not triggered when there is typeahead or when
 				an operator is pending.
 				For an example see |match-parens|.
-				Careful: Don't do anything that the user does
-				not expect or that is slow.
+				Careful: This is triggered very often, don't
+				do anything that the user does not expect or
+				that is slow.
 							*CursorMovedI*
 CursorMovedI			After the cursor was moved in Insert mode.
 				Not triggered when the popup menu is visible.
@@ -690,8 +691,11 @@ InsertCharPre			When a character is typed in Insert mode,
 InsertEnter			Just before starting Insert mode.  Also for
 				Replace mode and Virtual Replace mode.  The
 				|v:insertmode| variable indicates the mode.
-				Be careful not to move the cursor or do
-				anything else that the user does not expect.
+				Be careful not to do anything else that the
+				user does not expect.
+				The cursor is restored afterwards.  If you do
+				not want that set |v:char| to a non-empty
+				string.
 							*InsertLeave*
 InsertLeave			When leaving Insert mode.  Also when using
 				CTRL-O |i_CTRL-O|.  But not for |i_CTRL-C|.
@@ -730,11 +734,11 @@ QuickFixCmdPost			Like QuickFixCmdPre, but after a quickfix
 				moving to the first error. 
 				See |QuickFixCmdPost-example|.
 							*QuitPre*
-QuitPre				When using `:quit`, before deciding whether it
-				closes the current window or quits Vim.  Can
-				be used to close any non-essential window if
-				the current window is the last ordinary
-				window.
+QuitPre				When using `:quit`, `:wq` or `:qall`, before
+				deciding whether it closes the current window
+				or quits Vim.  Can be used to close any
+				non-essential window if the current window is
+				the last ordinary window.
 							*RemoteReply*
 RemoteReply			When a reply from a Vim that functions as
 				server was received |server2client()|.  The
@@ -831,12 +835,27 @@ TermResponse			After the response to |t_RV| is received from
 				triggered halfway executing another event,
 				especially if file I/O, a shell command or
 				anything else that takes time is involved.
+							*TextChanged*
+TextChanged			After a change was made to the text in the
+				current buffer in Normal mode.  That is when
+				|b:changedtick| has changed.
+				Not triggered when there is typeahead or when
+				an operator is pending.
+				Careful: This is triggered very often, don't
+				do anything that the user does not expect or
+				that is slow.
+							*TextChangedI*
+TextChangedI			After a change was made to the text in the
+				current buffer in Insert mode.
+				Not triggered when the popup menu is visible.
+				Otherwise the same as TextChanged.
 							*User*
 User				Never executed automatically.  To be used for
 				autocommands that are only executed with
 				":doautocmd".
 							*UserGettingBored*
-UserGettingBored		When the user hits CTRL-C.  Just kidding! :-)
+UserGettingBored		When the user presses the same key 42 times.
+				Just kidding! :-)
 							*VimEnter*
 VimEnter			After doing all the startup stuff, including
 				loading .vimrc files, executing the "-c cmd"

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Nov 02
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Mar 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ For other systems the tmpnam() library function is used.
 								*g&*
 g&			Synonym for `:%s//~/&` (repeat last substitute with
 			last search pattern on all lines with the same flags).
-			For exaple, when you first do a substitution with
+			For example, when you first do a substitution with
 			`:s/pattern/repl/flags` and then `/search` for
 			something else, `g&` will do `:%s/search/repl/flags`.
 			Mnemonic: global substitute. {not in Vi}
@@ -784,6 +784,11 @@ Examples: >
   :s/abcde/abc^Mde/		 modifies "abcde"    to "abc", "de" (two lines)
   :s/$/\^M/			 modifies "abcde"    to "abcde^M"
   :s/\w\+/\u\0/g		 modifies "bla bla"  to "Bla Bla"
+  :s/\w\+/\L\u/g		 modifies "BLA bla"  to "Bla Bla"
+
+Note: "\L\u" can be used to capitalize the first letter of a word.  This is
+not compatible with Vi and older versions of Vim, where the "\u" would cancel
+out the "\L". Same for "\U\l".
 
 Note: In previous versions CTRL-V was handled in a special way.  Since this is
 not Vi compatible, this was removed.  Use a backslash instead.

runtime/doc/cmdline.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jan 17
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Mar 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -964,7 +964,7 @@ for the file "$home" in the root directory.  A few examples:
 	\\$home		file "\\", followed by expanded $home
 
 ==============================================================================
-6. Command-line window				*cmdline-window* *cmdwin*
+7. Command-line window				*cmdline-window* *cmdwin*
 							*command-line-window*
 In the command-line window the command line can be edited just like editing
 text in any window.  It is a special kind of window, because you cannot leave

runtime/doc/develop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*develop.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 10
+*develop.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Apr 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ code.
 Vim is open source software.  Everybody is encouraged to contribute to help
 improving Vim.  For sending patches a context diff "diff -c" is preferred.
 Also see http://www.vim.org/tips/tip.php?tip_id=618.
+Also see http://vim.wikia.com/wiki/How_to_make_and_submit_a_patch.
 
 ==============================================================================
 1. Design goals						*design-goals*

runtime/doc/diff.txt

@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ The diffs are highlighted with these groups:
 				that parts in the middle that are still the
 				same are highlighted anyway.  Only "iwhite" of
 				'diffopt' is used here.
-|hl-DiffDelete| DiffDelete	Deleted lines.  Also called filler lines,
+|hl-DiffDelete|	DiffDelete	Deleted lines.  Also called filler lines,
 				because they don't really exist in this
 				buffer.
 

runtime/doc/editing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Aug 08
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Feb 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ external command, by using the syntax `={expr}` e.g.: >
 	:e `=tempname()`
 The expression can contain just about anything, thus this can also be used to
 avoid the special meaning of '"', '|', '%' and '#'.  However, 'wildignore'
-does apply like to other wildcars.
+does apply like to other wildcards.
 If the expression returns a string then names are to be separated with line
 breaks.  When the result is a |List| then each item is used as a name.  Line
 breaks also separate names.

runtime/doc/eval.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*eval.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jan 23
+*eval.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jun 11
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ This removes all entries from "dict" with a value not matching 'x'.
 
 
 Dictionary function ~
-					*Dictionary-function* *self* *E725*
+				*Dictionary-function* *self* *E725* *E862*
 When a function is defined with the "dict" attribute it can be used in a
 special way with a dictionary.	Example: >
 	:function Mylen() dict
@@ -1150,14 +1150,14 @@ delete all script-local variables: >
 	:    unlet s:[k]
 	:endfor
 <
-						*buffer-variable* *b:var*
+						*buffer-variable* *b:var* *b:*
 A variable name that is preceded with "b:" is local to the current buffer.
 Thus you can have several "b:foo" variables, one for each buffer.
 This kind of variable is deleted when the buffer is wiped out or deleted with
 |:bdelete|.
 
 One local buffer variable is predefined:
-					*b:changedtick-variable* *changetick*
+					*b:changedtick* *changetick*
 b:changedtick	The total number of changes to the current buffer.  It is
 		incremented for each change.  An undo command is also a change
 		in this case.  This can be used to perform an action only when
@@ -1167,21 +1167,21 @@ b:changedtick	The total number of changes to the current buffer.  It is
 		    :	call My_Update()
 		    :endif
 <
-						*window-variable* *w:var*
+						*window-variable* *w:var* *w:*
 A variable name that is preceded with "w:" is local to the current window.  It
 is deleted when the window is closed.
 
-						*tabpage-variable* *t:var*
+						*tabpage-variable* *t:var* *t:*
 A variable name that is preceded with "t:" is local to the current tab page,
 It is deleted when the tab page is closed. {not available when compiled
 without the |+windows| feature}
 
-						*global-variable* *g:var*
+						*global-variable* *g:var* *g:*
 Inside functions global variables are accessed with "g:".  Omitting this will
 access a variable local to a function.	But "g:" can also be used in any other
 place if you like.
 
-						*local-variable* *l:var*
+						*local-variable* *l:var* *l:*
 Inside functions local variables are accessed without prepending anything.
 But you can also prepend "l:" if you like.  However, without prepending "l:"
 you may run into reserved variable names.  For example "count".  By itself it
@@ -1264,7 +1264,7 @@ Note that this means that filetype plugins don't get a different set of script
 variables for each buffer.  Use local buffer variables instead |b:var|.
 
 
-Predefined Vim variables:			*vim-variable* *v:var*
+Predefined Vim variables:			*vim-variable* *v:var* *v:*
 
 					*v:beval_col* *beval_col-variable*
 v:beval_col	The number of the column, over which the mouse pointer is.
@@ -1297,7 +1297,7 @@ v:beval_winnr	The number of the window, over which the mouse pointer is. Only
 					*v:char* *char-variable*
 v:char		Argument for evaluating 'formatexpr' and used for the typed
 		character when using <expr> in an abbreviation |:map-<expr>|.
-		It is also used by the |InsertCharPre| event.
+		It is also used by the |InsertCharPre| and |InsertEnter| events.
 
 			*v:charconvert_from* *charconvert_from-variable*
 v:charconvert_from
@@ -1777,7 +1777,8 @@ get( {list}, {idx} [, {def}])	any	get item {idx} from {list} or {def}
 get( {dict}, {key} [, {def}])	any	get item {key} from {dict} or {def}
 getbufline( {expr}, {lnum} [, {end}])
 				List	lines {lnum} to {end} of buffer {expr}
-getbufvar( {expr}, {varname})	any	variable {varname} in buffer {expr}
+getbufvar( {expr}, {varname} [, {def}])
+				any	variable {varname} in buffer {expr}
 getchar( [expr])		Number	get one character from the user
 getcharmod( )			Number	modifiers for the last typed character
 getcmdline()			String	return the current command-line
@@ -1798,12 +1799,14 @@ getpos( {expr})			List	position of cursor, mark, etc.
 getqflist()			List	list of quickfix items
 getreg( [{regname} [, 1]])	String	contents of register
 getregtype( [{regname}])	String	type of register
-gettabvar( {nr}, {varname})	any	variable {varname} in tab {nr}
-gettabwinvar( {tabnr}, {winnr}, {name})
+gettabvar( {nr}, {varname} [, {def}])
+				any	variable {varname} in tab {nr} or {def}
+gettabwinvar( {tabnr}, {winnr}, {name} [, {def}])
 				any	{name} in {winnr} in tab page {tabnr}
 getwinposx()			Number	X coord in pixels of GUI Vim window
 getwinposy()			Number	Y coord in pixels of GUI Vim window
-getwinvar( {nr}, {varname})	any	variable {varname} in window {nr}
+getwinvar( {nr}, {varname} [, {def}])
+				any	variable {varname} in window {nr}
 glob( {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])
 				any	expand file wildcards in {expr}
 globpath( {path}, {expr} [, {flag}])
@@ -1903,6 +1906,8 @@ repeat( {expr}, {count})	String	repeat {expr} {count} times
 resolve( {filename})		String	get filename a shortcut points to
 reverse( {list})		List	reverse {list} in-place
 round( {expr})			Float	round off {expr}
+screenattr( {row}, {col})	Number	attribute at screen position
+screenchar( {row}, {col})	Number	character at screen position
 screencol()			Number	current cursor column
 screenrow()			Number	current cursor row
 search( {pattern} [, {flags} [, {stopline} [, {timeout}]]])
@@ -1931,6 +1936,7 @@ settabvar( {nr}, {varname}, {val})	set {varname} in tab page {nr} to {val}
 settabwinvar( {tabnr}, {winnr}, {varname}, {val})    set {varname} in window
 					{winnr} in tab page {tabnr} to {val}
 setwinvar( {nr}, {varname}, {val})	set {varname} in window {nr} to {val}
+sha256( {string})		String	SHA256 checksum of {string}
 shellescape( {string} [, {special}])
 				String	escape {string} for use as shell
 					command argument
@@ -1992,6 +1998,7 @@ undotree()			List	undo file tree
 values( {dict})			List	values in {dict}
 virtcol( {expr})		Number	screen column of cursor or mark
 visualmode( [expr])		String	last visual mode used
+wildmenumode()			Number	whether 'wildmenu' mode is active
 winbufnr( {nr})			Number	buffer number of window {nr}
 wincol()			Number	window column of the cursor
 winheight( {nr})		Number	height of window {nr}
@@ -2578,6 +2585,8 @@ delete({fname})							*delete()*
 		which is 0 if the file was deleted successfully, and non-zero
 		when the deletion failed.
 		Use |remove()| to delete an item from a |List|.
+		To delete a line from the buffer use |:delete|.  Use |:exe|
+		when the line number is in a variable.
 
 							*did_filetype()*
 did_filetype()	Returns non-zero when autocommands are being executed and the
@@ -2766,7 +2775,8 @@ expand({expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])				*expand()*
 		file name contains a space]
 
 		If the expansion fails, the result is an empty string.	A name
-		for a non-existing file is not included.
+		for a non-existing file is not included, unless {expr} does
+		not start with '%', '#' or '<', see below.
 
 		When {expr} starts with '%', '#' or '<', the expansion is done
 		like for the |cmdline-special| variables with their associated
@@ -3141,7 +3151,7 @@ getbufline({expr}, {lnum} [, {end}])
 		Example: >
 			:let lines = getbufline(bufnr("myfile"), 1, "$")
 
-getbufvar({expr}, {varname})				*getbufvar()*
+getbufvar({expr}, {varname} [, {def}])				*getbufvar()*
 		The result is the value of option or local buffer variable
 		{varname} in buffer {expr}.  Note that the name without "b:"
 		must be used.
@@ -3151,8 +3161,8 @@ getbufvar({expr}, {varname})				*getbufvar()*
 		doesn't work for a global variable, window-local variable or
 		window-local option.
 		For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()| above.
-		When the buffer or variable doesn't exist an empty string is
-		returned, there is no error message.
+		When the buffer or variable doesn't exist {def} or an empty
+		string is returned, there is no error message.
 		Examples: >
 			:let bufmodified = getbufvar(1, "&mod")
 			:echo "todo myvar = " . getbufvar("todo", "myvar")
@@ -3429,26 +3439,30 @@ getregtype([{regname}])					*getregtype()*
 		<CTRL-V> is one character with value 0x16.
 		If {regname} is not specified, |v:register| is used.
 
-gettabvar({tabnr}, {varname})				*gettabvar()*
+gettabvar({tabnr}, {varname} [, {def}])				*gettabvar()*
 		Get the value of a tab-local variable {varname} in tab page
 		{tabnr}. |t:var|
 		Tabs are numbered starting with one.
 		Note that the name without "t:" must be used.
+		When the tab or variable doesn't exist {def} or an empty
+		string is returned, there is no error message.
 
-gettabwinvar({tabnr}, {winnr}, {varname})		*gettabwinvar()*
+gettabwinvar({tabnr}, {winnr}, {varname} [, {def}])		*gettabwinvar()*
 		Get the value of window-local variable {varname} in window
 		{winnr} in tab page {tabnr}.
 		When {varname} starts with "&" get the value of a window-local
 		option.
+		When {varname} is empty a dictionary with all window-local
+		variables is returned.
+		Note that {varname} must be the name without "w:".
 		Tabs are numbered starting with one.  For the current tabpage
 		use |getwinvar()|.
 		When {winnr} is zero the current window is used.
 		This also works for a global option, buffer-local option and
 		window-local option, but it doesn't work for a global variable
 		or buffer-local variable.
-		When {varname} is empty a dictionary with all window-local
-		variables is returned.
-		Note that {varname} must be the name without "w:".
+		When the tab, window or variable doesn't exist {def} or an
+		empty string is returned, there is no error message.
 		Examples: >
 			:let list_is_on = gettabwinvar(1, 2, '&list')
 			:echo "myvar = " . gettabwinvar(3, 1, 'myvar')
@@ -3463,7 +3477,7 @@ getwinposy()	The result is a Number, which is the Y coordinate in pixels of
 		the top of the GUI Vim window.	The result will be -1 if the
 		information is not available.
 
-getwinvar({winnr}, {varname})				*getwinvar()*
+getwinvar({winnr}, {varname} [, {def}])				*getwinvar()*
 		Like |gettabwinvar()| for the current tabpage.
 		Examples: >
 			:let list_is_on = getwinvar(2, '&list')
@@ -4628,7 +4642,7 @@ pumvisible()						*pumvisible()*
 		This can be used to avoid some things that would remove the
 		popup menu.
 
-							*E860* *E861*
+							*E860*
 py3eval({expr})						*py3eval()*
 		Evaluate Python expression {expr} and return its result
 		converted to Vim data structures.
@@ -4879,6 +4893,21 @@ round({expr})							*round()*
 <			-5.0
 		{only available when compiled with the |+float| feature}
 
+screenattr(row, col)						*screenattr()*
+		Like screenchar(), but return the attribute.  This is a rather
+		arbitrary number that can only be used to compare to the
+		attribute at other positions.
+
+screenchar(row, col)						*screenchar()*
+		The result is a Number, which is the character at position
+		[row, col] on the screen.  This works for every possible
+		screen position, also status lines, window separators and the
+		command line.  The top left position is row one, column one
+		The character excludes composing characters.  For double-byte
+		encodings it may only be the first byte.
+		This is mainly to be used for testing.
+		Returns -1 when row or col is out of range.
+
 screencol()							*screencol()*
 		The result is a Number, which is the current screen column of
 		the cursor. The leftmost column has number 1.
@@ -5309,8 +5338,6 @@ settabvar({tabnr}, {varname}, {val})			*settabvar()*
 		|t:var|
 		Note that the variable name without "t:" must be used.
 		Tabs are numbered starting with one.
-		Vim briefly goes to the tab page {tabnr}, this may trigger
-		TabLeave and TabEnter autocommands.
 		This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
 
 settabwinvar({tabnr}, {winnr}, {varname}, {val})	*settabwinvar()*
@@ -5323,8 +5350,6 @@ settabwinvar({tabnr}, {winnr}, {varname}, {val})	*settabwinvar()*
 		doesn't work for a global or local buffer variable.
 		For a local buffer option the global value is unchanged.
 		Note that the variable name without "w:" must be used.
-		Vim briefly goes to the tab page {tabnr}, this may trigger
-		TabLeave and TabEnter autocommands.
 		Examples: >
 			:call settabwinvar(1, 1, "&list", 0)
 			:call settabwinvar(3, 2, "myvar", "foobar")
@@ -5336,6 +5361,11 @@ setwinvar({nr}, {varname}, {val})			*setwinvar()*
 			:call setwinvar(1, "&list", 0)
 			:call setwinvar(2, "myvar", "foobar")
 
+sha256({string})						*sha256()*
+		Returns a String with 64 hex charactes, which is the SHA256
+		checksum of {string}.
+		{only available when compiled with the |+cryptv| feature}
+
 shellescape({string} [, {special}])			*shellescape()*
 		Escape {string} for use as a shell command argument.
 		On MS-Windows and MS-DOS, when 'shellslash' is not set, it
@@ -6156,6 +6186,18 @@ visualmode([expr])						*visualmode()*
 		Dictionary or Float is not a Number or String, thus does not
 		cause the mode to be cleared.
 
+wildmenumode()					*wildmenumode()*
+		Returns non-zero when the wildmenu is active and zero
+		otherwise.  See 'wildmenu' and 'wildmode'.
+		This can be used in mappings to handle the 'wildcharm' option
+		gracefully. (Makes only sense with |mapmode-c| mappings).
+
+		For example to make <c-j> work like <down> in wildmode, use: >
+    :cnoremap <expr> <C-j> wildmenumode() ? "\<Down>\<Tab>" : "\<c-j>"
+<
+		(Note, this needs the 'wildcharm' option set appropriately).
+
+
 							*winbufnr()*
 winbufnr({nr})	The result is a Number, which is the number of the buffer
 		associated with window {nr}.  When {nr} is zero, the number of

runtime/doc/evim-fr.1

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-.TH EVIM 1 "16 f<>vrier 2002 February 16"
+.TH EVIM 1 "16 f<>vrier 2002"
 .SH NAME
 evim \- <20> Easy Vim <20>, <20>dite un fichier avec Vim sans utiliser les modes
 .SH SYNOPSIS
@@ -54,4 +54,4 @@ Voir le menu Aide/Remerciements ou ":help credits" dans
 .SH TRADUCTION
 Cette page de manuel a <20>t<EFBFBD> traduite David Blanchet.
 <david.blanchet@free.fr> 2005-03-26.
-Mise <20> jour 2012-05-06, Dominique Pell<6C> <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>
+Mise <20> jour 2013-05-10, Dominique Pell<6C> <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>

runtime/doc/evim-fr.UTF-8.1

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-.TH EVIM 1 "16 février 2002 February 16"
+.TH EVIM 1 "16 février 2002"
 .SH NAME
 evim \- « Easy Vim », édite un fichier avec Vim sans utiliser les modes
 .SH SYNOPSIS
@@ -54,4 +54,4 @@ Voir le menu Aide/Remerciements ou ":help credits" dans
 .SH TRADUCTION
 Cette page de manuel a été traduite David Blanchet.
 <david.blanchet@free.fr> 2005-03-26.
-Mise à jour 2012-05-06, Dominique Pellé <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>
+Mise à jour 2013-05-10, Dominique Pellé <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>

runtime/doc/filetype.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jun 19
+*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 May 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ Since the text for this plugin is rather long it has been put in a separate
 file: |ft_sql.txt|.
 
 
-TEX							*ft-tex-plugin*
+TEX						*ft-tex-plugin* *g:tex_flavor*
 
 If the first line of a *.tex file has the form >
 	%&<format>

runtime/doc/ft_sql.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*ft_sql.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
+*ft_sql.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 May 15
 
 by David Fishburn
 
@@ -349,6 +349,7 @@ may not work properly on all platforms: >
 The static maps (which are based on the syntax highlight groups) follow this
 format: >
     imap <buffer> <C-C>k <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map('sqlKeyword')<CR><C-X><C-O>
+    imap <buffer> <C-C>k <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map('sqlKeyword\w*')<CR><C-X><C-O>
 
 This command breaks down as: >
     imap		   - Create an insert map
@@ -369,6 +370,9 @@ This command breaks down as: >
 			     command while editing a SQL file.
     'sqlKeyword'	   - Display the items for the sqlKeyword highlight
 			     group
+    'sqlKeyword\w*'	   - A second option available with Vim 7.4 which
+                             uses a regular expression to determine which
+			     syntax groups to use
     )<CR>		   - Execute the :let command
     <C-X><C-O>		   - Trigger the standard omni completion key stroke.
 			     Passing in 'sqlKeyword' instructs the SQL
@@ -435,7 +439,7 @@ the space bar):
 			     of columns, you can press <Left>, this will
 			     replace the column list with the list of tables.
 			   - This allows you to quickly drill down into a
-			     table to view it's columns and back again.
+			     table to view its columns and back again.
 			   - <Right> and <Left> can be also be chosen via
 			     your |.vimrc| >
                                 let g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_right = '<Right>'
@@ -645,7 +649,7 @@ your |vimrc|: >
 	- When completing tables, procedure or views and using dbext.vim 3.00
 	  or higher the list of objects will also include the owner name.
 	  When completing these objects and omni_sql_include_owner is enabled
-	  the owner name will be be replaced. >
+	  the owner name will be replaced. >
 
     omni_sql_precache_syntax_groups
 <	- Default:

runtime/doc/gui.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui.txt*       For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jul 22
+*gui.txt*       For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jun 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -93,10 +93,16 @@ and initialize other things that you may want to set up differently from the
 terminal version.
 
 Recommended place for your personal GUI initializations:
-	Unix		    $HOME/.gvimrc
-	OS/2		    $HOME/.gvimrc or $VIM/.gvimrc
-	MS-DOS and Win32    $HOME/_gvimrc or $VIM/_gvimrc
-	Amiga		    s:.gvimrc or $VIM/.gvimrc
+	Unix		    $HOME/.gvimrc or $HOME/.vim/gvimrc
+	OS/2		    $HOME/.gvimrc, $HOME/vimfiles/gvimrc
+			    or $VIM/.gvimrc
+	MS-DOS and Win32    $HOME/_gvimrc, $HOME/vimfiles/gvimrc
+			    or $VIM/_gvimrc
+	Amiga		    s:.gvimrc, home:.gvimrc, home:vimfiles:gvimrc
+			    or $VIM/.gvimrc
+
+The personal initialization files are searched in the order specified above
+and only the first one that is found is read.
 
 There are a number of options which only have meaning in the GUI version of
 Vim.  These are 'guicursor', 'guifont', 'guipty' and 'guioptions'.  They are

runtime/doc/gui_w16.txt

@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Vim's Graphical User Interface				*gui-w16* *win16-gui*
 
 Other relevant documentation:
 |gui.txt|	For generic items of the GUI.
-|os_msdos.txt|  For items common to DOS and Windows.
+|os_msdos.txt|	For items common to DOS and Windows.
 |gui_w32.txt|	Some items here are also applicable to the Win16 version.
 
 {Vi does not have a Windows GUI}

runtime/doc/gui_w32.txt

@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Vim's Win32 Graphical User Interface			*gui-w32* *win32-gui*
 
 Other relevant documentation:
 |gui.txt|	For generic items of the GUI.
-|os_win32.txt|  For Win32 specific items.
+|os_win32.txt| 	For Win32 specific items.
 
 {Vi does not have a Windows GUI}
 

runtime/doc/if_lua.txt

@@ -10,9 +10,10 @@ The Lua Interface to Vim				*lua* *Lua*
 2. The vim module		|lua-vim|
 3. List userdata		|lua-list|
 4. Dict userdata		|lua-dict|
-5. Buffer userdata		|lua-buffer|
-6. Window userdata		|lua-window|
-7. The luaeval function		|lua-luaeval|
+5. Funcref userdata		|lua-funcref|
+6. Buffer userdata		|lua-buffer|
+7. Window userdata		|lua-window|
+8. The luaeval function		|lua-luaeval|
 
 {Vi does not have any of these commands}
 
@@ -110,9 +111,31 @@ input range are stored in "vim.firstline" and "vim.lastline" respectively. The
 module also includes routines for buffer, window, and current line queries,
 Vim evaluation and command execution, and others.
 
-	vim.list()		Returns an empty list (see |List|).
-
-	vim.dict()		Returns an empty dictionary (see |Dictionary|).
+	vim.list([arg])		Returns an empty list or, if "arg" is a Lua
+				table with numeric keys 1, ..., n (a
+				"sequence"), returns a list l such that l[i] =
+				arg[i] for i = 1, ..., n (see |List|).
+				Non-numeric keys are not used to initialize
+				the list. See also |lua-eval| for conversion
+				rules. Example: >
+					:lua t = {math.pi, false, say = 'hi'}
+					:echo luaeval('vim.list(t)')
+					:" [3.141593, 0], 'say' is ignored
+<
+	vim.dict([arg])		Returns an empty dictionary or, if "arg" is a
+				Lua table, returns a dict d such that d[k] =
+				arg[k] for all string keys k in "arg" (see
+				|Dictionary|). Number keys are converted to
+				strings. Keys that are not strings are not
+				used to initialize the dictionary. See also
+				|lua-eval| for conversion rules. Example: >
+					:lua t = {math.pi, false, say = 'hi'}
+					:echo luaeval('vim.dict(t)')
+					:" {'say': 'hi'}, numeric keys ignored
+<
+	vim.funcref({name})	Returns a Funcref to function {name} (see
+				|Funcref|). It is equivalent to Vim's
+				"function".
 
 	vim.buffer([arg])	If "arg" is a number, returns buffer with
 				number "arg" in the buffer list or, if "arg"
@@ -131,9 +154,9 @@ Vim evaluation and command execution, and others.
 
 	vim.type({arg})		Returns the type of {arg}. It is equivalent to
 				Lua's "type" function, but returns "list",
-				"dict", "buffer", or "window" if {arg} is a
-				list, dictionary, buffer, or window,
-				respectively. Examples: >
+				"dict", "funcref", "buffer", or "window" if
+				{arg} is a list, dictionary, funcref, buffer,
+				or window, respectively. Examples: >
 					:lua l = vim.list()
 					:lua print(type(l), vim.type(l))
 					:" userdata list
@@ -229,7 +252,40 @@ Examples:
 <
 
 ==============================================================================
-5. Buffer userdata					*lua-buffer*
+5. Funcref userdata					*lua-funcref*
+
+Funcref userdata represent funcref variables in Vim. Funcrefs that were
+defined with a "dict" attribute need to be obtained as a dictionary key
+in order to have "self" properly assigned to the dictionary (see examples
+below.) A funcref "f" has the following properties:
+
+Properties
+----------
+	o "#f" is the name of the function referenced by "f"
+	o "f(...)" calls the function referenced by "f" (with arguments)
+
+Examples:
+>
+	:function I(x)
+	:  return a:x
+	:  endfunction
+	:let R = function('I')
+	:lua i1 = vim.funcref('I')
+	:lua i2 = vim.eval('R')
+	:lua print(#i1, #i2) -- both 'I'
+	:lua print(i1, i2, #i2(i1) == #i1(i2))
+	:function Mylen() dict
+	:  return len(self.data)
+	:  endfunction
+	:let mydict = {'data': [0, 1, 2, 3]}
+	:lua d = vim.eval('mydict'); d.len = vim.funcref('Mylen')
+	:echo mydict.len()
+	:lua l = d.len -- assign d as 'self'
+	:lua print(l())
+<
+
+==============================================================================
+6. Buffer userdata					*lua-buffer*
 
 Buffer userdata represent vim buffers. A buffer userdata "b" has the following
 properties and methods:
@@ -281,7 +337,7 @@ Examples:
 <
 
 ==============================================================================
-6. Window userdata					*lua-window*
+7. Window userdata					*lua-window*
 
 Window objects represent vim windows. A window userdata "w" has the following
 properties and methods:
@@ -313,7 +369,7 @@ Examples:
 <
 
 ==============================================================================
-7. The luaeval function					*lua-luaeval* *lua-eval*
+8. The luaeval function					*lua-luaeval* *lua-eval*
 
 The (dual) equivalent of "vim.eval" for passing Lua values to Vim is
 "luaeval". "luaeval" takes an expression string and an optional argument and
@@ -325,7 +381,13 @@ returns the result of the expression. It is semantically equivalent in Lua to:
 	    return chunk(arg) -- return typval
 	end
 <
-Note that "_A" receives the argument to "luaeval". Examples: >
+Note that "_A" receives the argument to "luaeval". Lua numbers, strings, and
+list, dict, and funcref userdata are converted to their Vim respective types,
+while Lua booleans are converted to numbers. An error is thrown if conversion
+of any of the remaining Lua types, including userdata other than lists, dicts,
+and funcrefs, is attempted.
+
+Examples: >
 
 	:echo luaeval('math.pi')
 	:lua a = vim.list():add('newlist')

runtime/doc/if_mzsch.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_mzsch.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Feb 11
+*if_mzsch.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Dec 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Sergey Khorev

runtime/doc/if_pyth.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jan 30
+*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jun 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Moore
@@ -11,9 +11,11 @@ The Python Interface to Vim				*python* *Python*
 3. Buffer objects				|python-buffer|
 4. Range objects				|python-range|
 5. Window objects				|python-window|
-6. pyeval(), py3eval() Vim functions		|python-pyeval|
-7. Dynamic loading				|python-dynamic|
-8. Python 3					|python3|
+6. Tab page objects				|python-tabpage|
+7. vim.bindeval objects				|python-bindeval-objects|
+8. pyeval(), py3eval() Vim functions		|python-pyeval|
+9. Dynamic loading				|python-dynamic|
+10. Python 3					|python3|
 
 {Vi does not have any of these commands}
 
@@ -57,6 +59,22 @@ Example: >
 Note: Python is very sensitive to the indenting.  Make sure the "class" line
 and "EOF" do not have any indent.
 
+							*:pydo*
+:[range]pydo {body}	Execute Python function "def _vim_pydo(line, linenr):
+			{body}" for each line in the [range], with the
+			function arguments being set to the text of each line
+			in turn, without a trailing <EOL>, and the current
+			line number. The function should return a string or
+			None. If a string is returned, it becomes the text of
+			the line in the current turn. The default for [range]
+			is the whole file: "1,$".
+			{not in Vi}
+
+Examples:
+>
+	:pydo return "%s\t%d" % (line[::-1], len(line))
+	:pydo if line: return "%4d: %s" % (linenr, line)
+<
 							*:pyfile* *:pyf*
 :[range]pyf[ile] {file}
 			Execute the Python script in {file}.  The whole
@@ -154,42 +172,26 @@ vim.eval(str)						*python-eval*
 	'eval_expr', 'kind': 'f', 'filename': './src/eval.c'}]
 
 vim.bindeval(str)					*python-bindeval*
-	Like |python-eval|, but
-	1. if expression evaluates to |List| or |Dictionary| it is returned as 
-	   vimlist or vimdictionary python type that are connected to original 
-	   list or dictionary. Thus modifications to these objects imply 
-	   modifications of the original.
+	Like |python-eval|, but returns special objects described in 
+	|python-bindeval-objects|. These python objects let you modify (|List| 
+	or |Dictionary|) or call (|Funcref|) vim objects.
 
-	   Additionally, vimlist and vimdictionary type have read-write 
-	   `.locked` attribute that returns
-	     Value           Meaning ~
-	     zero            Variable is not locked
-	     vim.VAR_LOCKED  Variable is locked, but can be unlocked
-	     vim.VAR_FIXED   Variable is locked and can't be unlocked
-	   integer constants. If variable is not fixed, you can do 
-	   `var.locked=True` to lock it and `var.locked=False` to unlock. 
-	   There is no recursive locking like |:lockvar|! does. There is also 
-	   no way to lock a specific key or check whether it is locked (in any 
-	   case these locks are ignored by anything except |:let|: |extend()| 
-	   does not care, neither does python interface).
-
-	   Vimdictionary type also supports `.scope` attribute which is one of
-	     Value              Meaning ~
-	     zero               Dictionary is not a scope one
-	     vim.VAR_DEF_SCOPE  Function-local or global scope dictionary
-	     vim.VAR_SCOPE      Other scope dictionary
-
-	2. if expression evaluates to a function reference, then it returns 
-	   callable vimfunction object. Use self keyword argument to assign 
-	   |self| object for dictionary functions.
-
-	Note: this function has the same behavior as |lua-eval| (except that 
-	      lua does not support running vim functions), |python-eval| is 
-	      kept for backwards compatibility in order not to make scripts 
-	      relying on outputs of vim.eval() being a copy of original or 
-	      vim.eval("1") returning a string.
+vim.strwidth(str)					*python-strwidth*
+	Like |strwidth()|: returns number of display cells str occupies, tab 
+	is counted as one cell.
 
+vim.foreach_rtp(callable)				*python-foreach_rtp*
+	Call the given callable for each path in 'runtimepath' until either 
+	callable returns something but None, the exception is raised or there 
+	are no longer paths. If stopped in case callable returned non-None, 
+	vim.foreach_rtp function returns the value returned by callable.
 
+vim.chdir(*args, **kwargs)				*python-chdir*
+vim.fchdir(*args, **kwargs)				*python-fchdir*
+	Run os.chdir or os.fchdir, then all appropriate vim stuff.
+	Note: you should not use these functions directly, use os.chdir and 
+	      os.fchdir instead. Behavior of vim.fchdir is undefined in case 
+	      os.fchdir does not exist.
 
 Error object of the "vim" module
 
@@ -209,12 +211,12 @@ Constants of the "vim" module
 	to which the variables referred.
 
 vim.buffers						*python-buffers*
-	A sequence object providing access to the list of vim buffers.  The
+	A mapping object providing access to the list of vim buffers.  The
 	object supports the following operations: >
 	    :py b = vim.buffers[i]	# Indexing (read-only)
 	    :py b in vim.buffers	# Membership test
 	    :py n = len(vim.buffers)	# Number of elements
-	    :py for b in vim.buffers:	# Sequential access
+	    :py for b in vim.buffers:	# Iterating over buffer list
 <
 vim.windows						*python-windows*
 	A sequence object providing access to the list of vim windows.  The
@@ -223,13 +225,28 @@ vim.windows						*python-windows*
 	    :py w in vim.windows	# Membership test
 	    :py n = len(vim.windows)	# Number of elements
 	    :py for w in vim.windows:	# Sequential access
+<	Note: vim.windows object always accesses current tab page. 
+	|python-tabpage|.windows objects are bound to parent |python-tabpage| 
+	object and always use windows from that tab page (or throw vim.error 
+	in case tab page was deleted). You can keep a reference to both 
+	without keeping a reference to vim module object or |python-tabpage|, 
+	they will not lose their properties in this case.
+
+vim.tabpages						*python-tabpages*
+	A sequence object providing access to the list of vim tab pages. The 
+	object supports the following operations: >
+	    :py t = vim.tabpages[i]	# Indexing (read-only)
+	    :py t in vim.tabpages	# Membership test
+	    :py n = len(vim.tabpages)	# Number of elements
+	    :py for t in vim.tabpages:	# Sequential access
 <
 vim.current						*python-current*
 	An object providing access (via specific attributes) to various
 	"current" objects available in vim:
 		vim.current.line	The current line (RW)		String
-		vim.current.buffer	The current buffer (RO)		Buffer
-		vim.current.window	The current window (RO)		Window
+		vim.current.buffer	The current buffer (RW)		Buffer
+		vim.current.window	The current window (RW)		Window
+		vim.current.tabpage	The current tab page (RW)	TabPage
 		vim.current.range	The current line range (RO)	Range
 
 	The last case deserves a little explanation.  When the :python or
@@ -237,6 +254,42 @@ vim.current						*python-current*
 	"current range".  A range is a bit like a buffer, but with all access
 	restricted to a subset of lines.  See |python-range| for more details.
 
+	Note: When assigning to vim.current.{buffer,window,tabpage} it expects 
+	valid |python-buffer|, |python-window| or |python-tabpage| objects 
+	respectively. Assigning triggers normal (with |autocommand|s) 
+	switching to given buffer, window or tab page. It is the only way to 
+	switch UI objects in python: you can't assign to 
+	|python-tabpage|.window attribute. To switch without triggering 
+	autocommands use >
+	    py << EOF
+	    saved_eventignore = vim.options['eventignore']
+	    vim.options['eventignore'] = 'all'
+	    try:
+	        vim.current.buffer = vim.buffers[2] # Switch to buffer 2
+	    finally:
+	        vim.options['eventignore'] = saved_eventignore
+	    EOF
+<
+vim.vars						*python-vars*
+vim.vvars						*python-vvars*
+	Dictionary-like objects holding dictionaries with global (|g:|) and 
+	vim (|v:|) variables respectively. Identical to `vim.bindeval("g:")`, 
+	but faster.
+
+vim.options						*python-options*
+	Object partly supporting mapping protocol (supports setting and 
+	getting items) providing a read-write access to global options.
+	Note: unlike |:set| this provides access only to global options. You
+	cannot use this object to obtain or set local options' values or
+	access local-only options in any fashion. Raises KeyError if no global
+	option with such name exists (i.e. does not raise KeyError for
+	|global-local| options and global only options, but does for window-
+	and buffer-local ones).  Use |python-buffer| objects to access to
+	buffer-local options and |python-window| objects to access to
+	window-local options.
+
+	Type of this object is available via "Options" attribute of vim 
+	module.
 
 Output from Python					*python-output*
 	Vim displays all Python code output in the Vim message area.  Normal
@@ -253,6 +306,88 @@ Output from Python					*python-output*
 	supported, and may cause the program to crash.  This should probably be
 	fixed.
 
+		    *python2-directory* *python3-directory* *pythonx-directory*
+Python 'runtimepath' handling				*python-special-path*
+
+In python vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH special directory is used as a replacement for 
+the list of paths found in 'runtimepath': with this directory in sys.path and 
+vim.path_hooks in sys.path_hooks python will try to load module from 
+{rtp}/python2 (or python3) and {rtp}/pythonx (for both python versions) for 
+each {rtp} found in 'runtimepath'.
+
+Implementation is similar to the following, but written in C: >
+
+    from imp import find_module, load_module
+    import vim
+    import sys
+
+    class VimModuleLoader(object):
+        def __init__(self, module):
+            self.module = module
+
+        def load_module(self, fullname, path=None):
+            return self.module
+
+    def _find_module(fullname, oldtail, path):
+        idx = oldtail.find('.')
+        if idx > 0:
+            name = oldtail[:idx]
+            tail = oldtail[idx+1:]
+            fmr = find_module(name, path)
+            module = load_module(fullname[:-len(oldtail)] + name, *fmr)
+            return _find_module(fullname, tail, module.__path__)
+        else:
+            fmr = find_module(fullname, path)
+            return load_module(fullname, *fmr)
+
+    # It uses vim module itself in place of VimPathFinder class: it does not 
+    # matter for python which object has find_module function attached to as 
+    # an attribute.
+    class VimPathFinder(object):
+        @classmethod
+        def find_module(cls, fullname, path=None):
+            try:
+                return VimModuleLoader(_find_module(fullname, fullname, path or vim._get_paths()))
+            except ImportError:
+                return None
+
+        @classmethod
+        def load_module(cls, fullname, path=None):
+            return _find_module(fullname, fullname, path or vim._get_paths())
+
+    def hook(path):
+        if path == vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH:
+            return VimPathFinder
+        else:
+            raise ImportError
+
+    sys.path_hooks.append(hook)
+
+vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH					*python-VIM_SPECIAL_PATH*
+	String constant used in conjunction with vim path hook. If path hook 
+	installed by vim is requested to handle anything but path equal to 
+	vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH constant it raises ImportError. In the only other 
+	case it uses special loader.
+
+	Note: you must not use value of this constant directly, always use 
+	      vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH object.
+
+vim.find_module(...)					*python-find_module*
+vim.path_hook(path)					*python-path_hook*
+	Methods or objects used to implement path loading as described above. 
+	You should not be using any of these directly except for vim.path_hook 
+	in case you need to do something with sys.meta_path. It is not 
+	guaranteed that any of the objects will exist in the future vim 
+	versions.
+
+vim._get_paths						*python-_get_paths*
+	Methods returning a list of paths which will be searched for by path 
+	hook. You should not rely on this method being present in future 
+	versions, but can use it for debugging.
+
+	It returns a list of {rtp}/python2 (or {rtp}/python3) and 
+	{rtp}/pythonx directories for each {rtp} in 'runtimepath'.
+
 ==============================================================================
 3. Buffer objects					*python-buffer*
 
@@ -278,6 +413,24 @@ Buffer indexes start at zero, as is normal in Python.  This differs from vim
 line numbers, which start from 1.  This is particularly relevant when dealing
 with marks (see below) which use vim line numbers.
 
+The buffer object attributes are:
+	b.vars		Dictionary-like object used to access 
+			|buffer-variable|s.
+	b.options	Mapping object (supports item getting, setting and 
+			deleting) that provides access to buffer-local options 
+			and buffer-local values of |global-local| options. Use 
+			|python-window|.options if option is window-local, 
+			this object will raise KeyError. If option is 
+			|global-local| and local value is missing getting it 
+			will return None.
+	b.name		String, RW. Contains buffer name (full path).
+			Note: when assigning to b.name |BufFilePre| and 
+			|BufFilePost| autocommands are launched.
+	b.number	Buffer number. Can be used as |python-buffers| key.
+			Read-only.
+	b.valid		True or False. Buffer object becomes invalid when 
+			corresponding buffer is wiped out.
+
 The buffer object methods are:
 	b.append(str)	Append a line to the buffer
 	b.append(str, nr)  Idem, below line "nr"
@@ -296,6 +449,8 @@ Note that when adding a line it must not contain a line break character '\n'.
 A trailing '\n' is allowed and ignored, so that you can do: >
 	:py b.append(f.readlines())
 
+Buffer object type is available using "Buffer" attribute of vim module.
+
 Examples (assume b is the current buffer) >
 	:py print b.name		# write the buffer file name
 	:py b[0] = "hello!!!"		# replace the top line
@@ -307,6 +462,9 @@ Examples (assume b is the current buffer) >
 	:py n = len(b)			# number of lines
 	:py (row,col) = b.mark('a')	# named mark
 	:py r = b.range(1,5)		# a sub-range of the buffer
+	:py b.vars["foo"] = "bar"	# assign b:foo variable
+	:py b.options["ff"] = "dos"	# set fileformat
+	:py del b.options["ar"]		# same as :set autoread<
 
 ==============================================================================
 4. Range objects					*python-range*
@@ -334,6 +492,8 @@ The range object methods are:
 			for Python's built-in list objects.
 	r.append(list, nr)  Idem, after line "nr"
 
+Range object type is available using "Range" attribute of vim module.
+
 Example (assume r is the current range):
 	# Send all lines in a range to the default printer
 	vim.command("%d,%dhardcopy!" % (r.start+1,r.end+1))
@@ -344,6 +504,8 @@ Example (assume r is the current range):
 Window objects represent vim windows.  You can obtain them in a number of ways:
 	- via vim.current.window (|python-current|)
 	- from indexing vim.windows (|python-windows|)
+	- from indexing "windows" attribute of a tab page (|python-tabpage|)
+	- from the "window" attribute of a tab page (|python-tabpage|)
 
 You can manipulate window objects only through their attributes.  They have no
 methods, and no sequence or other interface.
@@ -354,17 +516,167 @@ Window attributes are:
 				This is a tuple, (row,col).
 	height (read-write)	The window height, in rows
 	width (read-write)	The window width, in columns
+	vars (read-only)	The window |w:| variables. Attribute is 
+				unassignable, but you can change window 
+				variables this way
+	options (read-only)	The window-local options. Attribute is 
+				unassignable, but you can change window 
+				options this way. Provides access only to 
+				window-local options, for buffer-local use 
+				|python-buffer| and for global ones use 
+				|python-options|. If option is |global-local| 
+				and local value is missing getting it will 
+				return None.
+	number (read-only)	Window number.  The first window has number 1.
+				This is zero in case it cannot be determined
+				(e.g. when the window object belongs to other
+				tab page).
+	row, col (read-only)	On-screen window position in display cells.
+				First position is zero.
+	tabpage (read-only)	Window tab page.
+	valid (read-write)	True or False. Window object becomes invalid 
+				when corresponding window is closed.
+
 The height attribute is writable only if the screen is split horizontally.
 The width attribute is writable only if the screen is split vertically.
 
+Window object type is available using "Window" attribute of vim module.
+
 ==============================================================================
-6. pyeval() and py3eval() Vim functions			*python-pyeval*
+6. Tab page objects					*python-tabpage*
+
+Tab page objects represent vim tab pages. You can obtain them in a number of 
+ways:
+	- via vim.current.tabpage (|python-current|)
+	- from indexing vim.tabpages (|python-tabpages|)
+
+You can use this object to access tab page windows. They have no methods and 
+no sequence or other interfaces.
+
+Tab page attributes are:
+	number		The tab page number like the one returned by 
+			|tabpagenr()|.
+	windows		Like |python-windows|, but for current tab page.
+	vars		The tab page |t:| variables.
+	window		Current tabpage window.
+	valid		True or False. Tab page object becomes invalid when 
+			corresponding tab page is closed.
+
+TabPage object type is available using "TabPage" attribute of vim module.
+
+==============================================================================
+7. vim.bindeval objects				*python-bindeval-objects*
+
+vim.Dictionary object				*python-Dictionary*
+    Dictionary-like object providing access to vim |Dictionary| type.
+    Attributes:
+        Attribute  Description ~
+        locked     One of                       *python-.locked*
+                    Value           Description ~
+                    zero            Variable is not locked
+                    vim.VAR_LOCKED  Variable is locked, but can be unlocked
+                    vim.VAR_FIXED   Variable is locked and can't be unlocked
+                   Read-write. You can unlock locked variable by assigning 
+                   `True` or `False` to this attribute. No recursive locking 
+                   is supported.
+        scope      One of
+                    Value              Description ~
+                    zero               Dictionary is not a scope one
+                    vim.VAR_DEF_SCOPE  |g:| or |l:| dictionary
+                    vim.VAR_SCOPE      Other scope dictionary,
+                                       see |internal-variables|
+    Methods (note: methods do not support keyword arguments):
+        Method      Description ~
+        keys()      Returns a list with dictionary keys.
+        values()    Returns a list with dictionary values.
+        items()     Returns a list of 2-tuples with dictionary contents.
+        update(iterable), update(dictionary), update(**kwargs)
+                    Adds keys to dictionary.
+        get(key[, default=None])
+                    Obtain key from dictionary, returning the default if it is 
+                    not present.
+        pop(key[, default])
+                    Remove specified key from dictionary and return 
+                    corresponding value. If key is not found and default is 
+                    given returns the default, otherwise raises KeyError.
+        popitem()
+                    Remove random key from dictionary and return (key, value) 
+                    pair.
+        has_key(key)
+                    Check whether dictionary contains specified key, similar 
+                    to `key in dict`.
+
+        __new__(), __new__(iterable), __new__(dictionary), __new__(update)
+                    You can use `vim.Dictionary()` to create new vim 
+                    dictionaries. `d=vim.Dictionary(arg)` is the same as 
+                    `d=vim.bindeval('{}');d.update(arg)`. Without arguments 
+                    constructs empty dictionary.
+
+    Examples: >
+        d = vim.Dictionary(food="bar")		# Constructor
+        d['a'] = 'b'				# Item assignment
+        print d['a']				# getting item
+        d.update({'c': 'd'})			# .update(dictionary)
+        d.update(e='f')				# .update(**kwargs)
+        d.update((('g', 'h'), ('i', 'j')))	# .update(iterable)
+        for key in d.keys():			# .keys()
+        for val in d.values():			# .values()
+        for key, val in d.items():		# .items()
+        print isinstance(d, vim.Dictionary)	# True
+        for key in d:				# Iteration over keys
+        class Dict(vim.Dictionary):		# Subclassing
+<
+    Note: when iterating over keys you should not modify dictionary.
+
+vim.List object					*python-List*
+    Sequence-like object providing access to vim |List| type.
+    Supports `.locked` attribute, see |python-.locked|. Also supports the 
+    following methods:
+        Method          Description ~
+        extend(item)    Add items to the list.
+
+        __new__(), __new__(iterable)
+                        You can use `vim.List()` to create new vim lists. 
+                        `l=vim.List(iterable)` is the same as 
+                        `l=vim.bindeval('[]');l.extend(iterable)`. Without 
+                        arguments constructs empty list.
+    Examples: >
+        l = vim.List("abc")		# Constructor, result: ['a', 'b', 'c']
+        l.extend(['abc', 'def'])	# .extend() method
+        print l[1:]			# slicing
+        l[:0] = ['ghi', 'jkl']		# slice assignment
+        print l[0]			# getting item
+        l[0] = 'mno'			# assignment
+        for i in l:			# iteration
+        print isinstance(l, vim.List)	# True
+        class List(vim.List):		# Subclassing
+
+vim.Function object				*python-Function*
+    Function-like object, acting like vim |Funcref| object. Supports `.name` 
+    attribute and is callable. Accepts special keyword argument `self`, see 
+    |Dictionary-function|. You can also use `vim.Function(name)` constructor, 
+    it is the same as `vim.bindeval('function(%s)'%json.dumps(name))`.
+
+    Examples: >
+        f = vim.Function('tr')			# Constructor
+        print f('abc', 'a', 'b')		# Calls tr('abc', 'a', 'b')
+        vim.command('''
+            function DictFun() dict
+                return self
+            endfunction
+        ''')
+        f = vim.bindeval('function("DictFun")')
+        print f(self={})			# Like call('DictFun', [], {})
+        print isinstance(f, vim.Function)	# True
+
+==============================================================================
+8. pyeval() and py3eval() Vim functions			*python-pyeval*
 
 To facilitate bi-directional interface, you can use |pyeval()| and |py3eval()| 
 functions to evaluate Python expressions and pass their values to VimL.
 
 ==============================================================================
-7. Dynamic loading					*python-dynamic*
+9. Dynamic loading					*python-dynamic*
 
 On MS-Windows the Python library can be loaded dynamically.  The |:version|
 output then includes |+python/dyn|.
@@ -381,14 +693,16 @@ Currently the name is "python24.dll".  That is for Python 2.4.  To know for
 sure edit "gvim.exe" and search for "python\d*.dll\c".
 
 ==============================================================================
-8. Python 3						*python3*
+10. Python 3						*python3*
 
 							*:py3* *:python3*
-The |:py3| and |:python3| commands work similar to |:python|.  A simple check
-if the `:py3` command is wrong: >
+The `:py3` and `:python3` commands work similar to `:python`.  A simple check
+if the `:py3` command is working: >
 	:py3 print("Hello")
 <							*:py3file*
-The |:py3file| command works similar to |:pyfile|.
+The `:py3file` command works similar to `:pyfile`.
+							*:py3do* *E863*
+The `:py3do` command works similar to `:pydo`.
 
 
 Vim can be built in four ways (:version output):

runtime/doc/indent.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*indent.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Aug 30
+*indent.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jun 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -577,6 +577,106 @@ $VIMRUNTIME/indent directory for examples.
 REMARKS ABOUT SPECIFIC INDENT FILES ~
 
 
+CLOJURE					*ft-clojure-indent* *clojure-indent*
+
+Clojure indentation differs somewhat from traditional Lisps, due in part to
+the use of square and curly brackets, and otherwise by community convention.
+These conventions are not always universally followed, so the Clojure indent
+script offers a few configurable options, listed below.
+
+If the current vim does not include searchpairpos(), the indent script falls
+back to normal 'lisp' indenting, and the following options are ignored.
+
+							*g:clojure_maxlines*
+
+Set maximum scan distance of searchpairpos(). Larger values trade performance
+for correctness when dealing with very long forms. A value of 0 will scan
+without limits.
+>
+	" Default
+	let g:clojure_maxlines = 100
+<
+
+						*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent*
+					*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns*
+					*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist*
+
+The 'lispwords' option is a list of comma-separated words that mark special
+forms whose subforms must be indented with two spaces.
+
+For example:
+>
+	(defn bad []
+	      "Incorrect indentation")
+
+	(defn good []
+	  "Correct indentation")
+<
+If you would like to specify 'lispwords' with a |pattern| instead, you can use
+the fuzzy indent feature:
+>
+	" Default
+	let g:clojure_fuzzy_indent = 1
+	let g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns = ['^with', '^def', '^let']
+	let g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist =
+		\ ['-fn$', '\v^with-%(meta|out-str|loading-context)$']
+
+	" Legacy comma-delimited string version; the list format above is
+	" recommended. Note that patterns are implicitly anchored with ^ and $
+	let g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns = 'with.*,def.*,let.*'
+<
+|g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns| and |g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist| are
+|Lists| of patterns that will be matched against the unquoted, unqualified
+symbol at the head of a list. This means that a pattern like "^foo" will match
+all these candidates: "foobar", "my.ns/foobar", and "#'foobar".
+
+Each candidate word is tested for special treatment in this order:
+
+	1. Return true if word is literally in 'lispwords'
+	2. Return false if word matches a pattern in
+	   |g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist|
+	3. Return true if word matches a pattern in
+	   |g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns|
+	4. Return false and indent normally otherwise
+
+					*g:clojure_special_indent_words*
+
+Some forms in Clojure are indented so that every subform is indented only two
+spaces, regardless of 'lispwords'. If you have a custom construct that should
+be indented in this idiosyncratic fashion, you can add your symbols to the
+default list below.
+>
+	" Default
+	let g:clojure_special_indent_words =
+	   \ 'deftype,defrecord,reify,proxy,extend-type,extend-protocol,letfn'
+<
+
+					*g:clojure_align_multiline_strings*
+
+Align subsequent lines in multiline strings to the column after the opening
+quote, instead of the same column.
+
+For example:
+>
+	(def default
+	  "Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit, sed do
+	  eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. Ut
+	  enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exercitation ullamco laboris
+	  nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat.")
+
+	(def aligned
+	  "Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit, sed do
+	   eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. Ut
+	   enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exercitation ullamco laboris
+	   nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat.")
+<
+This option is off by default.
+>
+	" Default
+	let g:clojure_align_multiline_strings = 0
+<
+
+
 FORTRAN							*ft-fortran-indent*
 
 Block if, select case, where, and forall constructs are indented.  So are
@@ -629,6 +729,50 @@ buffer-local variable as follows >
   let b:fortran_indent_less=1
 
 
+HTML				*ft-html-indent* *html-indent* *html-indenting*
+
+This is about variables you can set in your vimrc to customize HTML indenting.
+
+You can set the indent for the first line after <script> and <style>
+"blocktags" (default "zero"): >
+
+      :let g:html_indent_script1 = "inc"
+      :let g:html_indent_style1 = "inc"
+<
+      VALUE	MEANING ~
+      "zero"	zero indent
+      "auto"	auto indent (same indent as the blocktag)
+      "inc"	auto indent + one indent step
+
+Many tags increase the indent for what follows per default (see "Add Indent
+Tags" in the script).  You can add further tags with: >
+
+      :let g:html_indent_inctags = "html,body,head,tbody"
+
+You can also remove such tags with: >
+
+      :let g:html_indent_autotags = "th,td,tr,tfoot,thead"
+
+Default value is empty for both variables.  Note: the initial "inctags" are
+only defined once per Vim session.
+
+User variables are only read when the script is sourced.  To enable your
+changes during a session, without reloading the HTML file, you can manually
+do: >
+
+      :call HtmlIndent_CheckUserSettings()
+
+Detail:
+  Calculation of indent inside "blocktags" with "alien" content:
+      BLOCKTAG   INDENT EXPR	    WHEN APPLICABLE ~
+      <script> : {customizable}	    if first line of block
+	       : cindent(v:lnum)    if attributes empty or contain "java"
+	       : -1		    else (vbscript, tcl, ...)
+      <style>  : {customizable}	    if first line of block
+	       : GetCSSIndent()	    else
+      <!-- --> : -1
+
+
 PHP				*ft-php-indent* *php-indent* *php-indenting*
 
 NOTE:	PHP files will be indented correctly only if PHP |syntax| is active.
@@ -640,12 +784,12 @@ those useless characters first with a command like: >
     :%s /\r$//g
 
 Or, you can simply |:let| the variable PHP_removeCRwhenUnix to 1 and the
-script will silently remove them when Vim loads a PHP file (at each|BufRead|).
+script will silently remove them when Vim loads a PHP file (at each |BufRead|).
 
 OPTIONS: ~
 
 PHP indenting can be altered in several ways by modifying the values of some
-variables:
+global variables:
 
 								*php-comment*
 To not enable auto-formating of comments by default (if you want to use your
@@ -653,10 +797,21 @@ own 'formatoptions'): >
     :let g:PHP_autoformatcomment = 0
 
 Else, 't' will be removed from the 'formatoptions' string and "qrowcb" will be
-added, see|fo-table|for more information.
+added, see |fo-table| for more information.
 -------------
 
-To add an extra indent to every PHP lines with N being the number of
+To add extra indentation to single-line comments: >
+    :let g:PHP_outdentSLComments = N
+
+With N being the number of 'shiftwidth' to add.
+
+Only single-line comments will be affected such as: >
+    # Comment
+    // Comment
+    /* Comment */
+-------------
+
+To add extra indentation to every PHP lines with N being the number of
 'shiftwidth' to add: >
     :let g:PHP_default_indenting = N
 
@@ -672,7 +827,7 @@ For example, with N = 1, this will give:
 
 	$command_hist = TRUE;
     ?>
-(Notice the extra indent between the PHP container markers and the code)
+(Notice the extra indentation between the PHP container markers and the code)
 -------------
 
 To indent PHP tags as the surrounding code: >
@@ -704,8 +859,10 @@ NOTE:	Indenting will be a bit slower if this option is used because some
 To indent 'case:' and 'default:' statements in switch() blocks: >
     :let g:PHP_vintage_case_default_indent = 1
 
-(Since in PHP braces are not required inside 'case/default' blocks, by default they are indented at the same level than the 'switch()' to avoid
-unnecessary indentation)
+In PHP braces are not required inside 'case/default' blocks therefore 'case:'
+and 'default:' are indented at the same level than the 'switch()' to avoid
+meaningless indentation. You can use the above option to return to the
+traditional way.
 
 
 PYTHON							*ft-python-indent*

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jul 25
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jun 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -94,8 +94,8 @@ tag		char		action in Insert mode	~
 |i_CTRL-Z|	CTRL-Z		when 'insertmode' set: suspend Vim
 |i_<Esc>|	<Esc>		end insert mode (unless 'insertmode' set)
 |i_CTRL-[|	CTRL-[		same as <Esc>
-|i_CTRL-\_CTRL-N| CTRL-\ CTRL-N	 go to Normal mode
-|i_CTRL-\_CTRL-G| CTRL-\ CTRL-G	 go to mode specified with 'insertmode'
+|i_CTRL-\_CTRL-N| CTRL-\ CTRL-N	go to Normal mode
+|i_CTRL-\_CTRL-G| CTRL-\ CTRL-G	go to mode specified with 'insertmode'
 		CTRL-\ a - z	reserved for extensions
 		CTRL-\ others	not used
 |i_CTRL-]|	CTRL-]		trigger abbreviation
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ tag		char		action in Insert mode	~
 |i_<ScrollWheelUp>|	<ScrollWheelUp>		move window three lines up
 |i_<S-ScrollWheelUp>|	<S-ScrollWheelUp>	move window one page up
 |i_<ScrollWheelLeft>|	<ScrollWheelLeft>	move window six columns left
-|i_<S-ScrollWheelLeft>| <S-ScrollWheelLeft>	move window one page left
+|i_<S-ScrollWheelLeft>|	<S-ScrollWheelLeft>	move window one page left
 |i_<ScrollWheelRight>|	<ScrollWheelRight>	move window six columns right
 |i_<S-ScrollWheelRight>| <S-ScrollWheelRight>	move window one page right
 
@@ -212,8 +212,8 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |CTRL-Y|	CTRL-Y		   scroll N lines downwards
 |CTRL-Z|	CTRL-Z		   suspend program (or start new shell)
 		CTRL-[ <Esc>	   not used
-|CTRL-\_CTRL-N| CTRL-\ CTRL-N	   go to Normal mode (no-op)
-|CTRL-\_CTRL-G| CTRL-\ CTRL-G	   go to mode specified with 'insertmode'
+|CTRL-\_CTRL-N|	CTRL-\ CTRL-N	   go to Normal mode (no-op)
+|CTRL-\_CTRL-G|	CTRL-\ CTRL-G	   go to mode specified with 'insertmode'
 		CTRL-\ a - z	   reserved for extensions
 		CTRL-\ others      not used
 |CTRL-]|	CTRL-]		   :ta to ident under cursor
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |<Insert>|	<Insert>	2  same as "i"
 |<Left>|	<Left>		1  same as "h"
 |<LeftMouse>|	<LeftMouse>	1  move cursor to the mouse click position
-|<MiddleMouse>| <MiddleMouse>	2  same as "gP" at the mouse click position
+|<MiddleMouse>|	<MiddleMouse>	2  same as "gP" at the mouse click position
 |<PageDown>|	<PageDown>	   same as CTRL-F
 |<PageUp>|	<PageUp>	   same as CTRL-B
 |<Right>|	<Right>		1  same as "l"
@@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |[s|		[s		1  move to the previous misspelled word
 |[z|		[z		1  move to start of open fold
 |[{|		[{		1  cursor N times back to unmatched '{'
-|[<MiddleMouse> [<MiddleMouse>	2  same as "[p"
+|[<MiddleMouse>| [<MiddleMouse>	2  same as "[p"
 
 |]_CTRL-D|	] CTRL-D	   jump to first #define found in current and
 				   included files matching the word under the
@@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |]s|		]s		1  move to next misspelled word
 |]z|		]z		1  move to end of open fold
 |]}|		]}		1  cursor N times forward to unmatched '}'
-|]<MiddleMouse> ]<MiddleMouse>	2  same as "]p"
+|]<MiddleMouse>| ]<MiddleMouse>	2  same as "]p"
 
 ==============================================================================
 2.4 Commands starting with 'g'						*g*
@@ -725,6 +725,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 				   cursor N times, leave the cursor after it
 |gQ|		gQ		    switch to "Ex" mode with Vim editing
 |gR|		gR		2  enter Virtual Replace mode
+|gT|		gT		   go to the previous tab page
 |gU|		gU{motion}	2  make Nmove text uppercase
 |gV|		gV		   don't reselect the previous Visual area
 				   when executing a mapping or menu in Select
@@ -762,6 +763,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |gq|		gq{motion}	2  format Nmove text
 |gr|		gr{char}	2  virtual replace N chars with {char}
 |gs|		gs		   go to sleep for N seconds (default 1)
+|gt|		gt		   go to the next tab page
 |gu|		gu{motion}	2  make Nmove text lowercase
 |gv|		gv		   reselect the previous Visual area
 |gw|		gw{motion}	2  format Nmove text and keep cursor
@@ -1011,8 +1013,8 @@ tag		command	      action in Command-line editing mode	~
 		CTRL-Z		not used (reserved for suspend)
 |c_<Esc>|	<Esc>		abandon command-line without executing it
 |c_<Esc>|	CTRL-[		same as <Esc>
-|c_CTRL-\_CTRL-N| CTRL-\ CTRL-N	 go to Normal mode, abandon command-line
-|c_CTRL-\_CTRL-G| CTRL-\ CTRL-G	 go to mode specified with 'insertmode',
+|c_CTRL-\_CTRL-N| CTRL-\ CTRL-N	go to Normal mode, abandon command-line
+|c_CTRL-\_CTRL-G| CTRL-\ CTRL-G	go to mode specified with 'insertmode',
 				abandon command-line
 		CTRL-\ a - d	reserved for extensions
 |c_CTRL-\_e|	CTRL-\ e {expr} replace the command line with the result of
@@ -1134,7 +1136,7 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:cgetbuffer|	:cgetb[uffer]	get errors from buffer
 |:cgetexpr|	:cgete[xpr]	get errors from expr
 |:cgetfile|	:cg[etfile]	read file with error messages
-|:changes|	:cha[nges]	print the change list
+|:changes|	:changes	print the change list
 |:chdir|	:chd[ir]	change directory
 |:checkpath|	:che[ckpath]	list included files
 |:checktime|	:checkt[ime]	check timestamp of loaded buffers
@@ -1383,7 +1385,7 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:promptrepl|	:promptr[epl]	open GUI dialog for search/replace
 |:perldo|	:perld[o]	execute Perl command for each line
 |:pop|		:po[p]		jump to older entry in tag stack
-|:popup|	:pop[up]	popup a menu by name
+|:popup|	:popu[p]	popup a menu by name
 |:ppop|		:pp[op]		":pop" in preview window
 |:preserve|	:pre[serve]	write all text to swap file
 |:previous|	:prev[ious]	go to previous file in argument list
@@ -1401,8 +1403,10 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:pwd|		:pw[d]		print current directory
 |:py3|		:py3		execute Python 3 command
 |:python3|	:python3	same as :py3
+|:py3do|	:py3d[o]	execute Python 3 command for each line
 |:py3file|	:py3f[ile]	execute Python 3 script file
 |:python|	:py[thon]	execute Python command
+|:pydo|		:pyd[o]		execute Python command for each line
 |:pyfile|	:pyf[ile]	execute Python script file
 |:quit|		:q[uit]		quit current window (when one window quit Vim)
 |:quitall|	:quita[ll]	quit Vim
@@ -1469,7 +1473,7 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:slast|	:sla[st]	split window and go to last file in the
 				argument list
 |:smagic|	:sm[agic]	:substitute with 'magic'
-|:smap|		:sma[p]		like ":map" but for Select mode
+|:smap|		:smap		like ":map" but for Select mode
 |:smapclear|	:smapc[lear]	remove all mappings for Select mode
 |:smenu|	:sme[nu]	add menu for Select mode
 |:snext|	:sn[ext]	split window and go to next file in the
@@ -1506,6 +1510,7 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:sview|	:sv[iew]	split window and edit file read-only
 |:swapname|	:sw[apname]	show the name of the current swap file
 |:syntax|	:sy[ntax]	syntax highlighting
+|:syntime|	:synti[me]	measure syntax highlighting speed
 |:syncbind|	:sync[bind]	sync scroll binding
 |:t|		:t		same as ":copy"
 |:tNext|	:tN[ext]	jump to previous matching tag

runtime/doc/insert.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jan 09
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Apr 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1468,9 +1468,9 @@ knows how to color highlight.  It can be used for any filetype and provides a
 minimal language-sensitive completion.
 
 To enable syntax code completion you can run: >
-	setlocal omnifunc=syntaxcomplete#Complete
+    setlocal omnifunc=syntaxcomplete#Complete
 
-You can automate this by placing the following in your vimrc (after any
+You can automate this by placing the following in your |.vimrc| (after any
 ":filetype" command): >
     if has("autocmd") && exists("+omnifunc")
 	autocmd Filetype *
@@ -1487,7 +1487,7 @@ customize which syntax groups to include or exclude from the list.  Let's have
 a look at the PHP filetype to see how this works.
 
 If you edit a file called, index.php, run the following command: >
-	:syntax list
+    syntax list
 
 The first thing you will notice is that there are many different syntax groups.
 The PHP language can include elements from different languages like HTML,
@@ -1496,24 +1496,38 @@ that begin with the filetype, "php", in this case.  For example these syntax
 groups are included by default with the PHP: phpEnvVar, phpIntVar,
 phpFunctions.
 
-The PHP language has an enormous number of items which it knows how to syntax
-highlight.  This means these items will be available within the omni
-completion list.  Some people may find this list unwieldy or are only
-interested in certain items.
+If you wish non-filetype syntax items to also be included, you can use a 
+regular expression syntax (added in version 13.0 of autoload\syntaxcomplete.vim)
+to add items.  Looking at the output from ":syntax list" while editing a PHP file 
+I can see some of these entries: >
+    htmlArg,htmlTag,htmlTagName,javaScriptStatement,javaScriptGlobalObjects
 
-There are two ways to prune this list (if necessary).  If you find certain
-syntax groups you do not wish displayed you can add the following to your
-vimrc: >
-	let g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_php = 'phpCoreConstant,phpConstant'
+To pick up any JavaScript and HTML keyword syntax groups while editing a PHP
+file, you can use 3 different regexs, one for each language.  Or you can 
+simply restrict the include groups to a particular value, without using 
+a regex string: >
+    let g:omni_syntax_group_include_php = 'php\w\+,javaScript\w\+,html\w\+'
+    let g:omni_syntax_group_include_php = 'phpFunctions,phpMethods'
+<
+The basic form of this variable is: >
+    let g:omni_syntax_group_include_{filetype} = 'regex,comma,separated'
+
+The PHP language has an enormous number of items which it knows how to syntax
+highlight.  These these items will be available within the omni completion
+list.  
+
+Some people may find this list unwieldy or are only interested in certain
+items.  There are two ways to prune this list (if necessary).  If you find
+certain syntax groups you do not wish displayed you can use two different 
+methods to identify these groups.  The first specifically lists the syntax 
+groups by name.  The second uses a regular expression to identify both 
+syntax groups.  Simply add one the following to your vimrc: >
+    let g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_php = 'phpCoreConstant,phpConstant'
+    let g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_php = 'php\w*Constant'
 
 Add as many syntax groups to this list by comma separating them.  The basic
 form of this variable is: >
-	let g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_{filetype} = 'comma,separated,list'
-
-For completeness the opposite is also true.  Creating this variable in your
-vimrc will only include the items in the phpFunctions and phpMethods syntax
-groups: >
-	let g:omni_syntax_group_include_php = 'phpFunctions,phpMethods'
+    let g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_{filetype} = 'regex,comma,separated'
 
 You can create as many of these variables as you need, varying only the
 filetype at the end of the variable name.
@@ -1554,6 +1568,9 @@ To retrieve only the syntax items for the sqlOperator syntax group: >
 To retrieve all syntax items for both the sqlOperator and sqlType groups: >
     echo OmniSyntaxList( ['sqlOperator', 'sqlType'] )
 
+A regular expression can also be used: >
+    echo OmniSyntaxList( ['sql\w\+'] )
+
 From within a plugin, you would typically assign the output to a List: >
     let myKeywords = []
     let myKeywords = OmniSyntaxList( ['sqlKeyword'] )
@@ -1869,13 +1886,15 @@ NOTE: These commands cannot be used with |:global| or |:vglobal|.
 			See |++opt| for the possible values of [++opt].
 
 							*:r!* *:read!*
-:[range]r[ead] !{cmd}	Execute {cmd} and insert its standard output below
+:[range]r[ead] [++opt] !{cmd}
+			Execute {cmd} and insert its standard output below
 			the cursor or the specified line.  A temporary file is
 			used to store the output of the command which is then
 			read into the buffer.  'shellredir' is used to save
 			the output of the command, which can be set to include
 			stderr or not.  {cmd} is executed like with ":!{cmd}",
 			any '!' is replaced with the previous command |:!|.
+			See |++opt| for the possible values of [++opt].
 
 These commands insert the contents of a file, or the output of a command,
 into the buffer.  They can be undone.  They cannot be repeated with the "."

runtime/doc/intro.txt

@@ -394,8 +394,8 @@ CTRL-{char}	{char} typed as a control character; that is, typing {char}
 							*quotecommandquote*
 "command"	A reference to a command that you can type is enclosed in
 		double quotes.
-`command`		New style command, this distinguishes it from other
-		quoted text and strings.
+`command`	New style command, this distinguishes it from other quoted
+		text and strings.
 
 					*key-notation* *key-codes* *keycodes*
 These names for keys are used in the documentation.  They can also be used

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Apr 13
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jun 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ modes.
 :nm[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-n|		*:nm* *:nmap*
 :vm[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-v|		*:vm* *:vmap*
 :xm[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-x|		*:xm* *:xmap*
-:smap	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-s|		      *:smap*
+:smap	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-s|		    *:smap*
 :om[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-o|		*:om* *:omap*
 :map!	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-ic|		*:map!*
 :im[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-i|		*:im* *:imap*
@@ -175,6 +175,7 @@ The "<buffer>" argument can also be used to clear mappings: >
 	:mapclear <buffer>
 Local mappings are also cleared when a buffer is deleted, but not when it is
 unloaded.  Just like local option values.
+Also see |map-precedence|.
 
 						*:map-<silent>* *:map-silent*
 To define a mapping which will not be echoed on the command line, add
@@ -654,6 +655,18 @@ option).  After that it assumes that the 'q' is to be interpreted as such.  If
 you type slowly, or your system is slow, reset the 'timeout' option.  Then you
 might want to set the 'ttimeout' option.
 
+                            				*map-precedence*
+Buffer-local mappings (defined using |:map-<buffer>|) take precedence over
+global mappings.  When a buffer-local mapping is the same as a global mapping,
+Vim will use the buffer-local mapping.  In addition, Vim will use a complete
+buffer-local mapping immediately, even if a longer global mapping has the
+buffer-local mapping as a prefix.  For example, given the following two
+mappings: >
+    :map <buffer> \a   :echo "Local \a"<CR>
+    :map          \abc :echo "Global \abc"<CR>
+The buffer-local mapping \a will be used immediately.  Vim will not wait for
+more characters to see if the user might be typing \abc.
+
 							*map-keys-fails*
 There are situations where key codes might not be recognized:
 - Vim can only read part of the key code.  Mostly this is only the first
@@ -1242,6 +1255,7 @@ completion can be enabled:
 	-complete=shellcmd	Shell command
 	-complete=sign		|:sign| suboptions
 	-complete=syntax	syntax file names |'syntax'|
+	-complete=syntime	|:syntime| suboptions
 	-complete=tag		tags
 	-complete=tag_listfiles	tags, file names are shown when CTRL-D is hit
 	-complete=user		user names

runtime/doc/mbyte.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Oct 06
+*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 May 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar et al.
@@ -48,9 +48,9 @@ COMPILING
 If you already have a compiled Vim program, check if the |+multi_byte| feature
 is included.  The |:version| command can be used for this.
 
-If +multi_byte is not included, you should compile Vim with "big" features.
-You can further tune what features are included.  See the INSTALL files in the
-source directory.
+If +multi_byte is not included, you should compile Vim with "normal", "big" or
+"huge" features.  You can further tune what features are included.  See the
+INSTALL files in the source directory.
 
 
 LOCALE
@@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@ The actual mappings are in the lines below "loadkeymap".  In the example "a"
 is mapped to "A" and "b" to "B".  Thus the first item is mapped to the second
 item.  This is done for each line, until the end of the file.
 These items are exactly the same as what can be used in a |:lnoremap| command,
-using "<buffer>" to make the mappings local to the buffer..
+using "<buffer>" to make the mappings local to the buffer.
 You can check the result with this command: >
 	:lmap
 The two items must be separated by white space.  You cannot include white

runtime/doc/message.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*message.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 May 10
+*message.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Feb 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -730,7 +730,11 @@ Vim cannot create a temporary file.
   Can't open file {filename}
   Can't read file {filename}
 
-Vim cannot read a temporary file.
+Vim cannot read a temporary file.  Especially on Windows, this can be caused
+by wrong escaping of special characters for cmd.exe; the approach was
+changed with patch 7.3.443.  Try using |shellescape()| for all shell arguments
+given to |system()|, or explicitly add escaping with ^.  Also see
+'shellxquote' and 'shellxescape'.
 
 							*E464*  >
   Ambiguous use of user-defined command

runtime/doc/motion.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*motion.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Aug 04
+*motion.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Mar 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -104,13 +104,14 @@ strokes and has limited redo functionality.  See the chapter on Visual mode
 |Visual-mode|.
 
 You can use a ":" command for a motion.  For example "d:call FindEnd()".
-But this can't be redone with "." if the command is more than one line.
+But this can't be repeated with "." if the command is more than one line.
 This can be repeated: >
 	d:call search("f")<CR>
 This cannot be repeated: >
 	d:if 1<CR>
 	   call search("f")<CR>
 	endif<CR>
+Note that when using ":" any motion becomes characterwise exclusive.
 
 
 FORCING A MOTION TO BE LINEWISE, CHARACTERWISE OR BLOCKWISE

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jan 30
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jun 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -277,8 +277,10 @@ Now the 'list' option is not set, because ":set nolist" resets the global
 value, ":setlocal list" only changes the local value and ":e two" gets the
 global value.  Note that if you do this next: >
 	:e one
-You will not get back the 'list' value as it was the last time you edited
-"one".  The options local to a window are not remembered for each buffer.
+You will get back the 'list' value as it was the last time you edited "one".
+The options local to a window are remembered for each buffer.  This also
+happens when the buffer is not loaded, but they are lost when the buffer is
+wiped out |:bwipe|.
 
 							*:setl* *:setlocal*
 :setl[ocal] ...		Like ":set" but set only the value local to the
@@ -699,6 +701,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	when the system locale is set to one of CJK locales.  See Unicode
 	Standard Annex #11 (http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr11).
 
+	Vim may set this option automatically at startup time when Vim is
+	compiled with the |+termresponse| feature and if |t_u7| is set to the
+	escape sequence to request cursor position report.
+
 			*'antialias'* *'anti'* *'noantialias'* *'noanti'*
 'antialias' 'anti'	boolean (default: off)
 			global
@@ -986,7 +992,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	- The backup file will be created in the first directory in the list
 	  where this is possible.  The directory must exist, Vim will not
 	  create it for you.
-	- Empty means that no backup file will be created ('patchmode' is
+	- Empty means that no backup file will be created ( 'patchmode' is
 	  impossible!).  Writing may fail because of this.
 	- A directory "." means to put the backup file in the same directory
 	  as the edited file.
@@ -1463,11 +1469,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			|gui-clipboard|.
 
 						*clipboard-unnamedplus*
-	unnamedplus	A variant of "unnamed" flag which uses the clipboard
-			register '+' (|quoteplus|) instead of register '*' for
-			all operations except yank.  Yank shall copy the text
-			into register '+' and also into '*' when "unnamed" is
-			included.
+	unnamedplus	A variant of the "unnamed" flag which uses the
+			clipboard register '+' (|quoteplus|) instead of
+			register '*' for all yank, delete, change and put
+			operations which would normally go to the unnamed
+			register.  When "unnamed" is also included to the
+			option, yank operations (but not delete, change or
+			put) will additionally copy the text into register
+			'*'.
 			Only available with the |+X11| feature.
 			Availability can be checked with: >
 				if has('unnamedplus')
@@ -1700,7 +1709,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	when CTRL-P or CTRL-N are used.  It is also used for whole-line
 	completion |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-L|.  It indicates the type of completion
 	and the places to scan.  It is a comma separated list of flags:
-	.	scan the current buffer ('wrapscan' is ignored)
+	.	scan the current buffer ( 'wrapscan' is ignored)
 	w	scan buffers from other windows
 	b	scan other loaded buffers that are in the buffer list
 	u	scan the unloaded buffers that are in the buffer list
@@ -2234,7 +2243,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Specifies whether to use quickfix window to show cscope results.
 	See |cscopequickfix|.
 
-						*'cscoperelative'* *'csre'*
+		*'cscoperelative'* *'csre'* *'nocscoperelative'* *'nocsre'*
 'cscoperelative' 'csre' boolean (default off)
 			global
 			{not available when compiled without the |+cscope|
@@ -2865,7 +2874,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	See |file-formats| and |file-read|.
 	For the character encoding of the file see 'fileencoding'.
 	When 'binary' is set, the value of 'fileformat' is ignored, file I/O
-	works like it was set to "unix'.
+	works like it was set to "unix".
 	This option is set automatically when starting to edit a file and
 	'fileformats' is not empty and 'binary' is off.
 	When this option is set, after starting to edit a file, the 'modified'
@@ -2934,6 +2943,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	NOTE: This option is set to the Vi default value when 'compatible' is
 	set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.
 
+		*'fileignorecase'* *'fic'* *'nofileignorecase'* *'nofic'*
+'fileignorecase' 'fic'	boolean	(default on for systems where case in file
+				 names is normally ignored)
+			global
+			{not in Vi}
+	When set case is ignored when using file names and directories.
+	See 'wildignorecase' for only ignoring case when doing completion.
+
 					*'filetype'* *'ft'*
 'filetype' 'ft'		string (default: "")
 			local to buffer
@@ -5115,7 +5132,18 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	characters are put before the number.
 	See |hl-LineNr|  and |hl-CursorLineNr| for the highlighting used for
 	the number.
-	When setting this option, 'relativenumber' is reset.
+						*number_relativenumber*
+	The 'relativenumber' option changes the displayed number to be
+	relative to the cursor.  Together with 'number' there are these
+	four combinations (cursor in line 3):
+
+              	'nonu'          'nu'            'nonu'          'nu'
+		'nornu'         'nornu'         'rnu'           'rnu'
+
+	    |apple          |  1 apple      |  2 apple      |  2 apple
+	    |pear           |  2 pear       |  1 pear       |  1 pear
+	    |nobody         |  3 nobody     |  0 nobody     |3   nobody
+	    |there          |  4 there      |  1 there      |  1 there
 
 						*'numberwidth'* *'nuw'*
 'numberwidth' 'nuw'	number	(Vim default: 4  Vi default: 8)
@@ -5499,6 +5527,19 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	matches will be highlighted.  This is used to avoid that Vim hangs
 	when using a very complicated pattern.
 
+						*'regexpengine'* *'re'*
+'regexpengine' 're'	number	(default 0)
+			global
+			{not in Vi}
+	This selects the default regexp engine. |two-engines|
+	The possible values are:
+		0	automatic selection
+		1	old engine
+		2	NFA engine
+	Note that when using the NFA engine and the pattern contains something
+	that is not supported the pattern will not match.  This is only useful
+	for debugging the regexp engine.
+
 		*'relativenumber'* *'rnu'* *'norelativenumber'* *'nornu'*
 'relativenumber' 'rnu'	boolean	(default off)
 			local to window
@@ -5517,7 +5558,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	characters are put before the number.
 	See |hl-LineNr|  and |hl-CursorLineNr| for the highlighting used for
 	the number.
-	When setting this option, 'number' is reset.
+	
+	The number in front of the cursor line also depends on the value of
+	'number', see |number_relativenumber| for all combinations of the two
+	options.
 
 						*'remap'* *'noremap'*
 'remap'			boolean	(default on)
@@ -7082,7 +7126,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not in Vi}
 	Encoding used for the terminal.  This specifies what character
 	encoding the keyboard produces and the display will understand.  For
-	the GUI it only applies to the keyboard ('encoding' is used for the
+	the GUI it only applies to the keyboard ( 'encoding' is used for the
 	display).  Except for the Mac when 'macatsui' is off, then
 	'termencoding' should be "macroman".
 	In the Win32 console version the default value is the console codepage
@@ -7491,7 +7535,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	given, no further entry is used.
 	See |undo-persistence|.
 
-						*'undofile'* *'udf'*
+				*'undofile'* *'noundofile'* *'udf'* *'noudf'*
 'undofile' 'udf'	boolean	(default off)
 			local to buffer
 			{not in Vi}
@@ -7896,7 +7940,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 	When set case is ignored when completing file names and directories.
-	Has no effect on systems where file name case is generally ignored.
+	Has no effect when 'fileignorecase' is set.
 	Does not apply when the shell is used to expand wildcards, which
 	happens when there are special characters.
 
@@ -7915,6 +7959,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	CTRL-P/CTRL-N, cause the highlight to move to the appropriate match.
 	When 'wildmode' is used, "wildmenu" mode is used where "full" is
 	specified.  "longest" and "list" do not start "wildmenu" mode.
+	You can check the current mode with |wildmenumode()|.
 	If there are more matches than can fit in the line, a ">" is shown on
 	the right and/or a "<" is shown on the left.  The status line scrolls
 	as needed.

runtime/doc/pattern.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jan 25
+*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jun 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -350,6 +350,27 @@ For starters, read chapter 27 of the user manual |usr_27.txt|.
 		or  \z( pattern \)		|/\z(|
 
 
+				*/\%#=* *two-engines*
+Vim includes two regexp engines:
+1. An old, backtracking engine that supports everything.
+2. A new, NFA engine that works much faster on some patterns, but does not
+   support everything.
+
+Vim will automatically select the right engine for you.  However, if you run
+into a problem or want to specifically select one engine or the other, you can
+prepend one of the following to the pattern:
+
+	\%#=0	Force automatic selection.  Only has an effect when
+	        'regexpengine' has been set to a non-zero value.
+	\%#=1	Force using the old engine.
+	\%#=2	Force using the NFA engine.
+
+You can also use the 'regexpengine' option to change the default.
+
+			 *E864* *E868* *E874* *E875* *E876* *E877* *E878*
+If selecting the NFA engine and it runs into something that is not implemented
+the pattern will not match.  This is only useful when debugging Vim.
+
 ==============================================================================
 3. Magic							*/magic*
 
@@ -396,9 +417,10 @@ pattern.
 
 ==============================================================================
 4. Overview of pattern items				*pattern-overview*
+						*E865* *E866* *E867* *E869*
 
 Overview of multi items.				*/multi* *E61* *E62*
-More explanation and examples below, follow the links.			*E64*
+More explanation and examples below, follow the links.		*E64* *E871*
 
 	  multi ~
      'magic' 'nomagic'	matches of the preceding atom ~
@@ -504,16 +526,18 @@ Character classes {not in Vi}:				*/character-classes*
 	x	x	a character with no special meaning matches itself
 
 |/[]|	[]	\[]	any character specified inside the []
-|/\%[]| \%[]	\%[]	a sequence of optionally matched atoms
+|/\%[]|	\%[]	\%[]	a sequence of optionally matched atoms
 
 |/\c|	\c	\c	ignore case, do not use the 'ignorecase' option
 |/\C|	\C	\C	match case, do not use the 'ignorecase' option
+|/\Z|	\Z	\Z	ignore differences in Unicode "combining characters".
+			Useful when searching voweled Hebrew or Arabic text.
+
 |/\m|	\m	\m	'magic' on for the following chars in the pattern
 |/\M|	\M	\M	'magic' off for the following chars in the pattern
 |/\v|	\v	\v	the following chars in the pattern are "very magic"
 |/\V|	\V	\V	the following chars in the pattern are "very nomagic"
-|/\Z|	\Z	\Z	ignore differences in Unicode "combining characters".
-			Useful when searching voweled Hebrew or Arabic text.
+|/\%#=|   \%#=1   \%#=1   select regexp engine |/zero-width|
 
 |/\%d|	\%d	\%d	match specified decimal character (eg \%d123)
 |/\%x|	\%x	\%x	match specified hex character (eg \%x2a)
@@ -581,7 +605,7 @@ overview.
 \?	Just like \=.  Cannot be used when searching backwards with the "?"
 	command. {not in Vi}
 
-						*/\{* *E58* *E60* *E554*
+					*/\{* *E58* *E60* *E554* *E870*
 \{n,m}	Matches n to m of the preceding atom, as many as possible
 \{n}	Matches n of the preceding atom
 \{n,}	Matches at least n of the preceding atom, as many as possible
@@ -674,6 +698,7 @@ overview.
 	For speed it's often much better to avoid this multi.  Try using "\zs"
 	instead |/\zs|.  To match the same as the above example:
 		an\_s\+\zsfile
+	At least set a limit for the look-behind, see below.
 
 	"\@<=" and "\@<!" check for matches just before what follows.
 	Theoretically these matches could start anywhere before this position.
@@ -686,6 +711,18 @@ overview.
 	Example			matches ~
 	\1\@<=,\([a-z]\+\)	",abc" in "abc,abc"
 
+\@123<=
+	Like "\@<=" but only look back 123 bytes. This avoids trying lots
+	of matches that are known to fail and make executing the pattern very
+	slow.  Example, check if there is a "<" just before "span":
+		/<\@1<=span
+	This will try matching "<" only one byte before "span", which is the
+	only place that works anyway.
+	After crossing a line boundary, the limit is relative to the end of
+	the line.  Thus the characters at the start of the line with the match
+	are not counted (this is just to keep it simple).
+	The number zero is the same as no limit.
+
 							*/\@<!*
 \@<!	Matches with zero width if the preceding atom does NOT match just
 	before what follows.  Thus this matches if there is no position in the
@@ -695,11 +732,16 @@ overview.
 	The match with the preceding atom is made to end just before the match
 	with what follows, thus an atom that ends in ".*" will work.
 	Warning: This can be slow (because many positions need to be checked
-	for a match).
+	for a match).  Use a limit if you can, see below.
 	Example			matches ~
 	\(foo\)\@<!bar		any "bar" that's not in "foobar"
 	\(\/\/.*\)\@<!in	"in" which is not after "//"
 
+\@123<!
+	Like "\@<!" but only look back 123 bytes. This avoids trying lots of
+	matches that are known to fail and make executing the pattern very
+	slow.
+
 							*/\@>*
 \@>	Matches the preceding atom like matching a whole pattern. {not in Vi}
 	Like "(?>pattern)" in Perl.
@@ -962,7 +1004,8 @@ match ASCII characters, as indicated by the range.
 ~	matches the last given substitute string	*/~* */\~*
 
 \(\)	A pattern enclosed by escaped parentheses.	*/\(* */\(\)* */\)*
-	E.g., "\(^a\)" matches 'a' at the start of a line.  *E51* *E54* *E55*
+	E.g., "\(^a\)" matches 'a' at the start of a line.
+	*E51* *E54* *E55* *E872* *E873*
 
 \1      Matches the same string that was matched by	*/\1* *E65*
 	the first sub-expression in \( and \). {not in Vi}
@@ -1061,6 +1104,8 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 	  any character that's not in "^]-\bdertnoUux".  "[\xyz]" matches '\',
 	  'x', 'y' and 'z'.  It's better to use "\\" though, future expansions
 	  may use other characters after '\'.
+	- Omitting the trailing ] is not considered an error. "[]" works like
+	  "[]]", it matches the ']' character.
 	- The following translations are accepted when the 'l' flag is not
 	  included in 'cpoptions' {not in Vi}:
 		\e	<Esc>
@@ -1166,6 +1211,8 @@ When "\Z" appears anywhere in the pattern, composing characters are ignored.
 Thus only the base characters need to match, the composing characters may be
 different and the number of composing characters may differ.  Only relevant
 when 'encoding' is "utf-8".
+Exception: If the pattern starts with one or more composing characters, these
+must match.
 
 When a composing character appears at the start of the pattern of after an
 item that doesn't include the composing character, a match is found at any
@@ -1175,8 +1222,20 @@ When using a dot and a composing character, this works the same as the
 composing character by itself, except that it doesn't matter what comes before
 this.
 
-The order of composing characters matters, even though changing the order
-doesn't change what a character looks like.  This may change in the future.
+The order of composing characters does not matter.  Also, the text may have
+more composing characters than the pattern, it still matches.  But all
+composing characters in the pattern must be found in the text.
+
+Suppose B is a base character and x and y are composing characters:
+	pattern		text		match ~
+	Bxy		Bxy		yes (perfect match)
+	Bxy		Byx		yes (order ignored)
+	Bxy		By		no (x missing)
+	Bxy		Bx		no (y missing)
+	Bx		Bx		yes (perfect match)
+	Bx		By		no (x missing)
+	Bx		Bxy		yes (extra y ignored)
+	Bx		Byx		yes (extra y ignored)
 
 ==============================================================================
 9. Compare with Perl patterns				*perl-patterns*

runtime/doc/pi_getscript.txt

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
-*pi_getscript.txt*  For Vim version 7.0.  Last change: 2011 Jun 23
+*pi_getscript.txt*  For Vim version 7.0.  Last change: 2012 Apr 07
 >
-		GETSCRIPT REFERENCE MANUAL  by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
+		GETSCRIPT REFERENCE MANUAL  by Charles E. Campbell
 <
-Authors:  Charles E. Campbell, Jr.  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamilyA.Mbiz>
+Authors:  Charles E. Campbell  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamilyA.Mbiz>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from the email address)
 						*GetLatestVimScripts-copyright*
-Copyright: (c) 2004-2012 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.	*glvs-copyright*
+Copyright: (c) 2004-2012 by Charles E. Campbell	*glvs-copyright*
 	The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this
 	package, including getscriptPlugin.vim, getscript.vim,
 	GetLatestVimScripts.dist, and pi_getscript.txt, except use "getscript"
@@ -343,6 +343,11 @@ after/syntax/c.vim contained in it to overwrite a user's c.vim.
 	default= $HOME/vimfiles (windows)
 		Override where :AutoInstall: scripts will be installed.
 		Doesn't override vimball installation.
+>
+	g:GetLatestVimScripts_scriptaddr
+<       default='http://vim.sourceforge.net/script.php?script_id='
+		Override this if your system needs
+	  ...  ='http://vim.sourceforge.net/script/script.php?script_id='
 
 ==============================================================================
 8. GetLatestVimScripts Algorithm		*glvs-algorithm* *glvs-alg*
@@ -380,7 +385,11 @@ The AutoInstall process will:
 ==============================================================================
 9. GetLatestVimScripts History		*getscript-history* *glvs-hist* {{{1
 
-v44 Jun 23, 2011 : * handles additional decompression options for tarballs
+v35 Apr 07, 2012 : * (MengHuan Yu) pointed out that the script url has
+		     changed (somewhat).  However, it doesn't work, and
+		     the original one does (under Linux). I'll make it
+		     yet-another-option.
+v34 Jun 23, 2011 : * handles additional decompression options for tarballs
                      (tgz taz tbz txz)
 v33 May 31, 2011 : * using fnameescape() instead of escape()
 		   * *.xz support

runtime/doc/pi_netrw.txt

@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
-*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Oct 25
+*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 May 18
 
-	    -----------------------------------------------------
-	    NETRW REFERENCE MANUAL    by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
-	    -----------------------------------------------------
-Author:  Charles E. Campbell, Jr.  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
+	    ------------------------------------------------
+	    NETRW REFERENCE MANUAL    by Charles E. Campbell
+	    ------------------------------------------------
+Author:  Charles E. Campbell  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
 
-Copyright: Copyright (C) 1999-2012 Charles E Campbell, Jr    *netrw-copyright*
+Copyright: Copyright (C) 1999-2013 Charles E Campbell    *netrw-copyright*
 	The VIM LICENSE applies to the files in this package, including
 	netrw.vim, pi_netrw.txt, netrwFileHandlers.vim, netrwSettings.vim, and
 	syntax/netrw.vim.  Like anything else that's free, netrw.vim and its
@@ -25,83 +25,87 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 1999-2012 Charles E Campbell, Jr    *netrw-copyright*
 ==============================================================================
 1. Contents						*netrw-contents* {{{1
 
-1.  Contents.............................................|netrw-contents|
-2.  Starting With Netrw..................................|netrw-start|
-3.  Netrw Reference......................................|netrw-ref|
-      EXTERNAL APPLICATIONS AND PROTOCOLS................|netrw-externapp|
-      READING............................................|netrw-read|
-      WRITING............................................|netrw-write|
-      SOURCING...........................................|netrw-source|
-      DIRECTORY LISTING..................................|netrw-dirlist|
-      CHANGING THE USERID AND PASSWORD...................|netrw-chgup|
-      VARIABLES AND SETTINGS.............................|netrw-variables|
-      PATHS..............................................|netrw-path|
-4.  Network-Oriented File Transfer.......................|netrw-xfer|
-      NETRC..............................................|netrw-netrc|
-      PASSWORD...........................................|netrw-passwd|
-5.  Activation...........................................|netrw-activate|
-6.  Transparent Remote File Editing......................|netrw-transparent|
-7.  Ex Commands..........................................|netrw-ex|
-8.  Variables and Options................................|netrw-variables|
-9.  Browsing.............................................|netrw-browse|
-      Introduction To Browsing...........................|netrw-intro-browse|
-      Quick Reference: Maps..............................|netrw-browse-maps|
-      Quick Reference: Commands..........................|netrw-browse-cmds|
-      Bookmarking A Directory............................|netrw-mb|
-      Browsing...........................................|netrw-cr|
-      Browsing With A Horizontally Split Window..........|netrw-o|
-      Browsing With A New Tab............................|netrw-t|
-      Browsing With A Vertically Split Window............|netrw-v|
-      Change Listing Style.(thin wide long tree).........|netrw-i|
-      Changing To A Bookmarked Directory.................|netrw-gb|
-      Changing To A Predecessor Directory................|netrw-u|
-      Changing To A Successor Directory..................|netrw-U|
-      Customizing Browsing With A User Function..........|netrw-x|
-      Deleting Bookmarks.................................|netrw-mB|
-      Deleting Files Or Directories......................|netrw-D|
-      Directory Exploring Commands.......................|netrw-explore|
-      Exploring With Stars and Patterns..................|netrw-star|
-      Displaying Information About File..................|netrw-qf|
-      Edit File Or Directory Hiding List.................|netrw-ctrl-h|
-      Editing The Sorting Sequence.......................|netrw-S|
-      Forcing treatment as a file or directory...........|netrw-gd| |netrw-gf|
-      Going Up...........................................|netrw--|
-      Hiding Files Or Directories........................|netrw-a|
-      Improving Browsing.................................|netrw-ssh-hack|
-      Listing Bookmarks And History......................|netrw-qb|
-      Making A New Directory.............................|netrw-d|
-      Making The Browsing Directory The Current Directory|netrw-c|
-      Marking Files......................................|netrw-mf|
-      Marking Files By Regular Expression................|netrw-mr|
-      Marked Files: Arbitrary Command....................|netrw-mx|
-      Marked Files: Compression And Decompression........|netrw-mz|
-      Marked Files: Copying..............................|netrw-mc|
-      Marked Files: Diff.................................|netrw-md|
-      Marked Files: Editing..............................|netrw-me|
-      Marked Files: Grep.................................|netrw-mg|
-      Marked Files: Hiding and Unhiding by Suffix........|netrw-mh|
-      Marked Files: Moving...............................|netrw-mm|
-      Marked Files: Printing.............................|netrw-mp|
-      Marked Files: Sourcing.............................|netrw-ms|
-      Marked Files: Tagging..............................|netrw-mT|
-      Marked Files: Setting the Target Directory.........|netrw-mt|
-      Marked Files: Unmarking............................|netrw-mu|
-      Netrw Browser Variables............................|netrw-browser-var|
-      Netrw Browsing And Option Incompatibilities........|netrw-incompatible|
-      Netrw Settings Window..............................|netrw-settings-window|
-      Obtaining A File...................................|netrw-O|
-      Preview Window.....................................|netrw-p|
-      Previous Window....................................|netrw-P|
-      Refreshing The Listing.............................|netrw-ctrl-l|
-      Renaming Files Or Directories......................|netrw-move|
-      Reversing Sorting Order............................|netrw-r|
-      Selecting Sorting Style............................|netrw-s|
-      Setting Editing Window.............................|netrw-C|
-10. Problems and Fixes...................................|netrw-problems|
-11. Debugging Netrw Itself...............................|netrw-debug|
-12. History..............................................|netrw-history|
-13. Todo.................................................|netrw-todo|
-14. Credits..............................................|netrw-credits|
+1.  Contents..............................................|netrw-contents|
+2.  Starting With Netrw...................................|netrw-start|
+3.  Netrw Reference.......................................|netrw-ref|
+      EXTERNAL APPLICATIONS AND PROTOCOLS.................|netrw-externapp|
+      READING.............................................|netrw-read|
+      WRITING.............................................|netrw-write|
+      SOURCING............................................|netrw-source|
+      DIRECTORY LISTING...................................|netrw-dirlist|
+      CHANGING THE USERID AND PASSWORD....................|netrw-chgup|
+      VARIABLES AND SETTINGS..............................|netrw-variables|
+      PATHS...............................................|netrw-path|
+4.  Network-Oriented File Transfer........................|netrw-xfer|
+      NETRC...............................................|netrw-netrc|
+      PASSWORD............................................|netrw-passwd|
+5.  Activation............................................|netrw-activate|
+6.  Transparent Remote File Editing.......................|netrw-transparent|
+7.  Ex Commands...........................................|netrw-ex|
+8.  Variables and Options.................................|netrw-variables|
+9.  Browsing..............................................|netrw-browse|
+      Introduction To Browsing............................|netrw-intro-browse|
+      Quick Reference: Maps...............................|netrw-browse-maps|
+      Quick Reference: Commands...........................|netrw-browse-cmds|
+      Bookmarking A Directory.............................|netrw-mb|
+      Browsing............................................|netrw-cr|
+      Browsing With A Horizontally Split Window...........|netrw-o|
+      Browsing With A New Tab.............................|netrw-t|
+      Browsing With A Vertically Split Window.............|netrw-v|
+      Change Listing Style.(thin wide long tree)..........|netrw-i|
+      Changing To A Bookmarked Directory..................|netrw-gb|
+      Changing To A Predecessor Directory.................|netrw-u|
+      Changing To A Successor Directory...................|netrw-U|
+      Customizing Browsing With A User Function...........|netrw-x|
+      Deleting Bookmarks..................................|netrw-mB|
+      Deleting Files Or Directories.......................|netrw-D|
+      Directory Exploring Commands........................|netrw-explore|
+      Exploring With Stars and Patterns...................|netrw-star|
+      Displaying Information About File...................|netrw-qf|
+      Edit File Or Directory Hiding List..................|netrw-ctrl-h|
+      Editing The Sorting Sequence........................|netrw-S|
+      Forcing treatment as a file or directory............|netrw-gd| |netrw-gf|
+      Going Up............................................|netrw--|
+      Hiding Files Or Directories.........................|netrw-a|
+      Improving Browsing..................................|netrw-ssh-hack|
+      Listing Bookmarks And History.......................|netrw-qb|
+      Making A New Directory..............................|netrw-d|
+      Making The Browsing Directory The Current Directory.|netrw-c|
+      Marking Files.......................................|netrw-mf|
+      Unmarking Files.....................................|netrw-mF|
+      Marking Files By QuickFix List......................|netrw-qF|
+      Marking Files By Regular Expression.................|netrw-mr|
+      Marked Files: Arbitrary Command.....................|netrw-mx|
+      Marked Files: Compression And Decompression.........|netrw-mz|
+      Marked Files: Copying...............................|netrw-mc|
+      Marked Files: Diff..................................|netrw-md|
+      Marked Files: Editing...............................|netrw-me|
+      Marked Files: Grep..................................|netrw-mg|
+      Marked Files: Hiding and Unhiding by Suffix.........|netrw-mh|
+      Marked Files: Moving................................|netrw-mm|
+      Marked Files: Printing..............................|netrw-mp|
+      Marked Files: Sourcing..............................|netrw-ms|
+      Marked Files: Setting the Target Directory..........|netrw-mt|
+      Marked Files: Tagging...............................|netrw-mT|
+      Marked Files: Target Directory Using Bookmarks......|netrw-Tb|
+      Marked Files: Target Directory Using History........|netrw-Th|
+      Marked Files: Unmarking.............................|netrw-mu|
+      Netrw Browser Variables.............................|netrw-browser-var|
+      Netrw Browsing And Option Incompatibilities.........|netrw-incompatible|
+      Netrw Settings Window...............................|netrw-settings-window|
+      Obtaining A File....................................|netrw-O|
+      Preview Window......................................|netrw-p|
+      Previous Window.....................................|netrw-P|
+      Refreshing The Listing..............................|netrw-ctrl-l|
+      Reversing Sorting Order.............................|netrw-r|
+      Renaming Files Or Directories.......................|netrw-R|
+      Selecting Sorting Style.............................|netrw-s|
+      Setting Editing Window..............................|netrw-C|
+10. Problems and Fixes....................................|netrw-problems|
+11. Debugging Netrw Itself................................|netrw-debug|
+12. History...............................................|netrw-history|
+13. Todo..................................................|netrw-todo|
+14. Credits...............................................|netrw-credits|
 
 {Vi does not have any of this}
 
@@ -142,13 +146,13 @@ and has lines resembling >
 <
 Windows' ftp doesn't support .netrc; however, one may have in one's .vimrc:  >
 
-	let g:netrw_ftp_cmd= 'c:\Windows\System32\ftp -s:C:\Users\Myself\MACHINE'
+   let g:netrw_ftp_cmd= 'c:\Windows\System32\ftp -s:C:\Users\MyUserName\MACHINE'
 <
-Netrw will substitute the host's machine name for MACHINE from the url it is
+Netrw will substitute the host's machine name for "MACHINE" from the url it is
 attempting to open, and so one may specify >
 	userid
 	password
-for each site in a separate file in c:\Users\Myself\.
+for each site in a separate file: c:\Users\MyUserName\MachineName.
 
 Now about browsing -- when you just want to look around before editing a
 file.  For browsing on your current host, just "edit" a directory: >
@@ -282,7 +286,7 @@ SOURCING					*netrw-source* {{{2
 	:Nsource "scp://[user@]machine[[:#]port]/path"	uses scp
 	:Nsource "sftp://[user@]machine/path"		uses sftp
 
-DIRECTORY LISTING				*netrw-trailingslash* *netrw-dirlist* {{{2
+DIRECTORY LISTING			*netrw-trailingslash* *netrw-dirlist* {{{2
 
 	One may browse a directory to get a listing by simply attempting to
 	edit the directory: >
@@ -317,6 +321,8 @@ CHANGING USERID AND PASSWORD		*netrw-chgup* *netrw-userpass* {{{2
 	:call NetUserPass("uid")		-- prompts for password
 	:call NetUserPass("uid","password")	-- sets global uid and password
 
+(Related topics: |ftp| |netrw-userpass| |netrw-start|)
+
 NETRW VARIABLES AND SETTINGS				*netrw-variables* {{{2
     (Also see:
     |netrw-browser-var|     : netrw browser option variables
@@ -538,8 +544,8 @@ netrw will substitute the current machine name requested for ftp connections
 for MACHINE.  Hence one can have multiple machine.ftp files containing login
 and password for ftp.  Example: >
 
-	let g:netrw_ftp_cmd= 'c:\Windows\System32\ftp -s:C:\Users\Myself\MACHINE'
-	vim ftp://myhost.somewhere.net/
+    let g:netrw_ftp_cmd= 'c:\Windows\System32\ftp -s:C:\Users\Myself\MACHINE'
+    vim ftp://myhost.somewhere.net/
 will use a file >
 	C:\Users\Myself\myhost.ftp
 <
@@ -923,6 +929,7 @@ itself:
      endfunction
     endif
 >
+(Related topics: |ftp| |netrw-userpass| |netrw-start|)
 
 ==============================================================================
 9. Browsing		*netrw-browsing* *netrw-browse* *netrw-help* {{{1
@@ -1086,8 +1093,8 @@ QUICK REFERENCE: MAPS				*netrw-browse-maps* {{{2
 	<2-leftmouse>	(gvim only) when:
 	                 * in a netrw-selected file, AND
 		         * |g:netrw_retmap| == 1     AND
-		         * the user doesn't already have a <2-leftmouse> mapping
-			   defined before netrw is autoloaded,
+		         * the user doesn't already have a <2-leftmouse>
+			   mapping defined before netrw is autoloaded,
 			then a double clicked leftmouse button will return
 			to the netrw browser window.  See |g:netrw_retmap|.
 	<s-leftmouse>	(gvim only) like mf, will mark files
@@ -1183,17 +1190,18 @@ cursor at the top.
 
 Associated setting variables: |g:netrw_alto| |g:netrw_winsize|
 
-Related Actions |netrw-cr| |netrw-p| |netrw-t| |netrw-T| |netrw-v|
+Related Actions |netrw-cr| |netrw-p| |netrw-t| |netrw-v|
 Associated setting variables:
    |g:netrw_alto|    control above/below splitting
    |g:netrw_winsize| control initial sizing
 
-BROWSING WITH A NEW TAB				*netrw-t* *netrw-T* {{{2
+BROWSING WITH A NEW TAB				*netrw-t*
 
 Normally one enters a file or directory using the <cr>.  The "t" map
 allows one to open a new window holding the new directory listing or file in
-a new tab.  The "T" version puts the file or directory into a background tab
-(see |gT|)
+a new tab.
+
+If you'd like to have the new listing in a background tab, use |gT|.
 
 Related Actions |netrw-cr| |netrw-o| |netrw-p| |netrw-v|
 Associated setting variables:
@@ -1213,7 +1221,7 @@ will split the screen, but the same buffer will be shown twice.
 
 Associated setting variable: |g:netrw_altv| |g:netrw_winsize|
 
-Related Actions |netrw-cr| |netrw-o| |netrw-t| |netrw-T| |netrw-v|
+Related Actions |netrw-cr| |netrw-o| |netrw-t| |netrw-v|
 Associated setting variables:
    |g:netrw_altv|    control right/left splitting
    |g:netrw_winsize| control initial sizing
@@ -1276,6 +1284,8 @@ To change directory back to a bookmarked directory, use
 	{cnt}gb
 
 Any count may be used to reference any of the bookmarks.
+Note that |netrw-qb| shows both bookmarks and history; to go
+to a location stored in the history see |netrw-u| and |netrw-U|.
 
 Related Topics:
 	|netrw-mB| how to delete bookmarks
@@ -1291,6 +1301,13 @@ list (unless |g:netrw_dirhistmax| is zero; by default, it's ten).  With the
 "u" map, one can change to an earlier directory (predecessor).  To do
 the opposite, see |netrw-U|.
 
+The "u" map also accepts counts to go back in the history several slots.
+For your convenience, |netrw-qb| lists the history number which can be
+re-used in that count.
+
+See |g:netrw_dirhistmax| for how to control the quantity of history stack
+slots.
+
 
 CHANGING TO A SUCCESSOR DIRECTORY		*netrw-U* *netrw-downdir* {{{2
 
@@ -1298,6 +1315,11 @@ With the "U" map, one can change to a later directory (successor).
 This map is the opposite of the "u" map. (see |netrw-u|)  Use the
 q map to list both the bookmarks and history. (see |netrw-qb|)
 
+The "U" map also accepts counts to go forward in the history several slots.
+
+See |g:netrw_dirhistmax| for how to control the quantity of history stack
+slots.
+
 
 NETRW CLEAN					*netrw-clean* *:NetrwClean*
 
@@ -1674,7 +1696,7 @@ As a quick shortcut, one may press >
 to toggle between hiding files which begin with a period (dot) and not hiding
 them.
 
-Associated setting variable: |g:netrw_list_hide|
+Associated setting variable: |g:netrw_list_hide|  |g:netrw_hide|
 Associated topics: |netrw-a| |netrw-ctrl-h| |netrw-mh|
 
 IMPROVING BROWSING			*netrw-listhack* *netrw-ssh-hack* {{{2
@@ -1785,9 +1807,10 @@ Associated setting variables:	|g:netrw_localmkdir|  |g:netrw_mkdir_cmd|
 MAKING THE BROWSING DIRECTORY THE CURRENT DIRECTORY	*netrw-c* {{{2
 
 By default, |g:netrw_keepdir| is 1.  This setting means that the current
-directory will not track the browsing directory.
+directory will not track the browsing directory. (done for backwards
+compatibility with v6's file explorer).
 
-Setting g:netrw_keepdir to 0 tells netrw to make vim's current directory to
+Setting g:netrw_keepdir to 0 tells netrw to make vim's current directory
 track netrw's browsing directory.
 
 However, given the default setting for g:netrw_keepdir of 1 where netrw
@@ -1810,6 +1833,7 @@ maps make use of marked files:
     |netrw-mc|	Copy marked files to target
     |netrw-md|	Apply vimdiff to marked files
     |netrw-me|	Edit marked files
+    |netrw-mF|	Unmark marked files
     |netrw-mg|	Apply vimgrep to marked files
     |netrw-mm|	Move marked files
     |netrw-mp|	Print marked files
@@ -1817,6 +1841,7 @@ maps make use of marked files:
     |netrw-mT|	Generate tags using marked files
     |netrw-mx|	Apply shell command to marked files
     |netrw-mz|	Compress/Decompress marked files
+    |netrw-qF|	Mark files using quickfix list
     |netrw-O|	Obtain marked files
     |netrw-R|	Rename marked files
 
@@ -1844,6 +1869,22 @@ commands which operate on marked files use one or the other of the marked file
 lists.
 
 
+UNMARKING FILES							*netrw-mF* {{{2
+	(also see |netrw-mf|)
+
+This command will unmark all files in the current buffer.  One may also use
+mf (|netrw-mf|) on a specific file to unmark just that file.
+
+
+MARKING FILES BY QUICKFIX LIST				*netrw-qF*
+	(also see |netrw-mf|)
+
+One may convert the |quickfix-error-lists| into a marked file list using
+"qF".  You may then proceed with commands such as me (|netrw-me|) to
+edit them.  Quickfix error lists are generated, for example, by calls
+to |:vimgrep|.
+
+
 MARKING FILES BY REGULAR EXPRESSION				*netrw-mr* {{{2
 	(also see |netrw-mf|)
 
@@ -1902,17 +1943,27 @@ MARKED FILES: EDITING						*netrw-me* {{{2
 
 This command will place the marked files on the |arglist| and commence
 editing them.  One may return the to explorer window with |:Rexplore|.
+(use |:n| and |:p| to edit next and previous files in the arglist)
 
 MARKED FILES: GREP						*netrw-mg* {{{2
 	    (See |netrw-mf| and |netrw-mr| for how to mark files)
 		      (uses the global marked file list)
 
-This command will apply |:vimgrep| to the marked files.  The command will ask
-for the requested pattern; one may enter: >
+This command will apply |:vimgrep| to the marked files.
+The command will ask for the requested pattern; one may then enter: >
+
 	/pattern/[g][j]
 	! /pattern/[g][j]
 	pattern
 <
+In the cases of "j" option usage as shown above, "mg" will winnow the current
+marked file list to just those possessing the specified pattern.
+Thus, one may use >
+	mr ...file-pattern
+	mg ..contents-pattern
+to have a marked file list satisfying the file-pattern but containing the
+desried contents-pattern.
+
 MARKED FILES: HIDING AND UNHIDING BY SUFFIX			*netrw-mh* {{{2
 	    (See |netrw-mf| and |netrw-mr| for how to mark files)
 		      (uses the local marked file list)
@@ -1958,6 +2009,36 @@ MARKED FILES: SOURCING						*netrw-ms* {{{2
 Netrw will source the marked files (using vim's |:source| command)
 
 
+MARKED FILES: SETTING THE TARGET DIRECTORY			*netrw-mt* {{{2
+     (See |netrw-mf| and |netrw-mr| for how to mark files)
+
+Set the marked file copy/move-to target (see |netrw-mc| and |netrw-mm|):
+
+  * If the cursor is atop a file name, then the netrw window's currently
+    displayed directory is used for the copy/move-to target.
+
+  * Also, if the cursor is in the banner, then the netrw window's currently
+    displayed directory is used for the copy/move-to target.
+    Unless the target already is the current directory.  In which case,
+    remove the target.
+
+  * However, if the cursor is atop a directory name, then that directory is
+    used for the copy/move-to target
+
+There is only one copy/move-to target per vim session; ie. the target is a
+script variable (see |s:var|) and is shared between all netrw windows (in an
+instance of vim).
+
+When using menus and gvim, netrw provides a "Targets" entry which allows one
+to pick a target from the list of bookmarks and history.
+
+Related topics:
+      Marking Files......................................|netrw-mf|
+      Marking Files by Regular Expression................|netrw-mr|
+      Marked Files: Target Directory Using Bookmarks.....|netrw-Tb|
+      Marked Files: Target Directory Using History.......|netrw-Th|
+
+
 MARKED FILES: TAGGING						*netrw-mT* {{{2
 	    (See |netrw-mf| and |netrw-mr| for how to mark files)
 		      (uses the global marked file list)
@@ -1983,24 +2064,37 @@ edit the desired file and go to the tag.
 
 Associated setting variables: |g:netrw_ctags| |g:netrw_ssh_cmd|
 
+MARKED FILES: TARGET DIRECTORY USING BOOKMARKS  		*netrw-Tb* {{{2
 
-MARKED FILES: SETTING THE TARGET DIRECTORY			*netrw-mt* {{{2
-     (See |netrw-mf| and |netrw-mr| for how to mark files)
+Sets the marked file copy/move-to target (see |netrw-mc| and |netrw-mm|).
 
-Set the marked file copy/move-to target (see |netrw-mc| and |netrw-mm|):
+The |netrw-qb| map will give you a list of bookmarks (and history).
+One may choose one of the bookmarks to become your marked file
+target by using [count]Tb (default count: 1).
 
-  * if the cursor is atop a file name, then the netrw window's currently
-    displayed directory is used for the copy/move-to target.
+Related topics:
+      Listing Bookmarks and History......................|netrw-qb|
+      Marked Files: Setting The Target Directory.........|netrw-mt|
+      Marked Files: Target Directory Using History.......|netrw-Th|
+      Marking Files......................................|netrw-mf|
+      Marking Files by Regular Expression................|netrw-mr|
 
-  * also, if the cursor is in the banner, then the netrw window's currently
-    displayed directory is used for the copy/move-to target.
 
-  * however, if the cursor is atop a directory name, then that directory is
-    used for the copy/move-to target
+MARKED FILES: TARGET DIRECTORY USING HISTORY	  		*netrw-Th* {{{2
+
+Sets the marked file copy/move-to target (see |netrw-mc| and |netrw-mm|).
+
+The |netrw-qb| map will give you a list of history (and bookmarks).
+One may choose one of the history entries to become your marked file
+target by using [count]Th (default count: 0; ie. the current directory).
+
+Related topics:
+      Listing Bookmarks and History......................|netrw-qb|
+      Marked Files: Setting The Target Directory.........|netrw-mt|
+      Marked Files: Target Directory Using Bookmarks.....|netrw-Tb|
+      Marking Files......................................|netrw-mf|
+      Marking Files by Regular Expression................|netrw-mr|
 
-There is only one copy/move-to target per vim session; ie. the target is a
-script variable (see |s:var|) and is shared between all netrw windows (in an
-instance of vim).
 
 MARKED FILES: UNMARKING						*netrw-mu* {{{2
      (See |netrw-mf| and |netrw-mr| for how to mark files)
@@ -2020,21 +2114,25 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
    ---				-----------
    Var				Explanation
    ---				-----------
-< *g:netrw_alto*		  change from above splitting to below splitting
+< *g:netrw_alto*		change from above splitting to below splitting
 				by setting this variable (see |netrw-o|)
 				 default: =&sb           (see |'sb'|)
 
-  *g:netrw_altv*		  change from left splitting to right splitting
+  *g:netrw_altv*		change from left splitting to right splitting
 				by setting this variable (see |netrw-v|)
 				 default: =&spr          (see |'spr'|)
 
-  *g:netrw_banner*		  enable/suppress the banner
+  *g:netrw_banner*		enable/suppress the banner
 				=0: suppress the banner
 				=1: banner is enabled (default)
 				NOTE: suppressing the banner is a new feature
 				which may cause problems.
 
-  *g:netrw_browse_split*	  when browsing, <cr> will open the file by:
+  *g:netrw_bannerbackslash*	if this variable exists and is not zero, the
+				banner will be displayed with backslashes
+				rather than forward slashes.
+
+  *g:netrw_browse_split*	when browsing, <cr> will open the file by:
 				=0: re-using the same window
 				=1: horizontally splitting the window first
 				=2: vertically   splitting the window first
@@ -2044,7 +2142,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				    to get vertical splitting instead of
 				    horizontal splitting.
 
-  *g:netrw_browsex_viewer*	  specify user's preference for a viewer: >
+  *g:netrw_browsex_viewer*	specify user's preference for a viewer: >
 					"kfmclient exec"
 					"gnome-open"
 <				If >
@@ -2053,15 +2151,15 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				a script/function to handle the given
 				extension.  (see |netrw_filehandler|).
 
-  *g:netrw_chgperm*		  Unix/Linux: "chmod PERM FILENAME"
+  *g:netrw_chgperm*		Unix/Linux: "chmod PERM FILENAME"
 				Windows:    "cacls FILENAME /e /p PERM"
 				Used to change access permission for a file.
 
-  *g:netrw_compress*		  ="gzip"
+  *g:netrw_compress*		="gzip"
 				    Will compress marked files with this
 				    command
 
-  *g:Netrw_corehandler*		  Allows one to specify something additional
+  *g:Netrw_corehandler*		Allows one to specify something additional
 				to do when handling <core> files via netrw's
 				browser's "x" command (see |netrw-x|).  If
 				present, g:Netrw_corehandler specifies
@@ -2070,10 +2168,11 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				is required its holding a function reference)
 
 
-  *g:netrw_ctags*		  ="ctags"
-				The default external program used to create tags
+  *g:netrw_ctags*		="ctags"
+				The default external program used to create
+				tags
 
-  *g:netrw_cursor*		  = 2 (default)
+  *g:netrw_cursor*		= 2 (default)
   				This option controls the use of the
 				|'cursorline'| (cul) and |'cursorcolumn'|
 				(cuc) settings by netrw:
@@ -2091,7 +2190,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				  cul   : |'cursorline'|  locally set
 				  cuc   : |'cursorcolumn'| locally set
 
-  *g:netrw_decompress*		  = { ".gz" : "gunzip" ,
+  *g:netrw_decompress*		= { ".gz"  : "gunzip" ,
 				    ".bz2" : "bunzip2" ,
 				    ".zip" : "unzip" ,
 				    ".tar" : "tar -xf"}
@@ -2112,7 +2211,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				    1: warnings
 				    2: errors
 
-  *g:netrw_fastbrowse*		  =0: slow speed directory browsing;
+  *g:netrw_fastbrowse*		=0: slow speed directory browsing;
 				    never re-uses directory listings,
 				    always obtains directory listings.
 				=1: medium speed directory browsing;
@@ -2136,10 +2235,10 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				trading off accuracy (ie. up-to-date listing)
 				versus speed.
 
-  *g:netrw_fname_escape*	  =' ?&;%'
+  *g:netrw_fname_escape*	=' ?&;%'
 				Used on filenames before remote reading/writing
 
-  *g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject*	  ftp can produce a number of errors and warnings
+  *g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject*	ftp can produce a number of errors and warnings
 				that can show up as "directories" and "files"
 				in the listing.  This pattern is used to
 				remove such embedded messages.  By default its
@@ -2152,19 +2251,19 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				 : connect to address [0-9a-fA-F:]*
 				 : No route to host$'
 
-  *g:netrw_ftp_list_cmd*	  options for passing along to ftp for directory
+  *g:netrw_ftp_list_cmd*	options for passing along to ftp for directory
 				listing.  Defaults:
 				 unix or g:netrw_cygwin set: : "ls -lF"
 				 otherwise                     "dir"
 
 
-  *g:netrw_ftp_sizelist_cmd*	  options for passing along to ftp for directory
+  *g:netrw_ftp_sizelist_cmd*	options for passing along to ftp for directory
 				listing, sorted by size of file.
 				Defaults:
 				 unix or g:netrw_cygwin set: : "ls -slF"
 				 otherwise                     "dir"
 
-  *g:netrw_ftp_timelist_cmd*	  options for passing along to ftp for directory
+  *g:netrw_ftp_timelist_cmd*	options for passing along to ftp for directory
 				listing, sorted by time of last modification.
 				Defaults:
 				 unix or g:netrw_cygwin set: : "ls -tlF"
@@ -2175,61 +2274,64 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				These characters in directory names are
 				escaped before applying glob()
 
-  *g:netrw_hide*		  if true, the hiding list is used
+  *g:netrw_hide*		Controlled by the "a" map (see |netrw-a|)
+				=0 : show all
+				=1 : show not-hidden files
+				=2 : show hidden files only
 				 default: =0
 
-  *g:netrw_home*		  The home directory for where bookmarks and
+  *g:netrw_home*		The home directory for where bookmarks and
 				history are saved (as .netrwbook and
 				.netrwhist).
 				 default: the first directory on the
 				         |'runtimepath'|
 
-  *g:netrw_keepdir*		  =1 (default) keep current directory immune from
+  *g:netrw_keepdir*		=1 (default) keep current directory immune from
 				   the browsing directory.
 				=0 keep the current directory the same as the
 				   browsing directory.
 				The current browsing directory is contained in
 				b:netrw_curdir (also see |netrw-c|)
 
-  *g:netrw_list_cmd*		  command for listing remote directories
+  *g:netrw_list_cmd*		command for listing remote directories
 				 default: (if ssh is executable)
 				          "ssh HOSTNAME ls -FLa"
 
-  *g:netrw_liststyle*		  Set the default listing style:
+  *g:netrw_liststyle*		Set the default listing style:
                                 = 0: thin listing (one file per line)
                                 = 1: long listing (one file per line with time
 				     stamp information and file size)
 				= 2: wide listing (multiple files in columns)
 				= 3: tree style listing
-  *g:netrw_list_hide*		  comma separated pattern list for hiding files
+  *g:netrw_list_hide*		comma separated pattern list for hiding files
 				Patterns are regular expressions (see |regexp|)
 				Example: let g:netrw_list_hide= '.*\.swp$'
 				 default: ""
 
-  *g:netrw_localcopycmd*	  ="cp" Linux/Unix/MacOS/Cygwin
+  *g:netrw_localcopycmd*	="cp" Linux/Unix/MacOS/Cygwin
 				="copy" Windows
 				Copies marked files (|netrw-mf|) to target
 				directory (|netrw-mt|, |netrw-mc|)
 
-  *g:netrw_localmovecmd*	  ="mv" Linux/Unix/MacOS/Cygwin
+  *g:netrw_localmkdir*		command for making a local directory
+				 default: "mkdir"
+
+  *g:netrw_localmovecmd*	="mv" Linux/Unix/MacOS/Cygwin
 				="move" Windows
 				Moves marked files (|netrw-mf|) to target
 				directory (|netrw-mt|, |netrw-mm|)
 
-  *g:netrw_localmkdir*		  command for making a local directory
-				 default: "mkdir"
-
-  *g:netrw_localrmdir*		  remove directory command (rmdir)
+  *g:netrw_localrmdir*		remove directory command (rmdir)
 				 default: "rmdir"
 
-  *g:netrw_maxfilenamelen*	  =32 by default, selected so as to make long
+  *g:netrw_maxfilenamelen*	=32 by default, selected so as to make long
 				    listings fit on 80 column displays.
 				If your screen is wider, and you have file
 				or directory names longer than 32 bytes,
 				you may set this option to keep listings
 				columnar.
 
-  *g:netrw_mkdir_cmd*		  command for making a remote directory
+  *g:netrw_mkdir_cmd*		command for making a remote directory
 				via ssh  (also see |g:netrw_remote_mkdir|)
 				 default: "ssh USEPORT HOSTNAME mkdir"
 
@@ -2246,11 +2348,11 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				evaluation will be suppressed
 				(see |'ballooneval'|)
 
-  *g:netrw_remote_mkdir*	  command for making a local directory
+  *g:netrw_remote_mkdir*	command for making a local directory
 				via ftp  (also see |g:netrw_mkdir_cmd|)
 				 default: "mkdir"
 
-  *g:netrw_retmap*		  if it exists and is set to one, then:
+  *g:netrw_retmap*		if it exists and is set to one, then:
 				 * if in a netrw-selected file, AND
 				 * no normal-mode <2-leftmouse> mapping exists,
 				then the <2-leftmouse> will be mapped for easy
@@ -2269,22 +2371,22 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 
 				  default: =0
 
-  *g:netrw_rm_cmd*		  command for removing files
+  *g:netrw_rm_cmd*		command for removing files
 				 default: "ssh USEPORT HOSTNAME rm"
 
-  *g:netrw_rmdir_cmd*		  command for removing directories
+  *g:netrw_rmdir_cmd*		command for removing directories
 				 default: "ssh USEPORT HOSTNAME rmdir"
 
-  *g:netrw_rmf_cmd*		   command for removing softlinks
+  *g:netrw_rmf_cmd*		command for removing softlinks
 				 default: "ssh USEPORT HOSTNAME rm -f"
 
-  *g:netrw_sort_by*		  sort by "name", "time", or "size"
+  *g:netrw_sort_by*		sort by "name", "time", or "size"
 				 default: "name"
 
-  *g:netrw_sort_direction*	  sorting direction: "normal" or "reverse"
+  *g:netrw_sort_direction*	sorting direction: "normal" or "reverse"
 				 default: "normal"
 
-  *g:netrw_sort_options*	  sorting is done using |:sort|; this
+  *g:netrw_sort_options*	sorting is done using |:sort|; this
 				variable's value is appended to the
 				sort command.  Thus one may ignore case,
 				for example, with the following in your
@@ -2292,14 +2394,14 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 					let g:netrw_sort_options="i"
 <				 default: ""
 
-  *g:netrw_sort_sequence*	  when sorting by name, first sort by the
+  *g:netrw_sort_sequence*	when sorting by name, first sort by the
 				comma-separated pattern sequence.  Note that
 				the filigree added to indicate filetypes
 				should be accounted for in your pattern.
 				 default: '[\/]$,*,\.bak$,\.o$,\.h$,
 				           \.info$,\.swp$,\.obj$'
 
-  *g:netrw_special_syntax*	  If true, then certain files will be shown
+  *g:netrw_special_syntax*	If true, then certain files will be shown
 				using special syntax in the browser:
 
 					netrwBak     : *.bak
@@ -2321,24 +2423,24 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 <				into one's <.vimrc> to use one's own
 				preferences.
 
-  *g:netrw_ssh_cmd*		  One may specify an executable command
-				to use instead of ssh for remote actions
-				such as listing, file removal, etc.
-				 default: ssh
-
-  *g:netrw_ssh_browse_reject*	  ssh can sometimes produce unwanted lines,
+  *g:netrw_ssh_browse_reject*	ssh can sometimes produce unwanted lines,
 				messages, banners, and whatnot that one doesn't
 				want masquerading as "directories" and "files".
 				Use this pattern to remove such embedded
 				messages.  By default its value is:
 					 '^total\s\+\d\+$'
 
+  *g:netrw_ssh_cmd*		One may specify an executable command
+				to use instead of ssh for remote actions
+				such as listing, file removal, etc.
+				 default: ssh
 
-  *g:netrw_tmpfile_escape*	  =' &;'
+
+  *g:netrw_tmpfile_escape*	=' &;'
 				escape() is applied to all temporary files
 				to escape these characters.
 
-  *g:netrw_timefmt*		  specify format string to vim's strftime().
+  *g:netrw_timefmt*		specify format string to vim's strftime().
 				The default, "%c", is "the preferred date
 				and time representation for the current
 				locale" according to my manpage entry for
@@ -2348,7 +2450,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				 " %a %Y-%m-%d  %I-%M-%S %p"
 				 default: "%c"
 
-  *g:netrw_use_noswf*		  netrw normally avoids writing swapfiles
+  *g:netrw_use_noswf*		netrw normally avoids writing swapfiles
 				for browser buffers.  However, under some
 				systems this apparently is causing nasty
 				ml_get errors to appear; if you're getting
@@ -2356,7 +2458,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				  let g:netrw_use_noswf= 0
 				in your .vimrc.
 
-  *g:netrw_winsize*		  specify initial size of new windows made with
+  *g:netrw_winsize*		specify initial size of new windows made with
 				"o" (see |netrw-o|), "v" (see |netrw-v|),
 				|:Hexplore| or |:Vexplore|.  The g:netrw_winsize
 				is an integer describing the percentage of the
@@ -2367,7 +2469,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				or columns will be used for the new window.
 				 default: 50  (for 50%)
 
-  *g:netrw_xstrlen*		  Controls how netrw computes string lengths,
+  *g:netrw_xstrlen*		Controls how netrw computes string lengths,
 				including multi-byte characters' string
 				length. (thanks to N Weibull, T Mechelynck)
 				=0: uses Vim's built-in strlen()
@@ -2383,7 +2485,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				    immediately preceded by lam, one
 				    otherwise, etc)
 
-  *g:NetrwTopLvlMenu*		  This variable specifies the top level
+  *g:NetrwTopLvlMenu*		This variable specifies the top level
 				menu name; by default, it's "Netrw.".  If
 				you wish to change this, do so in your
 				.vimrc.
@@ -2483,7 +2585,7 @@ has been modified, and there's only one window with that buffer, then
 the user will be asked if s/he wishes to save the buffer first (yes,
 no, or cancel).
 
-Related Actions |netrw-cr| |netrw-o| |netrw-t| |netrw-T| |netrw-v|
+Related Actions |netrw-cr| |netrw-o| |netrw-t| |netrw-v|
 Associated setting variables:
    |g:netrw_alto|    control above/below splitting
    |g:netrw_altv|    control right/left splitting
@@ -2498,6 +2600,15 @@ hit the <cr> when atop the ./ directory entry in the listing.  One may also
 refresh a local directory by using ":e .".
 
 
+REVERSING SORTING ORDER		*netrw-r* *netrw-reverse* {{{2
+
+One may toggle between normal and reverse sorting order by pressing the
+"r" key.
+
+Related topics:              |netrw-s|
+Associated setting variable: |g:netrw_sort_direction|
+
+
 RENAMING FILES OR DIRECTORIES	*netrw-move* *netrw-rename* *netrw-R* {{{2
 
 If there are no marked files: (see |netrw-mf|)
@@ -2528,15 +2639,6 @@ One may rename a block of files and directories by selecting them with
 the V (|linewise-visual|).
 
 
-REVERSING SORTING ORDER		*netrw-r* *netrw-reverse* {{{2
-
-One may toggle between normal and reverse sorting order by pressing the
-"r" key.
-
-Related topics:              |netrw-s|
-Associated setting variable: |g:netrw_sort_direction|
-
-
 SELECTING SORTING STYLE			*netrw-s* *netrw-sort* {{{2
 
 One may select the sorting style by name, time, or (file) size.  The "s" map
@@ -2620,9 +2722,9 @@ Associated setting variables:	|g:netrw_chgwin|
 	P5. My times come up oddly in local browsing
 
 		Does your system's strftime() accept the "%c" to yield dates
-		such as "Sun Apr 27 11:49:23 1997"?  If not, do a "man strftime"
-		and find out what option should be used.  Then put it into
-		your |.vimrc|: >
+		such as "Sun Apr 27 11:49:23 1997"?  If not, do a
+		"man strftime" and find out what option should be used.  Then
+		put it into your |.vimrc|: >
 
 			let g:netrw_timefmt= "%X"  (where X is the option)
 <
@@ -2895,6 +2997,70 @@ which is loaded automatically at startup (assuming :set nocp).
 ==============================================================================
 12. History						*netrw-history* {{{1
 
+	v149:	Apr 18, 2013	* in wide listing format, now have maps for
+				  w and b to move to next/previous file
+		Apr 26, 2013	* one may now copy files in the same
+				  directory; netrw will issue requests for
+				  what names the files should be copied under
+		Apr 29, 2013	* Trying Benzinger's problem again.  Seems
+				  that commenting out the BufEnter and
+				  installing VimEnter (only) works.  Weird
+				  problem!  (tree listing, vim -O Dir1 Dir2)
+		May 01, 2013	* :Explore ftp://... wasn't working.  Fixed.
+		May 02, 2013	* introduced |g:netrw_bannerbackslash| as
+				  requested by Paul Domaskis.
+		May 18, 2013	* More fixes for windows (not cygwin)
+	v148:	Apr 16, 2013	* changed Netrw's Style menu to allow direct
+				  choice of listing style, hiding style, and
+				  sorting style
+	v147:	Nov 24, 2012	* (James McCoy) Even with g:netrw_dirhistmax
+				  at zero, the .vim/ directory would be
+				  created to support history/bookmarks.  I've
+				  gone over netrw to suppress history and
+				  bookmarking when g:netrw_dirhistmax is zero.
+				  For instance, the menus will display
+				  (disabled) when attempts to use
+				  bookmarks/history are made.
+		Nov 29, 2012	* (Kim Jang-hwan) reported that with
+				  g:Align_xstrlen set to 3 that the cursor was
+				  moved (linewise) after invocation.  This
+				  problem also afflicted netrw.
+				  (see |g:netrw_xstrlen|) Fixed.
+		Jan 21, 2013	* (mattn) provided a patch to insert some
+				  endifs needed with the code implementing
+				  |netrw-O|.
+		Jan 24, 2013	* (John Szakmeister) found that remote file
+				  editing resulted in filetype options being
+				  overwritten by NetrwOptionRestore().  I
+				  moved filetype detect from NetrwGetFile()
+				  to NetrwOptionRestore.
+		Feb 17, 2013	* (Yukhiro Nakadaira) provided a patch
+				  correcting some syntax errors.
+		Feb 28, 2013	* (Ingo Karkat) provided a patch preventing
+				  receipt of an |E95| when revisiting a
+				  file://... style url.
+		Mar 18, 2013	* (Gary Johnson) pointed out that changing
+				  cedit to <Esc> caused problems with visincr;
+				  the cedit setting is now bypassed in netrw too.
+		Apr 02, 2013	* (Paul Domaskis) reported an undefined
+				  variable error (s:didstarstar) was
+				  occurring.  It is now defined at
+				  initialization.
+				* included additional sanity checking for the
+				  marked file functions.
+				* included |netrw-qF| and special "j" option
+				  handling for |netrw-mg|
+		Apr 12, 2013	* |netrw-u| and |netrw-U| now handle counts
+				* the former mapping for "T" has been removed;
+				  in its place are new maps, |netrw-Tb| and |netrw-Th|.
+				* the menu now supports a "Targets" entry for
+				  easier target selection. (see |netrw-mt|)
+				* (Paul Domaskis) reported some problems with
+				  moving/copying files under Windows' gvim
+				  (ie. not cygwin).  Fixed.
+				* (Paul Mueller) provided a patch to get
+				  start and rundll working via |netrw-gx|
+				  by bypassing the user's |'shellslash'| option.
 	v146:	Oct 20, 2012	* (David Kotchan) reported that under Windows,
 				  directories named with unusual characters
 				  such as "#" or "$" were not being listed
@@ -2904,6 +3070,10 @@ which is loaded automatically at startup (assuming :set nocp).
 				  Netrw will now |:bwipe| netrw buffers
 				  upon editing a file if g:netrw_fastbrowse
 				  is zero and its not in tree listing style.
+				* fixed a bug with s:NetrwInit() that
+				  prevented initialization with |Lists| and
+				  |Dictionaries|.
+				* |netrw-mu| now unmarks marked-file lists
 	v145:	Apr 05, 2012	* moved some command from a g:netrw_local_...
 				  format to g:netwr_local... format
 				* included some NOTE level messages about

runtime/doc/pi_paren.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_paren.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2008 Jun 16
+*pi_paren.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 May 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -46,7 +46,10 @@ are:
   closed folds.
 - 'synmaxcol' times 2 bytes before or after the cursor to avoid a delay
   in a long line with syntax highlighting.
-
+- A timeout of 300 msec (60 msec in Insert mode). This can be changed with the
+  g:matchparen_timeout and g:matchparen_insert_timeout variables and their
+  buffer-local equivalents b:matchparen_timeout and
+  b:matchparen_insert_timeout.
 
 If you would like the |%| command to work better, the matchit plugin can be
 used, see |matchit-install|.  This plugin also helps to skip matches in

runtime/doc/pi_tar.txt

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
-*pi_tar.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 17
+*pi_tar.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Apr 17
 
 		       +====================+
 		       | Tar File Interface |
 		       +====================+
 
-Author:  Charles E. Campbell, Jr.  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
+Author:  Charles E. Campbell  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
 Copyright 2005-2012:					*tar-copyright*
 	The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this
@@ -50,6 +50,21 @@ Copyright 2005-2012:					*tar-copyright*
 	*g:tar_extractcmd* , which by default is >
 		"tar -xf"
 <
+						*:TarDiff*
+   DIFFERENCING SUPPORT~
+
+   :TarDiff [filename]
+
+	This command will attempt to show the differences between the tarball
+	version of a file and the associated file on the system.  In order to
+	find that file on the system, the script uses the path associated with
+	the file mentioned in the tarball.  If the current directory is not
+	correct for that path, :TarDiff will fail to find the associated file.
+
+	If the [filename] is given, that that filename (and path) will be used
+	to specify the associated file.
+
+
    PREVENTING LOADING~
 
    If for some reason you do not wish to use vim to examine tar'd files,

runtime/doc/pi_zip.txt

@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
-*pi_zip.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 17
+*pi_zip.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Apr 17
 
 				+====================+
 				| Zip File Interface |
 				+====================+
 
-Author:  Charles E. Campbell, Jr.  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
+Author:  Charles E. Campbell  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
-Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2011 Charles E Campbell, Jr *zip-copyright*
+Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2012 Charles E Campbell	 *zip-copyright*
 	The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this
 	package, including zipPlugin.vim, zip.vim, and pi_zip.vim.  except use
 	"zip.vim" instead of "VIM".  Like anything else that's free, zip.vim
@@ -85,8 +85,13 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2011 Charles E Campbell, Jr *zip-copyright*
 
 ==============================================================================
 4. History							*zip-history* {{{1
+   v26 Nov 15, 2012 * (Jason Spiro) provided a lot of new extensions that
+		      are synonyms for .zip
    v25 Jun 27, 2011 * using keepj with unzip -Z
 		      (consistent with the -p variant)
+		    * (Ben Staniford) now uses
+			has("win32unix") && executable("cygpath")
+		      before converting to cygwin-style paths
    v24 Jun 21, 2010 * (Cédric Bosdonnat) unzip seems to need its filenames
 		      fnameescape'd as well as shellquote'd
 		    * (Motoya Kurotsu) inserted keepj before 0d to protect

runtime/doc/quickfix.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 May 10
+*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Mar 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -574,6 +574,8 @@ commands can be combined to create a NewGrep command: >
 			'ignorecase' applies.  To overrule it put |/\c| in the
 			pattern to ignore case or |/\C| to match case.
 			'smartcase' is not used.
+			If {pattern} is empty (e.g. // is specified), the last
+			used search pattern is used. |last-pattern|
 
 			When a number is put before the command this is used
 			as the maximum number of matches to find.  Use

runtime/doc/quickref.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Feb 22
+*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 May 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 
 							 *quickref* *Contents*
  tag	  subject			 tag	  subject	~
-|Q_ct|  list of help files		|Q_re|	Repeating commands
+|Q_ct|	list of help files		|Q_re|	Repeating commands
 |Q_lr|	motion: Left-right		|Q_km|	Key mapping
 |Q_ud|	motion: Up-down			|Q_ab|	Abbreviations
 |Q_tm|	motion: Text object		|Q_op|	Options
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 |Q_co|	change: Complex			|Q_bu|	Buffer list commands
 |Q_vi|	Visual mode			|Q_sy|	Syntax highlighting
 |Q_to|	Text objects			|Q_gu|	GUI commands
-					|Q_fo|  Folding
+					|Q_fo|	Folding
 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 N is used to indicate an optional count that can be given before the command.
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ N is used to indicate an optional count that can be given before the command.
 |:marks|  :marks	print the active marks
 |CTRL-O|  N  CTRL-O	go to Nth older position in jump list
 |CTRL-I|  N  CTRL-I	go to Nth newer position in jump list
-|:ju|	  :ju[mps]	print the jump list
+|:ju|     :ju[mps]	print the jump list
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_vm*		Various motions
 
@@ -204,30 +204,30 @@ N is used to indicate an optional count that can be given before the command.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_ta*		Using tags
 
-|:ta|	   :ta[g][!] {tag}	jump to tag {tag}
-|:ta|	   :[count]ta[g][!]	jump to [count]'th newer tag in tag list
+|:ta|      :ta[g][!] {tag}	jump to tag {tag}
+|:ta|      :[count]ta[g][!]	jump to [count]'th newer tag in tag list
 |CTRL-]|      CTRL-]		jump to the tag under cursor, unless changes
 				   have been made
-|:ts|	   :ts[elect][!] [tag]	list matching tags and select one to jump to
+|:ts|      :ts[elect][!] [tag]	list matching tags and select one to jump to
 |:tjump|   :tj[ump][!] [tag]	jump to tag [tag] or select from list when
 				   there are multiple matches
-|:ltag|	   :lt[ag][!] [tag]	jump to tag [tag] and add matching tags to the
+|:ltag|    :lt[ag][!] [tag]	jump to tag [tag] and add matching tags to the
 				   location list
 
-|:tags|	   :tags		print tag list
+|:tags|    :tags		print tag list
 |CTRL-T|   N  CTRL-T		jump back from Nth older tag in tag list
-|:po|	   :[count]po[p][!]	jump back from [count]'th older tag in tag list
+|:po|      :[count]po[p][!]	jump back from [count]'th older tag in tag list
 |:tnext|   :[count]tn[ext][!]	jump to [count]'th next matching tag
 |:tp|      :[count]tp[revious][!] jump to [count]'th previous matching tag
-|:tr|	   :[count]tr[ewind][!] jump to [count]'th matching tag
-|:tl|	   :tl[ast][!]		jump to last matching tag
+|:tr|      :[count]tr[ewind][!]	jump to [count]'th matching tag
+|:tl|      :tl[ast][!]		jump to last matching tag
 
-|:ptag|	   :pt[ag] {tag}	open a preview window to show tag {tag}
-|CTRL-W_}|     CTRL-W }		like CTRL-] but show tag in preview window
+|:ptag|    :pt[ag] {tag}	open a preview window to show tag {tag}
+|CTRL-W_}|    CTRL-W }		like CTRL-] but show tag in preview window
 |:pts|     :pts[elect]		like ":tselect" but show tag in preview window
 |:ptjump|  :ptj[ump]		like ":tjump" but show tag in preview window
 |:pclose|  :pc[lose]		close tag preview window
-|CTRL-W_z|     CTRL-W z		close tag preview window
+|CTRL-W_z|    CTRL-W z		close tag preview window
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_sc*		Scrolling
 
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ These only work when 'wrap' is off:
 |:startreplace| :startr[eplace][!]  start Replace mode, at EOL when [!] used
 
 in Visual block mode:
-|v_b_I|    I	insert the same text in front of all the selected lines
+|v_b_I|	   I	insert the same text in front of all the selected lines
 |v_b_A|	   A	append the same text after all the selected lines
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_ai*		Insert mode keys
@@ -334,16 +334,16 @@ In Insert or Command-line mode:
 *Q_de*		Deleting text
 
 |x|	N  x		delete N characters under and after the cursor
-|<Del>| N  <Del>	delete N characters under and after the cursor
+|<Del>|	N  <Del>	delete N characters under and after the cursor
 |X|	N  X		delete N characters before the cursor
 |d|	N  d{motion}	delete the text that is moved over with {motion}
-|v_d|	{visual}d	delete the highlighted text
+|v_d|	   {visual}d	delete the highlighted text
 |dd|	N  dd		delete N lines
 |D|	N  D		delete to the end of the line (and N-1 more lines)
 |J|	N  J		join N-1 lines (delete <EOL>s)
-|v_J|	{visual}J	join the highlighted lines
+|v_J|	   {visual}J	join the highlighted lines
 |gJ|	N  gJ		like "J", but without inserting spaces
-|v_gJ|	{visual}gJ	like "{visual}J", but without inserting spaces
+|v_gJ|	   {visual}gJ	like "{visual}J", but without inserting spaces
 |:d|	:[range]d [x]	delete [range] lines [into register x]
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_cm*		Copying and moving text
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ In Insert or Command-line mode:
 |R|	  N  R		enter Replace mode (repeat the entered text N times)
 |gR|	  N  gR		enter virtual Replace mode: Like Replace mode but
 			   without affecting layout
-|v_b_r|	  {visual}r{char}
+|v_b_r|	     {visual}r{char}
 			in Visual block mode: Replace each char of the
 			   selected text with {char}
 
@@ -447,13 +447,13 @@ In Insert or Command-line mode:
 
 |visual-index|	list of Visual mode commands.
 
-|v|	   v		start highlighting characters  }  move cursor and use
-|V|	   V		start highlighting linewise    }  operator to affect
+|v|        v		start highlighting characters  }  move cursor and use
+|V|        V		start highlighting linewise    }  operator to affect
 |CTRL-V|   CTRL-V	start highlighting blockwise   }  highlighted text
-|v_o|	   o		exchange cursor position with start of highlighting
-|gv|	   gv		start highlighting on previous visual area
-|v_v|	   v		highlight characters or stop highlighting
-|v_V|	   V		highlight linewise or stop highlighting
+|v_o|      o		exchange cursor position with start of highlighting
+|gv|       gv		start highlighting on previous visual area
+|v_v|      v		highlight characters or stop highlighting
+|v_V|      V		highlight linewise or stop highlighting
 |v_CTRL-V| CTRL-V	highlight blockwise or stop highlighting
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_to*		Text objects (only in Visual mode or after an operator)
@@ -509,8 +509,8 @@ In Insert or Command-line mode:
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_km*		Key mapping
 
-|:map|	     :ma[p] {lhs} {rhs}	  map {lhs} to {rhs} in Normal and Visual mode
-|:map!|	     :ma[p]! {lhs} {rhs}  map {lhs} to {rhs} in Insert and Command-line
+|:map|       :ma[p] {lhs} {rhs}	  map {lhs} to {rhs} in Normal and Visual mode
+|:map!|      :ma[p]! {lhs} {rhs}  map {lhs} to {rhs} in Insert and Command-line
 				     mode
 |:noremap|   :no[remap][!] {lhs} {rhs}
 				  same as ":map", no remapping for this {rhs}
@@ -522,19 +522,19 @@ In Insert or Command-line mode:
 				     Normal and Visual mode
 |:map_l!|    :ma[p]! [lhs]	  list mappings (starting with [lhs]) for
 				     Insert and Command-line mode
-|:cmap|	     :cmap/:cunmap/:cnoremap
+|:cmap|      :cmap/:cunmap/:cnoremap
 				  like ":map!"/":unmap!"/":noremap!" but for
 				     Command-line mode only
-|:imap|	     :imap/:iunmap/:inoremap
+|:imap|      :imap/:iunmap/:inoremap
 				  like ":map!"/":unmap!"/":noremap!" but for
 				     Insert mode only
-|:nmap|	     :nmap/:nunmap/:nnoremap
+|:nmap|      :nmap/:nunmap/:nnoremap
 				  like ":map"/":unmap"/":noremap" but for
 				     Normal mode only
-|:vmap|	     :vmap/:vunmap/:vnoremap
+|:vmap|      :vmap/:vunmap/:vnoremap
 				  like ":map"/":unmap"/":noremap" but for
 				     Visual mode only
-|:omap|	     :omap/:ounmap/:onoremap
+|:omap|      :omap/:ounmap/:onoremap
 				  like ":map"/":unmap"/":noremap" but only for
 				     when an operator is pending
 |:mapc|      :mapc[lear]	  remove mappings for Normal and Visual mode
@@ -691,6 +691,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'fileencodings'   'fencs'   automatically detected character encodings
 'fileformat'	  'ff'	    file format used for file I/O
 'fileformats'	  'ffs'     automatically detected values for 'fileformat'
+'fileignorecase'  'fic'     ignore case when using file names
 'filetype'	  'ft'	    type of file, used for autocommands
 'fillchars'	  'fcs'     characters to use for displaying special items
 'fkmap'		  'fk'	    Farsi keyboard mapping
@@ -823,6 +824,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'quoteescape'	  'qe'	    escape characters used in a string
 'readonly'	  'ro'	    disallow writing the buffer
 'redrawtime'	  'rdt'     timeout for 'hlsearch' and |:match| highlighting
+'regexpengine'	  're'	    default regexp engine to use
 'relativenumber'  'rnu'	    show relative line number in front of each line
 'remap'			    allow mappings to work recursively
 'report'		    threshold for reporting nr. of lines changed
@@ -958,9 +960,9 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_ur*		Undo/Redo commands
 
-|u|	  N  u		undo last N changes
+|u|       N  u		undo last N changes
 |CTRL-R|  N  CTRL-R	redo last N undone changes
-|U|	     U		restore last changed line
+|U|          U		restore last changed line
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_et*		External commands
 
@@ -1011,7 +1013,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 				   C4350, etc.)
 |:normal|	:norm[al][!] {commands}
 				execute Normal mode commands
-|Q|		Q		switch to "Ex" mode
+|Q|		   Q		switch to "Ex" mode
 
 |:redir|	:redir >{file}		redirect messages to {file}
 |:silent|	:silent[!] {command}	execute {command} silently
@@ -1087,11 +1089,11 @@ Context-sensitive completion on the command-line:
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_ex*		Special Ex characters
 
-|:bar|	    |		separates two commands (not for ":global" and ":!")
+|:bar|      |		separates two commands (not for ":global" and ":!")
 |:quote|    "		begins comment
 
-|:_%|	    %		current file name (only where a file name is expected)
-|:_#|	    #[num]	alternate file name [num] (only where a file name is
+|:_%|       %		current file name (only where a file name is expected)
+|:_#|       #[num]	alternate file name [num] (only where a file name is
 			   expected)
 	Note: The next seven are typed literally; these are not special keys!
 |:<abuf>|   <abuf>	buffer number, for use in an autocommand (only where a
@@ -1171,18 +1173,18 @@ Context-sensitive completion on the command-line:
 	   Without !: Fail if changes have been made to the current buffer.
 	      With !: Discard any changes to the current buffer.
 |:edit_f|  :e[dit][!] {file}	edit {file}
-|:edit|	   :e[dit][!]		reload the current file
-|:enew|	   :ene[w][!]		edit a new, unnamed buffer
+|:edit|    :e[dit][!]		reload the current file
+|:enew|    :ene[w][!]		edit a new, unnamed buffer
 |:find|    :fin[d][!] {file}	find {file} in 'path' and edit it
 
-|CTRL-^|   N   CTRL-^		edit alternate file N (equivalent to ":e #N")
-|gf|	       gf  or ]f	edit the file whose name is under the cursor
-|:pwd|	   :pwd			print the current directory name
-|:cd|	   :cd [path]		change the current directory to [path]
-|:cd-|	   :cd -		back to previous current directory
-|:file|	   :f[ile]		print the current file name and the cursor
+|CTRL-^|   N  CTRL-^		edit alternate file N (equivalent to ":e #N")
+|gf|          gf  or ]f		edit the file whose name is under the cursor
+|:pwd|     :pwd			print the current directory name
+|:cd|      :cd [path]		change the current directory to [path]
+|:cd-|     :cd -		back to previous current directory
+|:file|    :f[ile]		print the current file name and the cursor
 				   position
-|:file|	   :f[ile] {name}	set the current file name to {name}
+|:file|    :f[ile] {name}	set the current file name to {name}
 |:files|   :files		show alternate file names
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_fl*		Using the argument list			|argument-list|
@@ -1198,12 +1200,12 @@ Context-sensitive completion on the command-line:
 
 	     in current window    in new window	~
 |:argument|  :argu[ment] N	  :sar[gument] N	edit file N
-|:next|	     :n[ext]		  :sn[ext]		edit next file
+|:next|      :n[ext]		  :sn[ext]		edit next file
 |:next_f|    :n[ext] {arglist}	  :sn[ext] {arglist}	define new arg list
 							   and edit first file
-|:Next|	     :N[ext]		  :sN[ext]		edit previous file
+|:Next|      :N[ext]		  :sN[ext]		edit previous file
 |:first|     :fir[st]		  :sfir[st]		edit first file
-|:last|	     :la[st]		  :sla[st]		edit last file
+|:last|      :la[st]		  :sla[st]		edit last file
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_wq*		Writing and quitting
 

runtime/doc/starting.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*starting.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Mar 16
+*starting.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jun 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -438,6 +438,10 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 		option should be used when Vim is started by a program that
 		will wait for the edit session to finish (e.g., mail or
 		readnews).  See |amiga-window|.
+
+		MS-Windows: This option is not supported.  However, when
+		running Vim with an installed vim.bat or gvim.bat file it
+		works.
 		{not in Vi}
 
 
@@ -753,11 +757,21 @@ accordingly.  Vim proceeds in this order:
 	file, but "exrc" is what Vi always used, "vimrc" is a Vim specific
 	name.  Also see |vimrc-intro|.
 
-	Recommended place for your personal initializations:
-		Unix		    $HOME/.vimrc
-		OS/2		    $HOME/.vimrc or $VIM/.vimrc (or _vimrc)
-		MS-DOS and Win32    $HOME/_vimrc or $VIM/_vimrc
-		Amiga		    s:.vimrc or $VIM/.vimrc
+	Places for your personal initializations:
+		Unix		$HOME/.vimrc or $HOME/.vim/vimrc
+		OS/2		$HOME/.vimrc, $HOME/vimfiles/vimrc
+				or $VIM/.vimrc (or _vimrc)
+		MS-Windows	$HOME/_vimrc, $HOME/vimfiles/vimrc
+				or $VIM/_vimrc
+		Amiga		s:.vimrc, home:.vimrc, home:vimfiles:vimrc
+				or $VIM/.vimrc
+
+	The files are searched in the order specified above and only the first
+	one that is found is read.
+
+	RECOMMENDATION: Put all your Vim configuration stuff in the
+	$HOME/.vim/ directory ($HOME/vimfiles/ for MS-Windows). That makes it
+	easy to copy it to another system.
 
 	If Vim was started with "-u filename", the file "filename" is used.
 	All following initializations until 4. are skipped.
@@ -787,12 +801,15 @@ accordingly.  Vim proceeds in this order:
 	-  The environment variable VIMINIT (see also |compatible-default|) (*)
 	   The value of $VIMINIT is used as an Ex command line.
 	-  The user vimrc file(s):
-		    "$HOME/.vimrc"	(for Unix and OS/2) (*)
-		    "s:.vimrc"		(for Amiga) (*)
-		    "home:.vimrc"	(for Amiga) (*)
-		    "$VIM/.vimrc"	(for OS/2 and Amiga) (*)
-		    "$HOME/_vimrc"	(for MS-DOS and Win32) (*)
-		    "$VIM/_vimrc"	(for MS-DOS and Win32) (*)
+		    "$HOME/.vimrc"	   (for Unix and OS/2) (*)
+		    "$HOME/.vim/vimrc"	   (for Unix and OS/2) (*)
+		    "s:.vimrc"		   (for Amiga) (*)
+		    "home:.vimrc"	   (for Amiga) (*)
+		    "home:vimfiles:vimrc"  (for Amiga) (*)
+		    "$VIM/.vimrc"	   (for OS/2 and Amiga) (*)
+		    "$HOME/_vimrc"	   (for MS-DOS and Win32) (*)
+		    "$HOME/vimfiles/vimrc" (for MS-DOS and Win32) (*)
+		    "$VIM/_vimrc"	   (for MS-DOS and Win32) (*)
 		Note: For Unix, OS/2 and Amiga, when ".vimrc" does not exist,
 		"_vimrc" is also tried, in case an MS-DOS compatible file
 		system is used.  For MS-DOS and Win32 ".vimrc" is checked

runtime/doc/syntax.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jan 30
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jun 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -37,6 +37,7 @@ In the User Manual:
 15. Highlighting tags		|tag-highlight|
 16. Window-local syntax		|:ownsyntax|
 17. Color xterms		|xterm-color|
+18. When syntax is slow		|:syntime|
 
 {Vi does not have any of these commands}
 
@@ -381,7 +382,11 @@ This is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current
 window into HTML.  Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file.
 
 After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser.  The
-colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim.
+colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim.  You can jump to
+specific lines by adding (for example) #L123 or #123 to the end of the URL in
+your browser's address bar (#123 only with javascript support). And with
+|g:html_dynamic_folds| enabled, you can show or hide the text that is folded
+in Vim.
 
 You are not supposed to set the 'filetype' or 'syntax' option to "2html"!
 Source the script to convert the current file: >
@@ -424,7 +429,11 @@ and last line to be converted.  Example, using the last set Visual area: >
 			|g:html_diff_one_file| is set, :TOhtml will convert
 			all windows which are part of the diff in the current
 			tab and place them side-by-side in a <table> element
-			in the generated HTML.
+			in the generated HTML. When this happens you can jump
+			to lines in specific windows with (for example) #W1L42
+			for line 42 in the first diffed window, or #W3L87 for
+			line 87 in the third. Omitting the window ID will
+			default to the first window if javascript is enabled.
 
 			Examples: >
 
@@ -999,6 +1008,14 @@ comment highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
 The ColdFusion syntax file is based on the HTML syntax file.
 
 
+CPP						*cpp.vim* *ft-cpp-syntax*
+
+Most of things are same as |ft-c-syntax|.
+
+Variable		Highlight ~
+cpp_no_c11		don't highlight C++11 standard items
+
+
 CSH						*csh.vim* *ft-csh-syntax*
 
 This covers the shell named "csh".  Note that on some systems tcsh is actually
@@ -1231,17 +1248,17 @@ to your startup file.
 
 ERLANG						*erlang.vim* *ft-erlang-syntax*
 
-The erlang highlighting supports Erlang (ERicsson LANGuage).
-Erlang is case sensitive and default extension is ".erl".
+Erlang is a functional programming language developed by Ericsson.  Files with
+the following extensions are recognized as Erlang files: erl, hrl, yaws.
 
-If you want to disable keywords highlighting, put in your .vimrc: >
-	:let erlang_keywords = 1
-If you want to disable built-in-functions highlighting, put in your
-.vimrc file: >
-	:let erlang_functions = 1
-If you want to disable special characters highlighting, put in
-your .vimrc: >
-	:let erlang_characters = 1
+The BIFs (built-in functions) are highlighted by default. To disable this,
+put the following line in your vimrc: >
+
+      :let g:erlang_highlight_bifs = 0
+
+To enable highlighting some special atoms, put this in your vimrc: >
+
+      :let g:erlang_highlight_special_atoms = 1
 
 
 FLEXWIKI				*flexwiki.vim* *ft-flexwiki-syntax*
@@ -2061,7 +2078,7 @@ Therefore, you should be careful about not using more space between sentences
 than you intend to have in your final document.  For this reason, the common
 practice is to insert a carriage return immediately after all punctuation
 marks.  If you want to have "even" text in your final processed output, you
-need to maintaining regular spacing in the input text.  To mark both trailing
+need to maintain regular spacing in the input text.  To mark both trailing
 spaces and two or more spaces after a punctuation as an error, use: >
 
   :let nroff_space_errors = 1
@@ -2278,7 +2295,7 @@ For highlighting parent error ] or ): >
 
   let php_parent_error_close = 1
 
-For skipping an php end tag, if there exists an open ( or [ without a closing
+For skipping a php end tag, if there exists an open ( or [ without a closing
 one: >
 
   let php_parent_error_open = 1
@@ -2440,24 +2457,33 @@ Pascal.  Use this if you don't use assembly and Pascal: >
 
 PYTHON						*python.vim* *ft-python-syntax*
 
-There are four options to control Python syntax highlighting.
+There are six options to control Python syntax highlighting.
 
 For highlighted numbers: >
-	:let python_highlight_numbers = 1
+	:let python_no_number_highlight = 1
 
 For highlighted builtin functions: >
-	:let python_highlight_builtins = 1
+	:let python_no_builtin_highlight = 1
 
 For highlighted standard exceptions: >
-	:let python_highlight_exceptions = 1
+	:let python_no_exception_highlight = 1
+
+For highlighted doctests and code inside: >
+	:let python_no_doctest_highlight = 1
+or >
+	:let python_no_doctest_code_highlight = 1
+(first option implies second one).
 
 For highlighted trailing whitespace and mix of spaces and tabs: >
-	:let python_highlight_space_errors = 1
+	:let python_space_error_highlight = 1
 
 If you want all possible Python highlighting (the same as setting the
-preceding three options): >
+preceding last option and unsetting all other ones): >
 	:let python_highlight_all = 1
 
+Note: only existence of these options matter, not their value. You can replace 
+      1 above with anything.
+
 
 QUAKE						*quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*
 
@@ -2911,6 +2937,35 @@ if any, is the text at the top of the screen supposed to be in?).
 Another cause of slow highlighting is due to syntax-driven folding; see
 |tex-folding| for a way around this.
 
+								*g:tex_fast*
+
+Finally, if syntax highlighting is still too slow, you may set >
+
+	:let g:tex_fast= ""
+
+in your .vimrc.  Used this way, the g:tex_fast variable causes the syntax
+highlighting script to avoid defining any regions and associated
+synchronization.  The result will be much faster syntax highlighting; the
+price: you will no longer have as much highlighting or any syntax-based
+folding, and you will be missing syntax-based error checking.
+
+You may decide that some syntax is acceptable; you may use the following table
+selectively to enable just some syntax highlighting: >
+
+    b : allow bold and italic syntax
+    c : allow texComment syntax
+    m : allow texMatcher syntax (ie. {...} and [...])
+    M : allow texMath syntax
+    p : allow parts, chapter, section, etc syntax
+    r : allow texRefZone syntax (nocite, bibliography, label, pageref, eqref)
+    s : allow superscript/subscript regions
+    S : allow texStyle syntax
+    v : allow verbatim syntax
+    V : allow texNewEnv and texNewCmd syntax
+<
+As an example, let g:tex_fast= "M" will allow math-associated highlighting
+but suppress all the other region-based syntax highlighting.
+
 					    *tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
  Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? ~
 
@@ -3805,7 +3860,7 @@ s-{nr}	start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
 e	end of the matched pattern
 e+{nr}	end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
 e-{nr}	end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
-{nr}	(for "lc" only): start matching {nr} chars to the left
+{nr}	(for "lc" only): start matching {nr} chars right of the start
 
 Examples: "ms=s+1", "hs=e-2", "lc=3".
 
@@ -3902,7 +3957,7 @@ External matches					*:syn-ext-match*
 
 These extra regular expression items are available in region patterns:
 
-						*/\z(* */\z(\)* *E50* *E52*
+					*/\z(* */\z(\)* *E50* *E52* *E879*
     \z(\)	Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it can be
 		accessed from another pattern match.  Currently only usable in
 		defining a syntax region start pattern.
@@ -4882,7 +4937,7 @@ restoring "b:current_syntax", since the syntax files do set
 
 Once a window has its own syntax, syntax commands executed from other windows
 on the same buffer (including :syntax clear) have no effect. Conversely, 
-syntax commands executed from that window do not effect other windows on the
+syntax commands executed from that window do not affect other windows on the
 same buffer.
 
 A window with its own syntax reverts to normal behavior when another buffer
@@ -5032,4 +5087,63 @@ Also make sure TTpro's Setup / Window / Full Color is enabled, and make sure
 that Setup / Font / Enable Bold is NOT enabled.
 (info provided by John Love-Jensen <eljay@Adobe.COM>)
 
+
+==============================================================================
+18. When syntax is slow						*:syntime*
+
+This is aimed at authors of a syntax file.
+
+If your syntax causes redrawing to be slow, here are a few hints on making it
+faster.  To see slowness switch on some features that usually interfere, such
+as 'relativenumber' and |folding|.
+
+Note: this is only available when compiled with the |+profile| feature.
+You many need to build Vim with "huge" features.
+
+To find out what patterns are consuming most time, get an overview with this
+sequence: >
+	:syntime on
+	[ redraw the text at least once with CTRL-L ]
+	:syntime report
+
+This will display a list of syntax patterns that were used, sorted by the time
+it took to match them against the text.
+
+:syntime on		Start measuring syntax times.  This will add some
+			overhead to compute the time spent on syntax pattern
+			matching.
+
+:syntime off		Stop measuring syntax times.
+
+:syntime clear		Set all the counters to zero, restart measuring.
+
+:syntime report		Show the syntax items used since ":syntime on" in the
+			current window.  Use a wider display to see more of
+			the output.
+
+			The list is sorted by total time. The columns are:
+			TOTAL		Total time in seconds spent on
+					matching this pattern.
+			COUNT		Number of times the pattern was used.
+			MATCH		Number of times the pattern actually
+					matched
+			SLOWEST		The longest time for one try.
+			AVERAGE		The average time for one try.
+			NAME		Name of the syntax item.  Note that
+					this is not unique.
+			PATTERN		The pattern being used.
+
+Pattern matching gets slow when it has to try many alternatives.  Try to
+include as much literal text as possible to reduce the number of ways a
+pattern does NOT match.
+
+When using the "\@<=" and "\@<!" items, add a maximum size to avoid trying at
+all positions in the current and previous line.  For example, if the item is
+literal text specify the size of that text (in bytes):
+
+"<\@<=span"   	Matches "span" in "<span".  This tries matching with "<" in
+		many places.
+"<\@1<=span"  	Matches the same, but only tries one byte before "span".
+
+
  vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/tags

@@ -233,10 +233,12 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'fex'	options.txt	/*'fex'*
 'ff'	options.txt	/*'ff'*
 'ffs'	options.txt	/*'ffs'*
+'fic'	options.txt	/*'fic'*
 'fileencoding'	options.txt	/*'fileencoding'*
 'fileencodings'	options.txt	/*'fileencodings'*
 'fileformat'	options.txt	/*'fileformat'*
 'fileformats'	options.txt	/*'fileformats'*
+'fileignorecase'	options.txt	/*'fileignorecase'*
 'filetype'	options.txt	/*'filetype'*
 'fillchars'	options.txt	/*'fillchars'*
 'fk'	options.txt	/*'fk'*
@@ -494,8 +496,10 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'nocopyindent'	options.txt	/*'nocopyindent'*
 'nocp'	options.txt	/*'nocp'*
 'nocrb'	options.txt	/*'nocrb'*
+'nocscoperelative'	options.txt	/*'nocscoperelative'*
 'nocscopetag'	options.txt	/*'nocscopetag'*
 'nocscopeverbose'	options.txt	/*'nocscopeverbose'*
+'nocsre'	options.txt	/*'nocsre'*
 'nocst'	options.txt	/*'nocst'*
 'nocsverb'	options.txt	/*'nocsverb'*
 'nocuc'	options.txt	/*'nocuc'*
@@ -523,6 +527,8 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'noexpandtab'	options.txt	/*'noexpandtab'*
 'noexrc'	options.txt	/*'noexrc'*
 'nofen'	options.txt	/*'nofen'*
+'nofic'	options.txt	/*'nofic'*
+'nofileignorecase'	options.txt	/*'nofileignorecase'*
 'nofk'	options.txt	/*'nofk'*
 'nofkmap'	options.txt	/*'nofkmap'*
 'nofoldenable'	options.txt	/*'nofoldenable'*
@@ -653,6 +659,8 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'nottybuiltin'	options.txt	/*'nottybuiltin'*
 'nottyfast'	options.txt	/*'nottyfast'*
 'notx'	options.txt	/*'notx'*
+'noudf'	options.txt	/*'noudf'*
+'noundofile'	options.txt	/*'noundofile'*
 'novb'	options.txt	/*'novb'*
 'novice'	vi_diff.txt	/*'novice'*
 'novisualbell'	options.txt	/*'novisualbell'*
@@ -732,9 +740,11 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'quote	motion.txt	/*'quote*
 'quoteescape'	options.txt	/*'quoteescape'*
 'rdt'	options.txt	/*'rdt'*
+'re'	options.txt	/*'re'*
 'readonly'	options.txt	/*'readonly'*
 'redraw'	vi_diff.txt	/*'redraw'*
 'redrawtime'	options.txt	/*'redrawtime'*
+'regexpengine'	options.txt	/*'regexpengine'*
 'relativenumber'	options.txt	/*'relativenumber'*
 'remap'	options.txt	/*'remap'*
 'report'	options.txt	/*'report'*
@@ -964,6 +974,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 't_te'	term.txt	/*'t_te'*
 't_ti'	term.txt	/*'t_ti'*
 't_ts'	term.txt	/*'t_ts'*
+'t_u7'	term.txt	/*'t_u7'*
 't_ue'	term.txt	/*'t_ue'*
 't_us'	term.txt	/*'t_us'*
 't_ut'	term.txt	/*'t_ut'*
@@ -1384,6 +1395,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 /\	pattern.txt	/*\/\\*
 /\$	pattern.txt	/*\/\\$*
 /\%#	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%#*
+/\%#=	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%#=*
 /\%$	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%$*
 /\%'m	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%'m*
 /\%(	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%(*
@@ -1829,6 +1841,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :RmVimball	pi_vimball.txt	/*:RmVimball*
 :Sexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Sexplore*
 :TOhtml	syntax.txt	/*:TOhtml*
+:TarDiff	pi_tar.txt	/*:TarDiff*
 :Texplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Texplore*
 :UseVimball	pi_vimball.txt	/*:UseVimball*
 :Vexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Vexplore*
@@ -2584,7 +2597,9 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :pwd	editing.txt	/*:pwd*
 :py	if_pyth.txt	/*:py*
 :py3	if_pyth.txt	/*:py3*
+:py3do	if_pyth.txt	/*:py3do*
 :py3file	if_pyth.txt	/*:py3file*
+:pydo	if_pyth.txt	/*:pydo*
 :pyf	if_pyth.txt	/*:pyf*
 :pyfile	if_pyth.txt	/*:pyfile*
 :python	if_pyth.txt	/*:python*
@@ -2863,6 +2878,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :syntax-enable	syntax.txt	/*:syntax-enable*
 :syntax-on	syntax.txt	/*:syntax-on*
 :syntax-reset	syntax.txt	/*:syntax-reset*
+:syntime	syntax.txt	/*:syntime*
 :t	change.txt	/*:t*
 :tN	tagsrch.txt	/*:tN*
 :tNext	tagsrch.txt	/*:tNext*
@@ -4250,8 +4266,25 @@ E858	eval.txt	/*E858*
 E859	eval.txt	/*E859*
 E86	windows.txt	/*E86*
 E860	eval.txt	/*E860*
-E861	eval.txt	/*E861*
+E862	eval.txt	/*E862*
+E863	if_pyth.txt	/*E863*
+E864	pattern.txt	/*E864*
+E865	pattern.txt	/*E865*
+E866	pattern.txt	/*E866*
+E867	pattern.txt	/*E867*
+E868	pattern.txt	/*E868*
+E869	pattern.txt	/*E869*
 E87	windows.txt	/*E87*
+E870	pattern.txt	/*E870*
+E871	pattern.txt	/*E871*
+E872	pattern.txt	/*E872*
+E873	pattern.txt	/*E873*
+E874	pattern.txt	/*E874*
+E875	pattern.txt	/*E875*
+E876	pattern.txt	/*E876*
+E877	pattern.txt	/*E877*
+E878	pattern.txt	/*E878*
+E879	syntax.txt	/*E879*
 E88	windows.txt	/*E88*
 E89	message.txt	/*E89*
 E90	message.txt	/*E90*
@@ -4478,6 +4511,8 @@ TabLeave	autocmd.txt	/*TabLeave*
 Tcl	if_tcl.txt	/*Tcl*
 TermChanged	autocmd.txt	/*TermChanged*
 TermResponse	autocmd.txt	/*TermResponse*
+TextChanged	autocmd.txt	/*TextChanged*
+TextChangedI	autocmd.txt	/*TextChangedI*
 Transact-SQL	ft_sql.txt	/*Transact-SQL*
 U	undo.txt	/*U*
 UTF-8	mbyte.txt	/*UTF-8*
@@ -4768,7 +4803,8 @@ aw	motion.txt	/*aw*
 a{	motion.txt	/*a{*
 a}	motion.txt	/*a}*
 b	motion.txt	/*b*
-b:changedtick-variable	eval.txt	/*b:changedtick-variable*
+b:	eval.txt	/*b:*
+b:changedtick	eval.txt	/*b:changedtick*
 b:changelog_name	filetype.txt	/*b:changelog_name*
 b:current_syntax-variable	syntax.txt	/*b:current_syntax-variable*
 b:netrw_lastfile	pi_netrw.txt	/*b:netrw_lastfile*
@@ -5032,6 +5068,7 @@ clipboard-exclude	options.txt	/*clipboard-exclude*
 clipboard-html	options.txt	/*clipboard-html*
 clipboard-unnamed	options.txt	/*clipboard-unnamed*
 clipboard-unnamedplus	options.txt	/*clipboard-unnamedplus*
+clojure-indent	indent.txt	/*clojure-indent*
 cmdarg-variable	eval.txt	/*cmdarg-variable*
 cmdbang-variable	eval.txt	/*cmdbang-variable*
 cmdline-arguments	vi_diff.txt	/*cmdline-arguments*
@@ -5180,6 +5217,7 @@ cpo-w	options.txt	/*cpo-w*
 cpo-x	options.txt	/*cpo-x*
 cpo-y	options.txt	/*cpo-y*
 cpo-{	options.txt	/*cpo-{*
+cpp.vim	syntax.txt	/*cpp.vim*
 crash-recovery	recover.txt	/*crash-recovery*
 creating-menus	gui.txt	/*creating-menus*
 credits	intro.txt	/*credits*
@@ -5653,8 +5691,10 @@ ft-ch-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-ch-syntax*
 ft-changelog-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-changelog-plugin*
 ft-changelog-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-changelog-syntax*
 ft-chill-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-chill-syntax*
+ft-clojure-indent	indent.txt	/*ft-clojure-indent*
 ft-cobol-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-cobol-syntax*
 ft-coldfusion-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-coldfusion-syntax*
+ft-cpp-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-cpp-syntax*
 ft-csh-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-csh-syntax*
 ft-css-omni	insert.txt	/*ft-css-omni*
 ft-cweb-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-cweb-syntax*
@@ -5678,6 +5718,7 @@ ft-gitcommit-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-gitcommit-plugin*
 ft-groff-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-groff-syntax*
 ft-gsp-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-gsp-syntax*
 ft-haskell-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-haskell-syntax*
+ft-html-indent	indent.txt	/*ft-html-indent*
 ft-html-omni	insert.txt	/*ft-html-omni*
 ft-html-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-html-syntax*
 ft-htmlos-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-htmlos-syntax*
@@ -5792,6 +5833,7 @@ g,	motion.txt	/*g,*
 g-	undo.txt	/*g-*
 g0	motion.txt	/*g0*
 g8	various.txt	/*g8*
+g:	eval.txt	/*g:*
 g:NetrwTopLvlMenu	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:NetrwTopLvlMenu*
 g:Netrw_corehandler	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:Netrw_corehandler*
 g:Netrw_funcref	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:Netrw_funcref*
@@ -5817,6 +5859,12 @@ g:ada_space_errors	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada_space_errors*
 g:ada_standard_types	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada_standard_types*
 g:ada_with_gnat_project_files	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada_with_gnat_project_files*
 g:ada_withuse_ordinary	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada_withuse_ordinary*
+g:clojure_align_multiline_strings	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_align_multiline_strings*
+g:clojure_fuzzy_indent	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent*
+g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist*
+g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns*
+g:clojure_maxlines	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_maxlines*
+g:clojure_special_indent_words	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_special_indent_words*
 g:colors_name	options.txt	/*g:colors_name*
 g:decada	ft_ada.txt	/*g:decada*
 g:decada.Error_Format	ft_ada.txt	/*g:decada.Error_Format*
@@ -5861,6 +5909,7 @@ g:html_whole_filler	syntax.txt	/*g:html_whole_filler*
 g:netrw_alto	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_alto*
 g:netrw_altv	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_altv*
 g:netrw_banner	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_banner*
+g:netrw_bannerbackslash	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_bannerbackslash*
 g:netrw_browse_split	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_browse_split*
 g:netrw_browsex_viewer	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_browsex_viewer*
 g:netrw_bufsettings	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_bufsettings*
@@ -5949,6 +5998,8 @@ g:tar_readoptions	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_readoptions*
 g:tar_secure	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_secure*
 g:tar_writeoptions	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_writeoptions*
 g:tex_conceal	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_conceal*
+g:tex_fast	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_fast*
+g:tex_flavor	filetype.txt	/*g:tex_flavor*
 g:tex_isk	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_isk*
 g:var	eval.txt	/*g:var*
 g:vimball_home	pi_vimball.txt	/*g:vimball_home*
@@ -6150,6 +6201,7 @@ gui_w16.txt	gui_w16.txt	/*gui_w16.txt*
 gui_w32.txt	gui_w32.txt	/*gui_w32.txt*
 gui_x11.txt	gui_x11.txt	/*gui_x11.txt*
 guifontwide_gtk2	options.txt	/*guifontwide_gtk2*
+guifontwide_win_mbyte	options.txt	/*guifontwide_win_mbyte*
 guioptions_a	options.txt	/*guioptions_a*
 guu	change.txt	/*guu*
 gv	visual.txt	/*gv*
@@ -6293,6 +6345,8 @@ howto.txt	howto.txt	/*howto.txt*
 hpterm	term.txt	/*hpterm*
 hpterm-color	syntax.txt	/*hpterm-color*
 html-flavor	insert.txt	/*html-flavor*
+html-indent	indent.txt	/*html-indent*
+html-indenting	indent.txt	/*html-indenting*
 html.vim	syntax.txt	/*html.vim*
 htmlos.vim	syntax.txt	/*htmlos.vim*
 http	pi_netrw.txt	/*http*
@@ -6551,6 +6605,7 @@ keypad-point	intro.txt	/*keypad-point*
 keys()	eval.txt	/*keys()*
 known-bugs	todo.txt	/*known-bugs*
 l	motion.txt	/*l*
+l:	eval.txt	/*l:*
 l:var	eval.txt	/*l:var*
 lCursor	mbyte.txt	/*lCursor*
 lace.vim	syntax.txt	/*lace.vim*
@@ -6619,6 +6674,7 @@ lua-buffer	if_lua.txt	/*lua-buffer*
 lua-commands	if_lua.txt	/*lua-commands*
 lua-dict	if_lua.txt	/*lua-dict*
 lua-eval	if_lua.txt	/*lua-eval*
+lua-funcref	if_lua.txt	/*lua-funcref*
 lua-list	if_lua.txt	/*lua-list*
 lua-luaeval	if_lua.txt	/*lua-luaeval*
 lua-vim	if_lua.txt	/*lua-vim*
@@ -6658,6 +6714,7 @@ map-listing	map.txt	/*map-listing*
 map-modes	map.txt	/*map-modes*
 map-multibyte	map.txt	/*map-multibyte*
 map-overview	map.txt	/*map-overview*
+map-precedence	map.txt	/*map-precedence*
 map-self-destroy	tips.txt	/*map-self-destroy*
 map-typing	map.txt	/*map-typing*
 map-which-keys	map.txt	/*map-which-keys*
@@ -6685,6 +6742,7 @@ mapmode-s	map.txt	/*mapmode-s*
 mapmode-v	map.txt	/*mapmode-v*
 mapmode-x	map.txt	/*mapmode-x*
 mapping	map.txt	/*mapping*
+mapping-functions	usr_41.txt	/*mapping-functions*
 mark	motion.txt	/*mark*
 mark-functions	usr_41.txt	/*mark-functions*
 mark-motions	motion.txt	/*mark-motions*
@@ -6796,6 +6854,7 @@ mzscheme-buffer	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-buffer*
 mzscheme-commands	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-commands*
 mzscheme-dynamic	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-dynamic*
 mzscheme-examples	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-examples*
+mzscheme-funcref	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-funcref*
 mzscheme-mzeval	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-mzeval*
 mzscheme-sandbox	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-sandbox*
 mzscheme-threads	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-threads*
@@ -6840,7 +6899,8 @@ netrw-O	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-O*
 netrw-P	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-P*
 netrw-R	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-R*
 netrw-S	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-S*
-netrw-T	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-T*
+netrw-Tb	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-Tb*
+netrw-Th	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-Th*
 netrw-U	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-U*
 netrw-X	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-X*
 netrw-a	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-a*
@@ -6909,6 +6969,7 @@ netrw-listbookmark	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-listbookmark*
 netrw-listhack	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-listhack*
 netrw-login	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-login*
 netrw-mB	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mB*
+netrw-mF	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mF*
 netrw-mT	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mT*
 netrw-mb	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mb*
 netrw-mc	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mc*
@@ -6963,6 +7024,7 @@ netrw-prvwin	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-prvwin*
 netrw-pscp	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-pscp*
 netrw-psftp	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-psftp*
 netrw-putty	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-putty*
+netrw-qF	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-qF*
 netrw-qb	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-qb*
 netrw-qf	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-qf*
 netrw-quickcom	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-quickcom*
@@ -7106,6 +7168,7 @@ notation	intro.txt	/*notation*
 notepad	gui_w32.txt	/*notepad*
 nr2char()	eval.txt	/*nr2char()*
 nroff.vim	syntax.txt	/*nroff.vim*
+number_relativenumber	options.txt	/*number_relativenumber*
 numbered-function	eval.txt	/*numbered-function*
 o	insert.txt	/*o*
 o_CTRL-V	motion.txt	/*o_CTRL-V*
@@ -7292,9 +7355,17 @@ put-Visual-mode	change.txt	/*put-Visual-mode*
 py3eval()	eval.txt	/*py3eval()*
 pyeval()	eval.txt	/*pyeval()*
 python	if_pyth.txt	/*python*
+python-.locked	if_pyth.txt	/*python-.locked*
+python-Dictionary	if_pyth.txt	/*python-Dictionary*
+python-Function	if_pyth.txt	/*python-Function*
+python-List	if_pyth.txt	/*python-List*
+python-VIM_SPECIAL_PATH	if_pyth.txt	/*python-VIM_SPECIAL_PATH*
+python-_get_paths	if_pyth.txt	/*python-_get_paths*
 python-bindeval	if_pyth.txt	/*python-bindeval*
+python-bindeval-objects	if_pyth.txt	/*python-bindeval-objects*
 python-buffer	if_pyth.txt	/*python-buffer*
 python-buffers	if_pyth.txt	/*python-buffers*
+python-chdir	if_pyth.txt	/*python-chdir*
 python-command	if_pyth.txt	/*python-command*
 python-commands	if_pyth.txt	/*python-commands*
 python-current	if_pyth.txt	/*python-current*
@@ -7302,15 +7373,29 @@ python-dynamic	if_pyth.txt	/*python-dynamic*
 python-error	if_pyth.txt	/*python-error*
 python-eval	if_pyth.txt	/*python-eval*
 python-examples	if_pyth.txt	/*python-examples*
+python-fchdir	if_pyth.txt	/*python-fchdir*
+python-find_module	if_pyth.txt	/*python-find_module*
+python-foreach_rtp	if_pyth.txt	/*python-foreach_rtp*
 python-input	if_pyth.txt	/*python-input*
+python-options	if_pyth.txt	/*python-options*
 python-output	if_pyth.txt	/*python-output*
+python-path_hook	if_pyth.txt	/*python-path_hook*
 python-pyeval	if_pyth.txt	/*python-pyeval*
 python-range	if_pyth.txt	/*python-range*
+python-special-path	if_pyth.txt	/*python-special-path*
+python-strwidth	if_pyth.txt	/*python-strwidth*
+python-tabpage	if_pyth.txt	/*python-tabpage*
+python-tabpages	if_pyth.txt	/*python-tabpages*
+python-vars	if_pyth.txt	/*python-vars*
 python-vim	if_pyth.txt	/*python-vim*
+python-vvars	if_pyth.txt	/*python-vvars*
 python-window	if_pyth.txt	/*python-window*
 python-windows	if_pyth.txt	/*python-windows*
 python.vim	syntax.txt	/*python.vim*
+python2-directory	if_pyth.txt	/*python2-directory*
 python3	if_pyth.txt	/*python3*
+python3-directory	if_pyth.txt	/*python3-directory*
+pythonx-directory	if_pyth.txt	/*pythonx-directory*
 q	repeat.txt	/*q*
 q/	cmdline.txt	/*q\/*
 q:	cmdline.txt	/*q:*
@@ -7481,6 +7566,8 @@ save-file	editing.txt	/*save-file*
 save-settings	starting.txt	/*save-settings*
 scheme.vim	syntax.txt	/*scheme.vim*
 scp	pi_netrw.txt	/*scp*
+screenattr()	eval.txt	/*screenattr()*
+screenchar()	eval.txt	/*screenchar()*
 screencol()	eval.txt	/*screencol()*
 screenrow()	eval.txt	/*screenrow()*
 script	usr_41.txt	/*script*
@@ -7551,6 +7638,7 @@ sgr-mouse	options.txt	/*sgr-mouse*
 sh-awk	syntax.txt	/*sh-awk*
 sh-embed	syntax.txt	/*sh-embed*
 sh.vim	syntax.txt	/*sh.vim*
+sha256()	eval.txt	/*sha256()*
 shell-window	tips.txt	/*shell-window*
 shell_error-variable	eval.txt	/*shell_error-variable*
 shellescape()	eval.txt	/*shellescape()*
@@ -7818,6 +7906,7 @@ system-functions	usr_41.txt	/*system-functions*
 system-vimrc	starting.txt	/*system-vimrc*
 s~	change.txt	/*s~*
 t	motion.txt	/*t*
+t:	eval.txt	/*t:*
 t:var	eval.txt	/*t:var*
 t_#2	term.txt	/*t_#2*
 t_#4	term.txt	/*t_#4*
@@ -7962,6 +8051,7 @@ t_ti	term.txt	/*t_ti*
 t_tp	version4.txt	/*t_tp*
 t_ts	term.txt	/*t_ts*
 t_ts_old	version4.txt	/*t_ts_old*
+t_u7	term.txt	/*t_u7*
 t_ue	term.txt	/*t_ue*
 t_undo	version4.txt	/*t_undo*
 t_us	term.txt	/*t_us*
@@ -8132,6 +8222,7 @@ try-nested	eval.txt	/*try-nested*
 try-nesting	eval.txt	/*try-nesting*
 tutor	usr_01.txt	/*tutor*
 twice	if_cscop.txt	/*twice*
+two-engines	pattern.txt	/*two-engines*
 type()	eval.txt	/*type()*
 type-mistakes	tips.txt	/*type-mistakes*
 typecorr-settings	usr_41.txt	/*typecorr-settings*
@@ -8212,6 +8303,7 @@ utf-8-in-xwindows	mbyte.txt	/*utf-8-in-xwindows*
 utf-8-typing	mbyte.txt	/*utf-8-typing*
 utf8	mbyte.txt	/*utf8*
 v	visual.txt	/*v*
+v:	eval.txt	/*v:*
 v:beval_bufnr	eval.txt	/*v:beval_bufnr*
 v:beval_col	eval.txt	/*v:beval_col*
 v:beval_lnum	eval.txt	/*v:beval_lnum*
@@ -8505,6 +8597,7 @@ vt100-function-keys	term.txt	/*vt100-function-keys*
 w	motion.txt	/*w*
 w32-clientserver	remote.txt	/*w32-clientserver*
 w32-xpm-support	gui_w32.txt	/*w32-xpm-support*
+w:	eval.txt	/*w:*
 w:current_syntax	syntax.txt	/*w:current_syntax*
 w:quickfix_title	quickfix.txt	/*w:quickfix_title*
 w:var	eval.txt	/*w:var*
@@ -8513,6 +8606,7 @@ white-space	pattern.txt	/*white-space*
 whitespace	pattern.txt	/*whitespace*
 wildcard	editing.txt	/*wildcard*
 wildcards	editing.txt	/*wildcards*
+wildmenumode()	eval.txt	/*wildmenumode()*
 win16-!start	gui_w16.txt	/*win16-!start*
 win16-clipboard	gui_w16.txt	/*win16-clipboard*
 win16-colors	gui_w16.txt	/*win16-colors*

runtime/doc/term.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*term.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Feb 16
+*term.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Mar 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -294,6 +294,8 @@ Added by Vim (there are no standard codes for these):
 		|termcap-cursor-shape|
 	t_RV	request terminal version string (for xterm)	*t_RV* *'t_RV'*
 		|xterm-8bit| |v:termresponse| |'ttymouse'| |xterm-codes|
+	t_u7	request cursor position (for xterm)		*t_u7* *'t_u7'*
+		see |'ambiwidth'|
 
 KEY CODES
 Note: Use the <> form if possible
@@ -326,7 +328,7 @@ Note: Use the <> form if possible
 	t_k8	<F8>		function key 8		*<F8>*	*t_k8* *'t_k8'*
 	t_k9	<F9>		function key 9		*<F9>*	*t_k9* *'t_k9'*
 	t_k;	<F10>		function key 10		*<F10>*	*t_k;* *'t_k;'*
-	t_F1	<F11>		function key 11		*<F11>* *t_F1* *'t_F1'*
+	t_F1	<F11>		function key 11		*<F11>*	*t_F1* *'t_F1'*
 	t_F2	<F12>		function key 12		*<F12>*	*t_F2* *'t_F2'*
 	t_F3	<F13>		function key 13		*<F13>*	*t_F3* *'t_F3'*
 	t_F4	<F14>		function key 14		*<F14>*	*t_F4* *'t_F4'*
@@ -356,9 +358,9 @@ Note: Use the <> form if possible
 	t_kI	<Insert>	insert key			*t_kI* *'t_kI'*
 	t_kD	<Del>		delete key			*t_kD* *'t_kD'*
 	t_kb	<BS>		backspace key			*t_kb* *'t_kb'*
-	t_kB	<S-Tab>		back-tab (shift-tab)  *<S-Tab>* *t_kB* *'t_kB'*
+	t_kB	<S-Tab>		back-tab (shift-tab)  *<S-Tab>*	*t_kB* *'t_kB'*
 	t_kh	<Home>		home key			*t_kh* *'t_kh'*
-	t_#2	<S-Home>	shifted home key     *<S-Home>* *t_#2* *'t_#2'*
+	t_#2	<S-Home>	shifted home key     *<S-Home>*	*t_#2* *'t_#2'*
 		<xHome>		alternate home key		*<xHome>*
 	t_@7	<End>		end key				*t_@7* *'t_@7'*
 	t_*7	<S-End>		shifted end key	*<S-End>* *t_star7* *'t_star7'*
@@ -371,8 +373,8 @@ Note: Use the <> form if possible
 	t_K5	<kPageDown>	keypad page-down key		*t_K5* *'t_K5'*
 	t_K6	<kPlus>		keypad plus key	      *<kPlus>*	*t_K6* *'t_K6'*
 	t_K7	<kMinus>	keypad minus key     *<kMinus>*	*t_K7* *'t_K7'*
-	t_K8	<kDivide>	keypad divide	    *<kDivide>* *t_K8* *'t_K8'*
-	t_K9	<kMultiply>	keypad multiply   *<kMultiply>* *t_K9* *'t_K9'*
+	t_K8	<kDivide>	keypad divide	    *<kDivide>*	*t_K8* *'t_K8'*
+	t_K9	<kMultiply>	keypad multiply   *<kMultiply>*	*t_K9* *'t_K9'*
 	t_KA	<kEnter>	keypad enter key     *<kEnter>*	*t_KA* *'t_KA'*
 	t_KB	<kPoint>	keypad decimal point *<kPoint>*	*t_KB* *'t_KB'*
 	t_KC	<k0>		keypad 0		 *<k0>*	*t_KC* *'t_KC'*

runtime/doc/todo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*todo.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jan 30
+*todo.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jun 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -34,6 +34,83 @@ not be repeated below, unless there is extra information.
 							*known-bugs*
 -------------------- Known bugs and current work -----------------------
 
+--- Python interface
+
+Python: ":py raw_input('prompt')" doesn't work. (Manu Hack)
+
+Win32: The Python interface only works with one version of Python, selected at
+compile time.  Can this be made to work with version 2.1 and 2.2 dynamically?
+
+Python: Be able to define a Python function that can be called directly from
+Vim script.  Requires converting the arguments and return value, like with
+vim.bindeval().
+
+Python SystemExit exception is not handled properly.  Patch to catch the
+exception and give an error. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto)
+Does not work, tests fail.
+
+--- bug fixes
+
+Do allow real tags above the !_TAG entries. Undo older patch. Issue 90.
+
+Matches might be highlighted correctly. Inefficient patch by Christian
+Brabandt, 2013 Feb 26.
+
+Patch to use bold/italic fonts when 'guifontewide' is set. (Ken Takata, 2013
+Mar 31)
+
+Problem with winfixheight and resizing. (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2011 Sep 17)
+Patch Sep 18.
+
+Patch for IME problems. Remove hacking code for old IM. (Yukihiro Nakadaira,
+2012 Jul 20)
+
+Patch to fix finding toolbar bitmaps.  Issue 129.
+
+Suggestion to remove __QNXNTO__ in gui.c. (Sean Boudreau, 2013 Jun 7)
+
+Combining characters are not used when executing a register with :@w.
+(William Fugh, 2013 Apr 5, more info from Ben Fritz)
+Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013 Apr 6.  Second one.
+
+MS-Windows ACL support doesn't work well.  Patch from Ken Takata, 2012 Aug 29.
+Update Aug 31.
+Another patch for MingW, 2012 Dec 29.
+
+Bug in completion menu. (Olivier Teuliere, 2013 Feb 15)
+Patch by Christian Brabandt, Feb 16.
+
+Issue 134: pasting in visual selection in empty buffer.
+Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013 May 22.
+
+Patch to fix "gn" on single character matches. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 Jun
+2)
+
+Patch for cscope connection (Narendran, 2013 Jun 10)
+
+'cursorline' is drawn incorrectly in diff mode. Patch by Christian Brabandt,
+2012 Apr 2.
+
+When someone does a silly thing such as setting rows and columns to 65535,
+handle the out-of-memory and set them to sane values? (jimmywang, 2013 May 17)
+
+InsertEnter doesn't prevent the cursor from moving when it goes to another
+line.
+
+":diffoff" does not restore options from before starting diff mode.
+Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013 May 26.
+
+Can't use multi-byte fill character in custom status line.
+Patch by Christian Wellenbrock, 2013 Jun 2.  Update Jun 3 (second one).
+
+Patch to fix glob() and globpath() with escaped special characters.
+(Adnan Zafar, 2013 Jun 2, tests Jun 3)
+
+---- Fixes to be included before 7.4 above, less important stuff below ----
+
+Patch to make has() check for Vim version and patch at the same time.
+(Marc Weber, 2013 Jun 7)
+
 Several syntax file match "^\s*" which may get underlined if that's in the
 highlight group.  Add a "\zs" after it?
 
@@ -43,6 +120,9 @@ Discussion about canonicalization of Hebrew. (Ron Aaron, 2011 April 10)
 
 Checking runtime scripts: Thilo Six, 2012 Jun 6.
 
+Fold can't be opened after ":move". (Ein Brown)
+Patch from Christian Brabandt doesn't fix it completely.
+
 GTK: problem with 'L' in 'guioptions' changing the window width.
 (Aaron Cornelius, 2012 Feb 6)
 
@@ -52,56 +132,48 @@ The CompleteDone autocommand needs some info passed to it:
 - The word that was selected (empty if abandoned complete)
 - Type of completion: tag, omnifunc, user func.
 
-Patch for mzscheme.  (Sergey Khorev, 2012 Nov 19)
-Updated patch 2013 Jan 28.
-
-Patch to fix :s command with confirm and typing "a". (Christian Brabandt, 2012
-Oct 28)
-
-/[^\n] does match at a line break.  Expected to do the same as /.
-Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2012 Dec 1.
-Test files in archive in another message.
-
-Patch to make multibyte input work on Win32 console when codepage differs from
-'encoding'. (Ken Takata, 2012 Sep 29)
-
-Patch for building with Ruby and Cygwin. (Ken Takata, 2013 Jan 9)
-
-Patch to make 'relativenumber' show the current lnum instead of zero.
-(Nazri Ramliy, 2013 Jan 29)
-
-It's possible to define an input() function that overrides the built-in one.
-(ZyX, 2012 Sep 28)
-
-Patch to add sha256() function. (Tyru, 2013 Jan 8)
-
-Patch to make pyeval() print error messages. (ZyX, 2013 Jan 12)
+Using ":call foo#d.f()" doesn't autoload the "foo.vim" file.
+That is, calling a dictionary function on an autoloaded dict.
+Works OK for echo, just not for  ":call" and ":call call()". (Ted, 2011 Mar
+17)
+Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013 Mar 23.
+Not 100% sure this is the right solution.
 
 Win32: When a directory name contains an exclamation mark, completion doesn't
 complete the contents of the directory.  No escaping for the "!"? (Jan
 Stocker, 2012 Jan 5)
 
-Patch for Win32 clipboard under Cygwin. (Frodak Baksik, Feb 15)
-    Sutcliffe says it works well.
-    Update 2007 May 22 for Vim 7.1
-    Update 2008 Dec 2008 for Vim 7.2.xx (Sharonov)
-    Update by Ken Takata (2012 Dec 31, 2013 Jan 4, 2013 Jan 26)
-
-Problem parsing expression with function(). (Andy Wokula, 2012 Nov 22)
-Patch by Christian Brabandt, Nov 22.  Tests in another patch, Nov 23.
-
-Patch to add default value to getbufvar() et al. (Hirohito Higashi, 2013 Jan 1)
+Patch to support expression argument to sort() instead of a function name.
+Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2013 May 31.
+Or should we add a more general mechanism, like lambda functions?
 
 Problem caused by patch 7.3.638: window->open does not update window
 correctly. Issue 91.
 
-Patch to fix compiler warnings for MingW 4.5.3. (Ken Takata, 2013 Jan 26)
+Patch to fix that 'cedit' is recognized after :normal. (Christian Brabandt,
+2013 Mar 19, later message)
 
-Do allow real tags above the !_TAG entries. Undo older patch. Issue 90.
+Patch to view coverage of the tests. (Nazri Ramliy, 2013 Feb 15)
+
+Patch to invert characters differently in GTK. (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2013 May
+5)
+
+Bug with 'cursorline' in diff mode.  Line being scrolled into view gets
+highlighted as the cursor line.  (Alessandro Ivaldi, 2013 Jun 4)
+
+Patch to add the bufferlist() function. (Yegappan Lakshmanan, 2013 May 5)
+May 17: with winlist() and tabpagelist().
+May 19: with local variables.
+May 28: with options
 
 Patch to support 'u' in interactive substitute. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Sep
 28)  With tests: Oct 9.
 
+Patch to allow setting w:quickfix_title via setqflist() and setloclist()
+functions. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 May 8, update May 21)
+Patch to add getlocstack() / setlocstack(). (Christian Brabandt, 2013 May 14)
+Second one. Update May 22.
+
 Patch to make fold updates much faster. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Dec)
 
 Patch for IME handling, adds 'imactivatefunc' and 'imstatusfunc' option.
@@ -110,20 +182,24 @@ Patch to improve IME handling. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2012 Jul 18)
 
 Issue 54: document behavior of -complete, also expands arg.
 
-New syntax files for apt. (quidame, 2012 Sep 21)
+-   Add regex for 'paragraphs' and 'sections': 'parare' and 'sectre'.  Combine
+    the two into a regex for searching. (Ned Konz)
+Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013 Apr 20, unfinished.
+
+Bug: findfile("any", "http://;") returns http://any. (Andrew Pimlott, 2013 May
+7)  Not sure if that can be fixed, but when using "file://" it should be
+possible to check if the file exists.
+
+v:register is not directly reset to " after a delete command that specifies a
+register.  It is reset after the next command. (Steve Vermeulen, 2013 Mar 16)
 
 'ff' is wrong for one-line file without EOL. (Issue 77)
 
-Patch for if_lua. (Luis Carvalho, 2012 Aug 26, update Aug 29, another Aug 30,
-then Sep 1, reminder Oct 14)
+Patch to set antialiasing style on Windows. (Ondrej Balaz, 2013 Mar 14)
+Needs a different check for CLEARTYPE_QUALITY.
 
 Issue 72: 'autochdir' causes problems for :vimgrep.
 
-Undo problem: line not removed as expected when using setline() from Insert
-mode. (Israel Chauca, 2010 May 13, more in second msg)
-Break undo when CTRL-R = changes the text?  Or save more lines?
-Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2012 Nov 16.
-
 In the ATTENTION message about an existing swap file, mention the name of the
 process that is running.  It might actually be some other program, e.g. after
 a reboot.
@@ -131,9 +207,6 @@ a reboot.
 MS-Windows: Crash opening very long file name starting with "\\".
 (Christian Brock, 2012 Jun 29)
 
-It's probably a good idea to make a negative value for 'sts' use the value of
-'sw'.  Patch by So8res, Oct 3 2012
-
 patch to add "combine" flag to  syntax commands. (so8res, 2012 Dec 6)
 
 Syntax update problem in one buffer opened in two windows, bottom window is
@@ -147,10 +220,16 @@ Or use expand('<sid>')?
 
 Patch to make confirm() display colors. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Nov 9)
 
-Patch to add functions for signs. (Christian Brabandt,, 2013 Jan 27)
+Patch to add functions for signs. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 Jan 27)
 
-Patch to use directX to draw text on Windows.  Adds the 'directx' option.
-(Taro Muraoka, 2013 Jan 25)
+Patch to use directX to draw text on Windows.  Adds the 'renderoptions'
+option.  (Taro Muraoka, 2013 Jan 25, update 2013 Apr 3, May 14)
+
+Patch to add 'completeselect' option.  Specifies how to select a candidate in
+insert completion. (Shougo, 2013 May 29)
+Update to add to existing 'completeopt'. 2013 May 30
+
+Problem with refresh:always in completion. (Tyler Wade, 2013 Mar 17)
 
 b:undo_ftplugin cannot call a script-local function. (Boris Danilov, 2013 Jan
 7)
@@ -164,6 +243,9 @@ Patch to improve equivalence classes in regexp patterns.
 Patch with suggestions for starting.txt. (Tony Mechelynck, 2012 Oct 24)
 But use Gnome instead of GTK?
 
+Patch to make FocusGained and FocusLost work in modern terminals. (Hayaki
+Saito, 2013 Apr 24)
+
 Should be possible to enable/disable matchparen per window or buffer.
 Add a check for b:no_match_paren in Highlight_matching_Pair() (Marcin
 Szamotulski, 2012 Nov 8)
@@ -171,9 +253,8 @@ Szamotulski, 2012 Nov 8)
 Crash in autocmd that unloads buffers in a BufUnload event. (Andrew Pimlott,
 2012 Aug 11)  Disallow :new when BufUnload is being handled?
 
-MS-Windows ACL support doesn't work well.  Patch from Ken Takata, 2012 Aug 29.
-Update Aug 31.
-Another patch for MingW, 2012 Dec 29.
+Patch to add ":ldo" and ":cdo", execute commands over quickfix list and
+location list. (Yegappan Lakshmanan, 2013 Jun 2)
 
 MS-Windows resizing problems:
 - Windows window on screen positioning: Patch by Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2012 Jun
@@ -184,7 +265,10 @@ MS-Windows resizing problems:
 
 'iminsert' global value set when using ":setlocal iminsert"? (Wu, 2012 Jun 23)
 
-Help for b:undo_indent'. (Thilo Six, 2012 May 28)
+Patch to append regexp to tag commands to make it possible to select one out
+of many matches. (Cody Cutler, 2013 Mar 28)
+
+Help for 'b:undo_indent'. (Thilo Six, 2012 May 28)
 Also question if examples are correct.
 
 It should be possible to make globpath() return a list instead of a string,
@@ -218,23 +302,12 @@ When running Vim in silent ex mode, an existing swapfile causes Vim to wait
 for a user action without a prompt. (Maarten Billemont, 2012 Feb 3)
 Do give the prompt? Quit with an error?
 
-Patch for 'backupcopy' default behavior for symlinks on Windows. (David Pope,
-2012 Mar 21, update Mar 31)
-With fix for memory leak: Ken Takata, 2012 Aug 24
-Another update Sep 24.
-
 Patch to list user digraphs. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Apr 14)
 
 Patch for input method status. (Hirohito Higashi, 2012 Apr 18)
 
-Patch to print the result of a :python command. (Maxim Philippov
-<philippovmi@gmail.com>, 2012 Aug 16)  Update Aug 17.
-
-Problem with winfixheight and resizing. (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2011 Sep 17)
-Patch Sep 18.
-
-Patch for IME problems. Remove hacking code for old IM. (Yukihiro Nakadaira,
-2012 Jul 20)
+Patch to use .png icons for the toolbar on MS-Windows. (Martin Gieseking, 2013
+Apr 18)
 
 Patch for has('unnamedplus') docs. (Tony Mechelynck, 2011 Sep 27)
 And one for gui_x11.txt.
@@ -244,9 +317,7 @@ And one for gui_x11.txt.
     Version for latest MacVim: Tobia Conforto, 2009 Nov 23
     More recent version: https://retracile.net/wiki/VimBreakIndent
     Posted to vim-dev by Taylor Hedberg, 2011 Nov 25
-
-Problem with starting Visual block mode with :norm when 'virtualedit' is set.
-(David glts, 2012 Jun 5)
+    Update by Taylor Hedberg, 2013 May 30.
 
 ":cd" doesn't work when current directory path contains "**".
 finddir() has the same problem.  (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2012 Jan 10)
@@ -256,10 +327,9 @@ Problem with l: dictionary being locked in a function. (ZyX, 2011 Jul 21)
 
 Should use has("browsefilter") in ftplugins.  Requires patch 7.3.593.
 
-Issue 48: foldopen error can't be caught by try/catch
+Update for vim2html.pl. (Tyru, 2013 Feb 22)
 
-"dg_" deletes including the last character, "d:normal! g_" doesn't.
-(Nomen Nescio, 2012 Jun 27)
+Issue 48: foldopen error can't be caught by try/catch
 
 Patch to sort functions starting with '<' after others.  Omit dict functions,
 they can't be called. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2011 Oct 11)
@@ -272,16 +342,11 @@ Nov 20)
 Patch to improve GUI find/replace dialog. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 May 26)
 Update Jun 2.
 
-Patch to add ":py3do". (Lilydjwg, 2012 Apr 7)
-
 `] moves to character after insert, instead of the last inserted character.
 (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2011 Dec 9)
 
 Plugin for Modeleasy. (Massimiliano Tripoli, 2011 Nov 29)
 
-Updated syntax file for ssh_config, maintainer doesn't respond.
-(Leonard Ehrenfried, 2011 Sep 26)
-
 BufWinLeave triggers too late when quitting last window in a tab page. (Lech
 Lorens, 2012 Feb 21)
 
@@ -311,15 +376,9 @@ Syntax region with 'concealends' and a 'cchar' value, 'conceallevel' set to 2,
 only one of the two ends gets the cchar displayed. (Brett Stahlman, 2010 Aug
 21, Ben Fritz, 2010 Sep 14)
 
-'cursorline' is drawn incorrectly in diff mode. Patch by Christian Brabandt,
-2012 Apr 2.
-
 'cursorline' works on a text line only.  Add 'cursorscreenline' for
 highlighting the screen line. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Mar 31)
 
-Win32: Does building a 64 bit version with VC9 give warnings for int
-conversions? (Mike Williams)
-
 Win32: Patch to use task dialogs when available. (Sergiu Dotenco, 2011 Sep 17)
 New feature, requires testing.  Made some remarks.
 
@@ -360,9 +419,6 @@ The error was 'RenderBadPicture (invalid Picture parameter)'.
    backtrace from your debugger if you break on the gdk_x_error() function.)
 Check that number of pixels doesn't go above 65535?
 
-popup completion menu closes quickly when there is a fold in the buffer. (Jan
-Christoph Ebersbach, 2011 Jul 3)
-
 Windows keys not set properly on Windows 7?  (cncyber, 2010 Aug 26)
 
 When using a Vim server, a # in the path causes an error message.
@@ -387,12 +443,17 @@ Using ":break" or something else that stops executing commands inside a
 
 Vim using lots of memory when joining lines. (John Little, 2010 Dec 3)
 
+BT regexp engine: After trying a \@> match and failing, submatches are not
+cleared.  See test64.
+
 Changes to manpage plugin. (Elias Toivanen, 2011 Jul 25)
 
 Patch to make "z=" work when 'spell' is off.  Does this have nasty side
 effects?  (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Aug 5)
 Would also need to do this for spellbadword() and spellsuggest().
 
+Patch for variable tabstops.
+
 On 64 bit MS-Windows "long" is only 32 bits, but we sometimes need to store a
 64 bits value.  Change all number options to use nropt_T and define it to the
 right type.
@@ -402,11 +463,6 @@ string() can't parse back "inf" and "nan".  Fix documentation or fix code?
 
 Make 'formatprg' global-local. (Sung Pae)
 
-When a buffer-local mapping is used, but a global mapping starts with the same
-characters, Vim currently waits for the next typed character to find out if
-the global mapping matches.  It is probably better to let the local mapping
-win and not wait. (discussion with Andy Wokula, 2013 Jan 30)
-
 When doing "redir => s:foo" in a script and then "redir END" somewhere else
 (e.g. in a function) it can't find s:foo.
 
@@ -517,6 +573,9 @@ Experimental patch by Christian Brabandt, 2012 Apr 19.
 Editing a file with a ^M with 'ff' set to "mac", opening a help file, then the
 ^M is displayed as ^J sometimes.  Getting 'ff' value from wrong window/buffer?
 
+'colorcolumn' has higher priority than hlsearch.  Should probably be the other
+way around. (Nazri Ramliy, 2013 Feb 19)
+
 When Vim is put in the background (SIGTSTP) and then gets a SIGHUP it doesn't
 exit.  It exists as soon as back in the foreground. (Stephen Liang, 2011 Jan
 9)  Caused by vim_handle_signal(SIGNAL_BLOCK); in ui.c.
@@ -527,8 +586,31 @@ the command line. (Ingo Karkat, 2011 Jan 25)
 Since patch 7.2.46 Yankring plugin has become very slow, eventually make Vim
 crash? (Raiwil, 2010 Nov 17)
 
-Python: Adding line to buffer other than the current one doesn't work
-correctly. (Rozbujnik, 2010 Dec 19)
+Does not work with NFA regexp engine:
+- \%u, \%x, \%o, \%d followed by a composing character
+
+Regexp engine performance:
+- Profiling:
+	./vim -u NONE -s ~/vim/test/ruby.vim
+	./vim -u NONE -s ~/vim/test/loop.vim
+	./vim -u NONE -s ~/vim/test/alsa.vim
+	./vim -s ~/vim/test/todo.vim
+	./vim -s ~/vim/test/xml.vim
+    Dominique Pelle:  xmlSyncDT is particularly slow (Jun 7)
+- More test files from the src/pkg/regexp/testdata directory in the Go repo.
+- Performance tests:
+  - Using asciidoc syntax. (Marek Schimara, 2013 Jun 6)
+  - ~/vim/text/FeiqCfg.xml (file from Netjune)
+  - ~/vim/text/edl.svg  (also XML)
+  - glts has five tests. (May 25)
+  - ~/vim/test/slowsearch
+  - ~/vim/test/rgb.vim
+  - search for  a.*e*exn  in the vim executable.  Go to last line to use
+    'hlsearch'.
+  - Slow combination of folding and PHP syntax highlighting.  Script to
+    reproduce it.  Caused by "syntax sync fromstart" in combination with patch
+    7.2.274.  (Christian Brabandt, 2010 May 27) Generally, folding with
+    'foldmethod' set to "syntax" is slow.  Do profiling to find out why.
 
 Patch to add 'systemencoding', convert between 'encoding' and this for file
 names, shell commands and the like.  (Kikuchan, 2010 Oct 14)
@@ -694,20 +776,11 @@ Problem with stop directory in findfile(). (Adam Simpkins, 2009 Aug 26)
 Using ']' as the end of a range in a pattern requires double escaping:
      /[@-\\]]  (Andy Wokula, 2011 Jun 28)
 
-Slow combination of folding and PHP syntax highlighting.  Script to reproduce
-it.  Caused by "syntax sync fromstart" in combination with patch 7.2.274.
-(Christian Brabandt, 2010 May 27)
-Generally, folding with 'foldmethod' set to "syntax" is slow.  Do profiling to
-find out why.
-
 Syntax priority problem. (Charles Campbell, 2011 Sep 15)
 
 When completion inserts the first match, it may trigger the line to be folded.
 Disable updating folds while completion is active? (Peter Odding, 2010 Jun 9)
 
-Using ":call foo#d.f()" doesn't autoload the "foo.vim" file.  Works OK for
-echo, just not for  ":call" and ":call call()". (Ted, 2011 Mar 17)
-
 When a:base in 'completefunc' starts with a number it's passed as a number,
 not a string. (Sean Ma)  Need to add flag to call_func_retlist() to force a
 string value.
@@ -892,9 +965,6 @@ shellescape() depends on 'shellshash' for quoting.  That doesn't work when
 Use a different option or let it depend on whether 'shell' looks like a
 unix-like shell?
 
-Allow patches to add something to version.c, like with an official patch, so
-that :version output shows which patches have been applied.
-
 Bug: in Ex mode (after "Q") backslash before line break, when yanked into a
 register and executed, results in <Nul>: instead of line break.
 (Konrad Schwarz, 2010 Apr 16)
@@ -921,6 +991,7 @@ ATTENTION message?  (Tony Mechelynck, 2008 Dec 1)
 Also: swap files are in ~/tmp/  One has relative file name ".mozilla/...".
 
 Add v:motion_force. (Kana Natsuno, 2008 Dec 6)
+Maybe call it v:motiontype.
 
 Runtime files for Clojure. (Toralf Wittner, 2008 Jun 25)
 
@@ -1041,6 +1112,14 @@ Oct 19)  Check for "col" being "MAXCOL" separately?
 Unexpectedly inserting a double quote. (Anton Woellert, 2008 Mar 23)
 Works OK when 'cmdheight' is 2.
 
+8   Use a mechanism similar to omni completion to figure out the kind of tab
+    for CTRL-] and jump to the appropriate matching tag (if there are
+    several).
+    Alternative: be able to define a function that takes the tag name and uses
+    taglist() to find the right location.  With indication of using CTRL-] so
+    that the context can be taken into account. (Robert Webb)
+Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013 May 31.
+
 Test54 should not use shell commands.  Make it portable.
 
 The utf class table is missing some entries:
@@ -1108,18 +1187,6 @@ Would be more consistent when an existing tab is re-used. (Tony Mechelynck)
 
 Add ":nofold".  Range will apply without expanding to closed fold.
 
-Including NFA regexp code:
-Use "\%#= to set the engine: 0 = automatic, 1 = backtracking, 2 = new.
-Useful in tests.
-Performance tests:
-- ~/vim/test/veryslow.js (file from Daniel Fetchinson)
-- ~/vim/test/slowsearch
-- ~/vim/test/rgb.vim
-- ~/vim/text/FeiqCfg.xml (file from Netjune)
-- ~/vim/text/edl.svg  (also XML)
-- search for  a.*e*exn  in the vim executable.  Go to last line to use
-  'hlsearch'.
-
 Using Aap to build Vim: add remarks about how to set personal preferences.
 Example on http://www.calmar.ws/tmp/aap.html
 
@@ -1352,9 +1419,6 @@ if_ruby.c.
 
 ":helpgrep" should use the directory from 'helpfile'.
 
-Patch to dynamically load Python on Solaris. (Danek Duvall, 2009 Feb 16)
-Needs more work.
-
 The need_fileinfo flag is messy.  Instead make the message right away and put
 it in keep_msg?
 
@@ -1396,9 +1460,6 @@ When doing ":quit" the Netbeans "killed" event isn't sent.  (Xavier de Gaye,
 2008 Nov 10)  call netbeans_file_closed() at the end of buf_freeall(), or in
 all places where buf_freeall() is called?
 
-":python os.chdir('/tmp')" makes short buffer names invalid. (Xavier de Gaye)
-Check directory and call shorten_fnames()?
-
 aucmd_prepbuf() should also use a window in another tab page.
 
 When unloading a buffer in a BufHidden autocommand the hidden flag is reset?
@@ -1434,9 +1495,6 @@ somehow?  Or use a new function.
 
 Mac: Using gvim: netrw window disappears. (Nick Lo, 2006 Jun 21)
 
-Mac: OS/X 10.4 with Python 2.5 installed: configure finds an extra argument
-that breaks the build. (Brian Victor, 2008 Sep 1)
-
 Add an option to specify the character to use when a double-width character is
 moved to the next line.  Default '>', set to a space to blank it out.  Check
 that char is single width when it's set (compare with 'listchars').
@@ -1573,9 +1631,6 @@ resulting in highlighted "{" in that window, not in the other.
 In mswin.vim: Instead of mapping <C-V> for Insert mode in a complicated way,
 can it be done like ":imap <C-V> <MiddleMouse>" without negative side effects?
 
-Completion menu disappears when using 'cursorcolumn'. (Sven-Hendrik Haase,
-2011 May 23)
-
 GTK: when the Tab pages bar appears or disappears while the window is
 maximized the window is no longer maximized.  Patch that has some idea but
 doesn't work from Geoffrey Antos, 2008 May 5.
@@ -1681,10 +1736,8 @@ Patch to support horizontal scroll wheel in GTK. Untested. (Bjorn Winckler,
 2010 Jun 30)
 
 
-At next release 7.4:
+At next release:
 -   Build a huge version by default.
--   Rename src/Makefile and create a new one like toplevel Makefile that
-    creates auto/config.mk when it's not there? (Ben Schmidt, 2011 Feb 11)
 -   Improve plugin handling: Automatic updates, handle dependencies?
     E.g. Vundle: https://github.com/gmarik/vundle
 
@@ -1726,7 +1779,6 @@ More patches:
     more friendly for the Vim distribution.
     New version received 2008 Jan 6.
     No maintenance in two years...
--   Patch to access screen under Python. (Marko Mahni, 2010 Jul 18)
 -   Patch to open dropped files in new tabs. (Michael Trim, 2010 Aug 3)
 
 Awaiting updated patches:
@@ -2278,8 +2330,6 @@ Macintosh:
     the :catch commands are always executed, also when the file is edited
     normally.  Should reset did_emsg and undo side effects.  Also make sure
     the ATTENTION message shows up.  Servatius Brandt works on this.
-8   ":g//" gives "Pattern not found error" with E486.  Should not use the
-    error number, it's not a regular error message.
 7   Vimtutor leaves escape sequence in terminal. This is the xterm response to
     requesting the version number.  (Yasuhiro Matsumoto)
 8   When redirecting and using ":silent" the current column for displaying and
@@ -2307,7 +2357,6 @@ Macintosh:
 8   When doing Insert mode completion a mapping cannot recursively call
     edit(), because the completion information is global.  Put everything in
     an allocated structure?
-6   Python: ":py raw_input('prompt')" doesn't work. (Manu Hack)
 8   Command line completion: buffers "foo.txt" and "../b/foo.txt", completing
     ":buf foo<Tab>" doesn't find the second one. (George V. Reilly)
 7   mb_off2cells() doesn't work correctly on the tail byte of a double-byte
@@ -3556,12 +3605,6 @@ Tags:
     make the filename or the whole option use |wildcards| globing, better
     would be to merge the 2 kinds of globing. originally (Erik Falor, 2008
     April 18), updated (Ian Kelling, 2008 July 4)
-8   Use a mechanism similar to omni completion to figure out the kind of tab
-    for CTRL-] and jump to the appropriate matching tag (if there are
-    several).
-    Alternative: be able to define a function that takes the tag name and uses
-    taglist() to find the right location.  With indication of using CTRL-] so
-    that the context can be taken into account. (Robert Webb)
 7   Can CTRL-] (jump to tag) include a following "." and "->" to restrict the
     number of possible matches? Check tags file for an item that has members.
     (Flemming Madsen)
@@ -3604,9 +3647,6 @@ Tags:
 Win32 GUI:
 8   Make debug mode work while starting up (vim -D).  Open console window for
     the message and input?
-7   The Python interface only works with one version of Python, selected at
-    compile time.  Can this be made to work with version 2.1 and 2.2
-    dynamically?
 7   GvimExt: when there are several existing Vims, move the list to a submenu.
     (Mike McCollister)
 8   When using "Edit with Vim" for one file it changes directory, when several
@@ -3968,9 +4008,6 @@ Command line completion:
 
 
 Command line history:
-9   Remember which command lines were actually typed and were not loaded from
-    viminfo.  When writing viminfo append only these lines, so that lines from
-    other Vim's are not overwritten.
 -   Add "KeyWasTyped" flag: It's reset before each command and set when a
     character from the keyboard is consumed. Value is used to decide to put a
     command line in history or not. Put line in history if it didn't
@@ -4159,7 +4196,7 @@ Select mode:
 8   In blockwise mode, typed characters are inserted in front of the block,
     backspace deletes a column before the block. (Steve Hall)
 7   Alt-leftmouse starts block mode selection in MS Word.
-    See http://www.vim.org/tips/tip.php?tip_id=743
+    See http://vim.wikia.com/wiki/Use_Alt-Mouse_to_select_blockwise.
 7   Add Cmdline-select mode.  Like Select mode, but used on the command line.
     - Change gui_send_mouse_event() to pass on mouse events when 'mouse'
       contains 'C' or 'A'.
@@ -4227,7 +4264,7 @@ More advanced repeating commands:
 -   Add "." command for visual mode: redo last visual command (e.g. ":fmt").
 7   Repeating "d:{cmd}" with "." doesn't work. (Benji Fisher)  Somehow remember
     the command line so that it can be repeated?
--   Add "gn": repeat last movement command.  Including count.
+-   Add command to repeat last movement.  Including count.
 -   Add "." command after operator: repeat last command of same operator.  E.g.
     "c." will repeat last change, also when "x" used since then (Webb).
     "y." will repeat last yank.
@@ -4824,8 +4861,6 @@ Debug mode:
 
 
 Various improvements:
-9   Python: be able to define a Python function that can be called directly
-    from Vim script.  Requires converting the arguments and return value.
 7   Add plugins for formatting?  Should be able to make a choice depending on
     the language of a file (English/Korean/Japanese/etc.).
     Setting the 'langformat' option to "chinese" would load the
@@ -4850,7 +4885,6 @@ Various improvements:
 7   Allow a window not to have a statusline.  Makes it possible to use a
     window as a buffer-tab selection.
 8   Allow non-active windows to have a different statusline. (Yakov Lerner)
-6   Python interface: add vim.message() function. (Michal Vitecek, 2002 Nov 5)
 7   Support using ":vert" with User commands.  Add expandable items <vert>.
     Do the same for ":browse" and ":confirm"?
     For ":silent" and ":debug" apply to the whole user command.
@@ -5081,8 +5115,6 @@ Various improvements:
 -   Add a variant of CTRL-V that stops interpretation of more than one
     character.	For entering mappings on the command line where a key contains
     several special characters, e.g. a trailing newline.
--   Add regex for 'paragraphs' and 'sections': 'parare' and 'sectre'.  Combine
-    the two into a regex for searching. (Ned Konz)
 -   Make '2' option in 'formatoptions' also work inside comments.
 -   Add 's' flag to 'formatoptions': Do not break when inside a string. (Dodt)
 -   When window size changed (with the mouse) and made too small, set it back

runtime/doc/usr_08.txt

@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ side by side.  All this is possible with split windows.
 |08.6|	Commands for all windows
 |08.7|	Viewing differences with vimdiff
 |08.8|	Various
-|08.9|  Tab pages
+|08.9|	Tab pages
 
      Next chapter: |usr_09.txt|  Using the GUI
  Previous chapter: |usr_07.txt|  Editing more than one file

runtime/doc/usr_28.txt

@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ This chapter explains the different ways this can be done.
 |28.7|	Folding by syntax
 |28.8|	Folding by expression
 |28.9|	Folding unchanged lines
-|28.10| Which fold method to use?
+|28.10|	Which fold method to use?
 
      Next chapter: |usr_29.txt|  Moving through programs
  Previous chapter: |usr_27.txt|  Search commands and patterns

runtime/doc/usr_41.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Oct 13
+*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Feb 20
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -863,12 +863,15 @@ Window size and position:			*window-size-functions*
 	winsaveview()		get view of current window
 	winrestview()		restore saved view of current window
 
-Various:					*various-functions*
-	mode()			get current editing mode
-	visualmode()		last visual mode used
+Mappings:				    *mapping-functions*
 	hasmapto()		check if a mapping exists
 	mapcheck()		check if a matching mapping exists
 	maparg()		get rhs of a mapping
+	wildmenumode()		check if the wildmode is active
+
+Various:					*various-functions*
+	mode()			get current editing mode
+	visualmode()		last visual mode used
 	exists()		check if a variable, function, etc. exists
 	has()			check if a feature is supported in Vim
 	changenr()		return number of most recent change

runtime/doc/usr_toc.txt

@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ Subjects that can be read independently.
 		|28.7|	Folding by syntax
 		|28.8|	Folding by expression
 		|28.9|	Folding unchanged lines
-		|28.10| Which fold method to use?
+		|28.10|	Which fold method to use?
 
 |usr_29.txt|  Moving through programs
 		|29.1|	Using tags

runtime/doc/various.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*various.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Dec 06
+*various.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 May 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ N  *+mouse_sysmouse*	Unix only: *BSD console mouse handling |sysmouse|
 B  *+mouse_sgr*		Unix only: sgr mouse handling |sgr-mouse|
 B  *+mouse_urxvt*	Unix only: urxvt mouse handling |urxvt-mouse|
 N  *+mouse_xterm*	Unix only: xterm mouse handling |xterm-mouse|
-B  *+multi_byte*	16 and 32 bit characters |multibyte|
+N  *+multi_byte*	16 and 32 bit characters |multibyte|
    *+multi_byte_ime*	Win32 input method for multibyte chars |multibyte-ime|
 N  *+multi_lang*	non-English language support |multi-lang|
 m  *+mzscheme*		Mzscheme interface |mzscheme|

runtime/doc/vim-fr.1

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
-.\" Traduction Lundi 7 ao<61>t 2000 par Richard Hitier
+.\" Traduction lundi 7 ao<61>t 2000 par Richard Hitier
 .\" (richard.hitier@dial.oleane.com)
 .\" Mise <20> jour de la traduction par David Blanchet
 .\" (david.blanchet@free.fr) 2006-06-10
 .\" Mise <20> jour de la traduction par Dominique Pell<6C>
-.\" (dominique.pelle@gmail.com) 2008-11-29
+.\" (dominique.pelle@gmail.com) 2013-05-10
 .\"
-.TH VIM 1 "22 F<EFBFBD>vrier 2002"
+.TH VIM 1 "22 f<EFBFBD>vrier 2002"
 .SH NOM
 vim \- Vi IMproved, <20>diteur de texte pour programmeurs
 .SH SYNOPSIS
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ Ex
 {commande} est interpr<70>t<EFBFBD>e comme une commande Ex.
 Si la {commande} contient des espaces, elle doit <20>tre entour<75>e
 de doubles-apostrophes (cela d<>pend du shell utilis<69>).
-Exemple: Vim "+set si" main.c
+Exemple : Vim "+set si" main.c
 .br
 Note : vous pouvez utiliser jusqu'<27> 10 commandes "+" ou "\-c".
 .TP
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Fonctionne comme vimdiff(1).
 \-d {p<>riph}
 Ouvre {p<>riph} pour l'utiliser comme terminal.
 Uniquement sur Amiga.
-Exemple:
+Exemple :
 "\-d con:20/30/600/150".
 .TP
 \-D
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ quitte.
 Si
 .B Vim
 a <20>t<EFBFBD> compil<69> avec le support de la fonctionnalit<69> RIGHTLEFT pour l'<27>dition de
-fichiers de droite <20> gauche et les claviers h<>breu, cette option lance
+fichiers de droite <20> gauche et les claviers h<>breux, cette option lance
 .B Vim
 en mode H<>breu, c.-<2D>-d. avec les options 'hkmap' et 'rightleft' activ<69>es.
 Sinon, un message d'erreur est <20>mis et
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ Mode restreint. Fonctionne comme si l'ex
 \-\-
 D<EFBFBD>limite la fin des options.
 Les arguments qui suivent seront consid<69>r<EFBFBD>s comme des noms de fichiers.
-Cela permet d'<27>diter des fichier d<>butant par un '\-'.
+Cela permet d'<27>diter des fichiers d<>butant par un '\-'.
 .TP
 \-\-echo\-wid
 IHM graphique GTK uniquement : retourne la Window ID sur stdout.
@@ -586,4 +586,4 @@ Cette page de manuel a
 .br
 Cette page de manuel a <20>t<EFBFBD> mise <20> jour par David Blanchet.
 <david.blanchet@free.fr> 2006-04-10.
-Mise <20> jour 2012-05-06, Dominique Pell<6C> <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>
+Mise <20> jour 2013-05-10, Dominique Pell<6C> <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>

runtime/doc/vim-fr.UTF-8.1

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
-.\" Traduction Lundi 7 août 2000 par Richard Hitier
+.\" Traduction lundi 7 août 2000 par Richard Hitier
 .\" (richard.hitier@dial.oleane.com)
 .\" Mise à jour de la traduction par David Blanchet
 .\" (david.blanchet@free.fr) 2006-06-10
 .\" Mise à jour de la traduction par Dominique Pellé
-.\" (dominique.pelle@gmail.com) 2008-11-29
+.\" (dominique.pelle@gmail.com) 2013-05-10
 .\"
-.TH VIM 1 "22 Février 2002"
+.TH VIM 1 "22 février 2002"
 .SH NOM
 vim \- Vi IMproved, éditeur de texte pour programmeurs
 .SH SYNOPSIS
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ Exécute {commande} après la lecture du premier fichier.
 {commande} est interprétée comme une commande Ex.
 Si la {commande} contient des espaces, elle doit être entourée
 de doubles-apostrophes (cela dépend du shell utilisé).
-Exemple: Vim "+set si" main.c
+Exemple : Vim "+set si" main.c
 .br
 Note : vous pouvez utiliser jusqu'à 10 commandes "+" ou "\-c".
 .TP
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Fonctionne comme vimdiff(1).
 \-d {périph}
 Ouvre {périph} pour l'utiliser comme terminal.
 Uniquement sur Amiga.
-Exemple:
+Exemple :
 "\-d con:20/30/600/150".
 .TP
 \-D
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ quitte.
 Si
 .B Vim
 a été compilé avec le support de la fonctionnalité RIGHTLEFT pour l'édition de
-fichiers de droite à gauche et les claviers hébreu, cette option lance
+fichiers de droite à gauche et les claviers hébreux, cette option lance
 .B Vim
 en mode Hébreu, c.-à-d. avec les options 'hkmap' et 'rightleft' activées.
 Sinon, un message d'erreur est émis et
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ Mode restreint. Fonctionne comme si l'exécutable commençait par la lettre 'r'.
 \-\-
 Délimite la fin des options.
 Les arguments qui suivent seront considérés comme des noms de fichiers.
-Cela permet d'éditer des fichier débutant par un '\-'.
+Cela permet d'éditer des fichiers débutant par un '\-'.
 .TP
 \-\-echo\-wid
 IHM graphique GTK uniquement : retourne la Window ID sur stdout.
@@ -586,4 +586,4 @@ Cette page de manuel a été traduite par Richard Hitier.
 .br
 Cette page de manuel a été mise à jour par David Blanchet.
 <david.blanchet@free.fr> 2006-04-10.
-Mise à jour 2012-05-06, Dominique Pellé <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>
+Mise à jour par Dominique Pellé <dominique.pelle@gmail.com> 2013-05-10

runtime/doc/xxd-fr.1

@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ fichier n'est pas adressable, seuls les vides sont autoris
 combl<EFBFBD>s par des octets nuls.
 .PP
 .I xxd \-r
-ne g<>n<EFBFBD>re aucune erreur lors de l'analyse. Le probl<62>me sont pass<73>s
+ne g<>n<EFBFBD>re aucune erreur lors de l'analyse. Les probl<62>mes sont pass<73>s
 silencieusement.
 .PP
 Lors de l'<27>dition de la repr<70>sentation hexad<61>cimale, veuillez noter que
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ Convertir le fichier de l'exemple pr
 000fffc: 0000 0000 40                   ....A
 .PP
 Cr<EFBFBD>er un fichier d'un octet, contenant seulement le caract<63>re 'A'.
-Les nombres apr<70>s '\-r \-s' s'ajoutent au num<75>ros de lignes trouv<75>es dans le
+Le nombre apr<70>s '\-r \-s' s'ajoute aux num<75>ros de lignes trouv<75>es dans le
 fichier ; les octets initiaux sont supprim<69>s.
 .br
 \fI% echo '010000: 41' | xxd \-r \-s \-0x10000 \> fichier\fR
@@ -393,4 +393,4 @@ Modifications mineures par Bram Moolenaar.
 .SH TRADUCTION
 Cette page de manuel a <20>t<EFBFBD> traduite par David Blanchet
 <david.blanchet@free.fr> 2004-12-24.
-Mise <20> jour 2012-05-06, Dominique Pell<6C> <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>
+Mise <20> jour 2013-05-10, Dominique Pell<6C> <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>

runtime/doc/xxd-fr.UTF-8.1

@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ fichier n'est pas adressable, seuls les vides sont autorisés, et ils seront
 comblés par des octets nuls.
 .PP
 .I xxd \-r
-ne génère aucune erreur lors de l'analyse. Le problème sont passés
+ne génère aucune erreur lors de l'analyse. Les problèmes sont passés
 silencieusement.
 .PP
 Lors de l'édition de la représentation hexadécimale, veuillez noter que
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ Convertir le fichier de l'exemple précédent avec la fonctionnalité "autoskip"
 000fffc: 0000 0000 40                   ....A
 .PP
 Créer un fichier d'un octet, contenant seulement le caractère 'A'.
-Les nombres après '\-r \-s' s'ajoutent au numéros de lignes trouvées dans le
+Le nombre après '\-r \-s' s'ajoute aux numéros de lignes trouvées dans le
 fichier ; les octets initiaux sont supprimés.
 .br
 \fI% echo '010000: 41' | xxd \-r \-s \-0x10000 \> fichier\fR
@@ -393,4 +393,4 @@ Modifications mineures par Bram Moolenaar.
 .SH TRADUCTION
 Cette page de manuel a été traduite par David Blanchet
 <david.blanchet@free.fr> 2004-12-24.
-Mise à jour 2012-05-06, Dominique Pellé <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>
+Mise à jour 2013-05-10, Dominique Pellé <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>

runtime/filetype.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim support file to detect file types
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2012 Nov 28
+" Last Change:	2013 Jun 12
 
 " Listen very carefully, I will say this only once
 if exists("did_load_filetypes")
@@ -139,6 +139,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead .arch-inventory,=tagging-method	setf arch
 " ART*Enterprise (formerly ART-IM)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.art			setf art
 
+" AsciiDoc
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.asciidoc		setf asciidoc
+
 " ASN.1
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.asn,*.asn1		setf asn
 
@@ -325,6 +328,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead calendar			setf calendar
 " C#
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cs			setf cs
 
+" CSDL
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.csdl			setf csdl
+
 " Cabal
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cabal			setf cabal
 
@@ -489,6 +495,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.prg
 	\   setf clipper |
 	\ endif
 
+" Clojure
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.clj,*.cljs		setf clojure
+
 " Cmake
 au BufNewFile,BufRead CMakeLists.txt,*.cmake,*.cmake.in		setf cmake
 
@@ -743,11 +752,13 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mo,*.gdmo		setf gdmo
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ged,lltxxxxx.txt	setf gedcom
 
 " Git
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/COMMIT_EDITMSG 	setf gitcommit
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/COMMIT_EDITMSG	setf gitcommit
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/MERGE_MSG		setf gitcommit
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/config,.gitconfig,.gitmodules setf gitconfig
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/modules/**/COMMIT_EDITMSG setf gitcommit
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/modules/**/config 	setf gitconfig
-au BufNewFile,BufRead git-rebase-todo      	setf gitrebase
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/modules/**/config	setf gitconfig
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */.config/git/config	setf gitconfig
+au BufNewFile,BufRead git-rebase-todo		setf gitrebase
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .msg.[0-9]*
       \ if getline(1) =~ '^From.*# This line is ignored.$' |
       \   setf gitsendemail |
@@ -774,7 +785,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead gnashrc,.gnashrc,gnashpluginrc,.gnashpluginrc setf gnash
 " Gitolite
 au BufNewFile,BufRead gitolite.conf		setf gitolite
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */gitolite-admin/conf/*	call s:StarSetf('gitolite')
-au BufNewFile,BufRead {,.}gitolite.rc,example.gitolite.rc 	setf perl
+au BufNewFile,BufRead {,.}gitolite.rc,example.gitolite.rc	setf perl
 
 " Gnuplot scripts
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.gpi			setf gnuplot
@@ -859,6 +870,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/hosts.allow,*/etc/hosts.deny  setf hostsaccess
 " Hyper Builder
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hb			setf hb
 
+" Httest
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.htt,*.htb		setf httest
+
 " Icon
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.icn			setf icon
 
@@ -1075,6 +1089,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *[mM]akefile,*.mk,*.mak,*.dsp setf make
 " MakeIndex
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ist,*.mst		setf ist
 
+" Mallard
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.page			setf mallard
+
 " Manpage
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.man			setf man
 
@@ -1088,7 +1105,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mv,*.mpl,*.mws		setf maple
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.map			setf map
 
 " Markdown
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.markdown,*.mdown,*.mkd,*.mkdn,README.md  setf markdown
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.markdown,*.mdown,*.mkd,*.mkdn,*.mdwn,README.md  setf markdown
 
 " Mason
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mason,*.mhtml		setf mason
@@ -1534,6 +1551,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pdb			setf prolog
 " Promela
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pml			setf promela
 
+" Google protocol buffers
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.proto			setf proto
+
 " Protocols
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/protocols		setf protocols
 
@@ -1634,6 +1654,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead resolv.conf		setf resolv
 " Relax NG Compact
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rnc			setf rnc
 
+" Relax NG XML
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rng			setf rng
+
 " RPL/2
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rpl			setf rpl
 
@@ -2184,8 +2207,12 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.uc			setf uc
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/updatedb.conf	setf updatedb
 
 " Upstart (init(8)) config files
-au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/init/*.conf,*/.init/*.conf          setf upstart
-au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/init/*.override,*/.init/*.override  setf upstart
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */usr/share/upstart/*.conf               setf upstart
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */usr/share/upstart/*.override           setf upstart
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/init/*.conf,*/etc/init/*.override  setf upstart
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */.init/*.conf,*/.init/*.override        setf upstart
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */.config/upstart/*.conf                 setf upstart
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */.config/upstart/*.override             setf upstart
 
 " Vera
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.vr,*.vri,*.vrh		setf vera
@@ -2395,10 +2422,10 @@ endfunc
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.yaml,*.yml		setf yaml
 
 " yum conf (close enough to dosini)
-au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/yum.conf 		setf dosini
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/yum.conf		setf dosini
 
 " Zimbu
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.zu 			setf zimbu
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.zu			setf zimbu
 
 " Zope
 "   dtml (zope dynamic template markup language), pt (zope page template),
@@ -2543,6 +2570,20 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *termcap*
 	\|  let b:ptcap_type = "term" | call s:StarSetf('ptcap')
 	\|endif
 
+" ReDIF
+" Only used when the .rdf file was not detected to be XML.
+au BufRead,BufNewFile *.rdf			call s:Redif()
+func! s:Redif()
+  let lnum = 1
+  while lnum <= 5 && lnum < line('$')
+    if getline(lnum) =~ "^\ctemplate-type:"
+      setf redif
+      return
+    endif
+    let lnum = lnum + 1
+  endwhile
+endfunc
+
 " Remind
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .reminders*		call s:StarSetf('remind')
 
@@ -2571,7 +2612,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *xmodmap*			call s:StarSetf('xmodmap')
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/xinetd.d/*		call s:StarSetf('xinetd')
 
 " yum conf (close enough to dosini)
-au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/yum.repos.d/* 	call s:StarSetf('dosini')
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/yum.repos.d/*	call s:StarSetf('dosini')
 
 " Z-Shell script
 au BufNewFile,BufRead zsh*,zlog*		call s:StarSetf('zsh')

runtime/ftplugin/aap.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	Aap recipe
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2003 Nov 04
+" Last Change:	2013 Apr 05
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl fo< com< et<"
 setlocal fo-=t fo+=croql
 
 " Set 'comments' to format dashed lists in comments.
-setlocal comments=s:#\ -,m:#\ \,e:#,n:#,fb:-
+setlocal comments=s:#\ -,m:#\ \ ,e:#,n:#,fb:-
 
 " Expand tabs to spaces to avoid trouble.
 setlocal expandtab

runtime/ftplugin/abap.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:	ABAP
+" Author:	Steven Oliver <oliver.steven@gmail.com>
+" Copyright:	Copyright (c) 2013 Steven Oliver
+" License:	You may redistribute this under the same terms as Vim itself
+" --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
+if (exists("b:did_ftplugin"))
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+setlocal softtabstop=2 shiftwidth=2
+setlocal suffixesadd=.abap
+
+" Windows allows you to filter the open file dialog
+if has("gui_win32") && !exists("b:browsefilter")
+  let b:browsefilter = "ABAP Source Files (*.abap)\t*.abap\n" .
+                     \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
+endif
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
+
+" vim: set sw=4 sts=4 et tw=80 :

runtime/ftplugin/ada.vim

@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 "		Neil Bird <neil@fnxweb.com>
 "      $Author: krischik $
 "	 $Date: 2008-07-08 16:29:01 +0200 (Di, 08 Jul 2008) $
-"      Version: 4.6
+"      Version: 4.6 with patch from David Bürgin
 "    $Revision: 887 $
 "     $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/ftplugin/ada.vim $
 "      History: 24.05.2006 MK Unified Headers
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ set cpoptions-=C
 
 " Section: Comments  {{{1
 "
-setlocal comments=O:--,:--\ \
+setlocal comments=O:--,:--\ \ 
 setlocal commentstring=--\ \ %s
 setlocal complete=.,w,b,u,t,i
 

runtime/ftplugin/clojure.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:     Clojure
+" Author:       Meikel Brandmeyer <mb@kotka.de>
+"
+" Maintainer:   Sung Pae <self@sungpae.com>
+" URL:          https://github.com/guns/vim-clojure-static
+" License:      Same as Vim
+" Last Change:  30 January 2013
+
+" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+    finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setlocal define< formatoptions< comments< commentstring<'
+
+" There will be false positives, but this is better than missing the whole set
+" of user-defined def* definitions.
+setlocal define=\\v[(/]def(ault)@!\\S*
+
+" Remove 't' from 'formatoptions' to avoid auto-wrapping code. The '+=croql'
+" is standard ftplugin boilerplate, although it is arguably intrusive.
+setlocal formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=croql
+
+" Lisp comments are routinely nested (e.g. ;;; SECTION HEADING)
+setlocal comments=n:;
+setlocal commentstring=;\ %s
+
+" Provide insert mode completions for special forms and clojure.core. As
+" 'omnifunc' is set by popular Clojure REPL client plugins, we also set
+" 'completefunc' so that the user has some form of completion available when
+" 'omnifunc' is set and no REPL connection exists.
+for s:setting in ['omnifunc', 'completefunc']
+    if exists('&' . s:setting) && empty(eval('&' . s:setting))
+        execute 'setlocal ' . s:setting . '=clojurecomplete#Complete'
+        let b:undo_ftplugin .= ' | setlocal ' . s:setting . '<'
+    endif
+endfor
+
+" Take all directories of the CLOJURE_SOURCE_DIRS environment variable
+" and add them to the path option.
+"
+" This is a legacy option for VimClojure users.
+if exists('$CLOJURE_SOURCE_DIRS')
+    for s:dir in split($CLOJURE_SOURCE_DIRS, (has("win32") || has("win64")) ? ';' : ':')
+        let s:dir = fnameescape(s:dir)
+        " Whitespace escaping for Windows
+        let s:dir = substitute(s:dir, '\', '\\\\', 'g')
+        let s:dir = substitute(s:dir, '\ ', '\\ ', 'g')
+        execute "setlocal path+=" . s:dir . "/**"
+    endfor
+    let b:undo_ftplugin .= ' | setlocal path<'
+endif
+
+" Skip brackets in ignored syntax regions when using the % command
+if exists('loaded_matchit')
+    let b:match_words = &matchpairs
+    let b:match_skip = 's:comment\|string\|regex\|character'
+    let b:undo_ftplugin .= ' | unlet! b:match_words b:match_skip'
+endif
+
+" Win32 can filter files in the browse dialog
+if has("gui_win32") && !exists("b:browsefilter")
+    let b:browsefilter = "Clojure Source Files (*.clj)\t*.clj\n" .
+                       \ "ClojureScript Source Files (*.cljs)\t*.cljs\n" .
+                       \ "Java Source Files (*.java)\t*.java\n" .
+                       \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
+    let b:undo_ftplugin .= ' | unlet! b:browsefilter'
+endif
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+
+unlet! s:cpo_save s:setting s:dir
+
+" vim:sts=4 sw=4 et:

runtime/ftplugin/cucumber.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:	Cucumber
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:	2010 Aug 09
+" Last Change:	2013 Jun 01
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if (exists("b:did_ftplugin"))
@@ -9,6 +9,9 @@ if (exists("b:did_ftplugin"))
 endif
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
 setlocal formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=croql
 setlocal comments=:# commentstring=#\ %s
 setlocal omnifunc=CucumberComplete
@@ -18,11 +21,27 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl fo< com< cms< ofu<"
 let b:cucumber_root = expand('%:p:h:s?.*[\/]\%(features\|stories\)\zs[\/].*??')
 
 if !exists("g:no_plugin_maps") && !exists("g:no_cucumber_maps")
-  nmap <silent><buffer> <C-]>       :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('edit',v:count)<CR>
-  nmap <silent><buffer> <C-W>]      :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('split',v:count)<CR>
-  nmap <silent><buffer> <C-W><C-]>  :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('split',v:count)<CR>
-  nmap <silent><buffer> <C-W>}      :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('pedit',v:count)<CR>
-  let b:undo_ftplugin .= "| sil! iunmap! <C-]>| sil! iunmap! <C-W>]| sil! iunmap! <C-W><C-]>| sil! iunmap! <C-W>}"
+  nnoremap <silent><buffer> <C-]>       :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('edit',v:count)<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent><buffer> [<C-D>      :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('edit',v:count)<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent><buffer> ]<C-D>      :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('edit',v:count)<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent><buffer> <C-W>]      :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('split',v:count)<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent><buffer> <C-W><C-]>  :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('split',v:count)<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent><buffer> <C-W>d      :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('split',v:count)<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent><buffer> <C-W><C-D>  :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('split',v:count)<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent><buffer> <C-W>}      :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('pedit',v:count)<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent><buffer> [d          :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('pedit',v:count)<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent><buffer> ]d          :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('pedit',v:count)<CR>
+  let b:undo_ftplugin .=
+        \ "|sil! nunmap <buffer> <C-]>" .
+        \ "|sil! nunmap <buffer> [<C-D>" .
+        \ "|sil! nunmap <buffer> ]<C-D>" .
+        \ "|sil! nunmap <buffer> <C-W>]" .
+        \ "|sil! nunmap <buffer> <C-W><C-]>" .
+        \ "|sil! nunmap <buffer> <C-W>d" .
+        \ "|sil! nunmap <buffer> <C-W><C-D>" .
+        \ "|sil! nunmap <buffer> <C-W>}" .
+        \ "|sil! nunmap <buffer> [d" .
+        \ "|sil! nunmap <buffer> ]d"
 endif
 
 function! s:jump(command,count)
@@ -38,7 +57,7 @@ function! s:jump(command,count)
 endfunction
 
 function! s:allsteps()
-  let step_pattern = '\C^\s*\K\k*\>\s*\zs\S.\{-\}\ze\s*\%(do\|{\)\s*\%(|[^|]*|\s*\)\=\%($\|#\)'
+  let step_pattern = '\C^\s*\K\k*\>\s*(\=\s*\zs\S.\{-\}\ze\s*)\=\s*\%(do\|{\)\s*\%(|[^|]*|\s*\)\=\%($\|#\)'
   let steps = []
   for file in split(glob(b:cucumber_root.'/**/*.rb'),"\n")
     let lines = readfile(file)
@@ -55,7 +74,7 @@ function! s:allsteps()
 endfunction
 
 function! s:steps(lnum)
-  let c = indent(a:lnum) + 1
+  let c = match(getline(a:lnum), '\S') + 1
   while synIDattr(synID(a:lnum,c,1),'name') !~# '^$\|Region$'
     let c = c + 1
   endwhile
@@ -129,4 +148,7 @@ function! CucumberComplete(findstart,base) abort
   return sort(steps)
 endfunction
 
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo
+
 " vim:set sts=2 sw=2:

runtime/ftplugin/eruby.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:		eRuby
 " Maintainer:		Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:		2012 Mar 11
-" URL:			http://vim-ruby.rubyforge.org
-" Anon CVS:		See above site
+" URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
@@ -23,12 +21,11 @@ if !exists("g:eruby_default_subtype")
   let g:eruby_default_subtype = "html"
 endif
 
-if !exists("b:eruby_subtype")
+if &filetype =~ '^eruby\.'
+  let b:eruby_subtype = matchstr(&filetype,'^eruby\.\zs\w\+')
+elseif !exists("b:eruby_subtype")
   let s:lines = getline(1)."\n".getline(2)."\n".getline(3)."\n".getline(4)."\n".getline(5)."\n".getline("$")
   let b:eruby_subtype = matchstr(s:lines,'eruby_subtype=\zs\w\+')
-  if b:eruby_subtype == ''
-    let b:eruby_subtype = matchstr(&filetype,'^eruby\.\zs\w\+')
-  endif
   if b:eruby_subtype == ''
     let b:eruby_subtype = matchstr(substitute(expand("%:t"),'\c\%(\.erb\|\.eruby\|\.erubis\)\+$','',''),'\.\zs\w\+$')
   endif

runtime/ftplugin/falcon.vim

@@ -1,10 +1,9 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:     Falcon
 " Author:       Steven Oliver <oliver.steven@gmail.com>
-" Copyright:    Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 Steven Oliver
+" Copyright:    Copyright (c) 2009-2013 Steven Oliver
 " License:      You may redistribute this under the same terms as Vim itself
 " --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-" GetLatestVimScripts: 2762 1 :AutoInstall: falcon.vim
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if (exists("b:did_ftplugin"))
@@ -15,7 +14,7 @@ let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
-setlocal tabstop=4 shiftwidth=4 expandtab fileencoding=utf-8
+setlocal softtabstop=4 shiftwidth=4 fileencoding=utf-8
 setlocal suffixesadd=.fal,.ftd
 
 " Matchit support
@@ -31,7 +30,6 @@ if exists("loaded_matchit") && !exists("b:match_words")
 	\ ',{:},\[:\],(:)'
 endif
 
-" Set comments to include dashed lines
 setlocal comments=sO:*\ -,mO:*\ \ ,exO:*/,s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,://
 
 " Windows allows you to filter the open file dialog

runtime/ftplugin/git.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:	generic git output
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
+" Last Change:	2013 May 30
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if (exists("b:did_ftplugin"))

runtime/ftplugin/gitcommit.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:	git commit file
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:	2012 April 7
+" Last Change:	2013 May 30
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if (exists("b:did_ftplugin"))
@@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ endif
 runtime! ftplugin/git.vim
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 
-setlocal nomodeline
+setlocal nomodeline tabstop=8 formatoptions-=croq formatoptions+=tl
 
-let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setl modeline<'
+let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setl modeline< tabstop< formatoptions<'
 
 if &textwidth == 0
   " make sure that log messages play nice with git-log on standard terminals

runtime/ftplugin/gprof.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+" Language:    gprof
+" Maintainer:  Dominique Pelle <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>
+" Last Change: 2013 Jun 09
+
+" When cursor is on one line of the gprof call graph,
+" calling this function jumps to this function in the call graph.
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin=1
+
+fun! <SID>GprofJumpToFunctionIndex()
+  let l:line = getline('.')
+  if l:line =~ '[\d\+\]$'
+    " We're in a line in the call graph.
+    norm! $y%
+    call search('^' . escape(@", '[]'), 'sw')
+    norm! zz
+  elseif l:line =~ '^\(\s\+[0-9\.]\+\)\{3}\s\+'
+    " We're in line in the flat profile.
+    norm! 55|eby$
+    call search('^\[\d\+\].*\d\s\+' .  escape(@", '[]*.') . '\>', 'sW')
+    norm! zz
+  endif
+endfun
+
+" Pressing <C-]> on a line in the gprof flat profile or in
+" the call graph, jumps to the corresponding function inside
+" the flat profile.
+map <buffer> <silent> <C-]> :call <SID>GprofJumpToFunctionIndex()<CR>
+
+" vim:sw=2 fdm=indent

runtime/ftplugin/haml.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
-" Language:		Haml
-" Maintainer:		Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:		2012 Mar 11
+" Language:	Haml
+" Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
+" Last Change:	2013 Jun 01
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ let s:match_words = ""
 
 runtime! ftplugin/html.vim ftplugin/html_*.vim ftplugin/html/*.vim
 unlet! b:did_ftplugin
+set matchpairs-=<:>
 
 " Override our defaults if these were set by an included ftplugin.
 if exists("b:undo_ftplugin")

runtime/ftplugin/lisp.vim

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 " URL:		 http://sites.google.com/site/khorser/opensource/vim
 " Original author:    Dorai Sitaram <ds26@gte.com>
 " Original URL:		 http://www.ccs.neu.edu/~dorai/vimplugins/vimplugins.html
-" Last Change:   Mar 5, 2012
+" Last Change:   Feb 12, 2013
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -19,10 +19,11 @@ setl define=^\\s*(def\\k*
 setl formatoptions-=t
 setl iskeyword+=+,-,*,/,%,<,=,>,:,$,?,!,@-@,94
 setl lisp
+setl commentstring=;%s
 
 " make comments behaviour like in c.vim
 " e.g. insertion of ;;; and ;; on normal "O" or "o" when staying in comment
 setl comments^=:;;;,:;;,sr:#\|,mb:\|,ex:\|#
 setl formatoptions+=croql
 
-let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal comments< define< formatoptions< iskeyword< lisp<"
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal comments< define< formatoptions< iskeyword< lisp< commentstring<"

runtime/ftplugin/make.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	Make
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2006 Jun 17
+" Last Change:	2013 Apr 22
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -26,3 +26,8 @@ setlocal commentstring=#\ %s
 
 " Including files.
 let &l:include = '^\s*include'
+
+" For matchit.vim, suggested by Albert Netymk.
+if exists("loaded_matchit")
+  let b:match_words = '\<if\(n\)\=\(eq\|def\)\>:\<else\>:\<endif\>,\<define\>:\<endef\>'
+endif

runtime/ftplugin/markdown.vim

@@ -1,17 +1,16 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:		Markdown
 " Maintainer:		Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:		2011 Dec 14
+" Last Change:		2013 May 30
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
   finish
 endif
 
 runtime! ftplugin/html.vim ftplugin/html_*.vim ftplugin/html/*.vim
-unlet! b:did_ftplugin
 
 setlocal comments=fb:*,fb:-,fb:+,n:> commentstring=>\ %s
-setlocal formatoptions+=tcqln
+setlocal formatoptions+=tcqln formatoptions-=r formatoptions-=o
 setlocal formatlistpat=^\\s*\\d\\+\\.\\s\\+\\\|^[-*+]\\s\\+
 
 if exists('b:undo_ftplugin')

runtime/ftplugin/perl.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,9 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
-" Language:     Perl
-" Maintainer:   Andy Lester <andy@petdance.com>
-" URL:          http://github.com/petdance/vim-perl
-" Last Change:  2012 Mar 11
+" Language:      Perl
+" Maintainer:    vim-perl <vim-perl@googlegroups.com>
+" Homepage:      http://github.com/vim-perl/vim-perl
+" Bugs/requests: http://github.com/vim-perl/vim-perl/issues
+" Last Change:   2013-05-11
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
@@ -12,7 +13,8 @@ let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 let s:save_cpo = &cpo
 set cpo-=C
 
-setlocal formatoptions+=crq
+setlocal formatoptions-=t
+setlocal formatoptions+=crqol
 setlocal keywordprg=perldoc\ -f
 
 setlocal comments=:#
@@ -29,7 +31,7 @@ endif
 " Provided by Ned Konz <ned at bike-nomad dot com>
 "---------------------------------------------
 setlocal include=\\<\\(use\\\|require\\)\\>
-setlocal includeexpr=substitute(substitute(v:fname,'::','/','g'),'$','.pm','')
+setlocal includeexpr=substitute(substitute(substitute(v:fname,'::','/','g'),'->\*','',''),'$','.pm','')
 setlocal define=[^A-Za-z_]
 
 " The following line changes a global variable but is necessary to make
@@ -38,7 +40,7 @@ setlocal define=[^A-Za-z_]
 " problem for you, add an after/ftplugin/perl.vim file that contains
 "       set isfname-=:
 set isfname+=:
-"setlocal iskeyword=48-57,_,A-Z,a-z,:
+set iskeyword+=:
 
 " Set this once, globally.
 if !exists("perlpath")
@@ -60,13 +62,27 @@ if !exists("perlpath")
     endif
 endif
 
-let &l:path=perlpath
+" Append perlpath to the existing path value, if it is set.  Since we don't
+" use += to do it because of the commas in perlpath, we have to handle the
+" global / local settings, too.
+if &l:path == ""
+    if &g:path == ""
+        let &l:path=perlpath
+    else
+        let &l:path=&g:path.",".perlpath
+    endif
+else
+    let &l:path=&l:path.",".perlpath
+endif
 "---------------------------------------------
 
 " Undo the stuff we changed.
-let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal fo< com< cms< inc< inex< def< isf< kp<" .
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal fo< com< cms< inc< inex< def< isf< kp< path<" .
 	    \	      " | unlet! b:browsefilter"
 
+" proper matching for matchit plugin
+let b:match_skip = 's:comment\|string\|perlQQ\|perlShellCommand\|perlHereDoc\|perlSubstitution\|perlTranslation\|perlMatch\|perlFormatField'
+
 " Restore the saved compatibility options.
 let &cpo = s:save_cpo
 unlet s:save_cpo

runtime/ftplugin/perl6.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,10 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
-" Language:     Perl 6
-" Maintainer:   Andy Lester <andy@petdance.com>
-" URL:          http://github.com/petdance/vim-perl/tree/master
-" Last Change:  2012 Mar 11
-" Contributors: Hinrik Örn Sigurðsson <hinrik.sig@gmail.com>
+" Language:      Perl 6
+" Maintainer:    vim-perl <vim-perl@googlegroups.com>
+" Homepage:      http://github.com/vim-perl/vim-perl
+" Bugs/requests: http://github.com/vim-perl/vim-perl/issues
+" Last Change:   2013-05-11
+" Contributors:  Hinrik Örn Sigurðsson <hinrik.sig@gmail.com>
 "
 " Based on ftplugin/perl.vim by Dan Sharp <dwsharp at hotmail dot com>
 
@@ -15,16 +16,19 @@ let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 let s:save_cpo = &cpo
 set cpo-=C
 
-setlocal formatoptions+=crq
+setlocal formatoptions-=t
+setlocal formatoptions+=crqol
+setlocal keywordprg=p6doc
+
 setlocal comments=:#
 setlocal commentstring=#%s
 
 " Change the browse dialog on Win32 to show mainly Perl-related files
 if has("gui_win32")
     let b:browsefilter = "Perl Source Files (*.pl)\t*.pl\n" .
-		       \ "Perl Modules (*.pm)\t*.pm\n" .
-		       \ "Perl Documentation Files (*.pod)\t*.pod\n" .
-		       \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
+               \ "Perl Modules (*.pm)\t*.pm\n" .
+               \ "Perl Documentation Files (*.pod)\t*.pod\n" .
+               \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
 endif
 
 " Provided by Ned Konz <ned at bike-nomad dot com>
@@ -39,10 +43,34 @@ setlocal define=[^A-Za-z_]
 " after/ftplugin/perl6.vim file that contains
 "       set isfname-=:
 set isfname+=:
+setlocal iskeyword=48-57,_,A-Z,a-z,:,-
+
+" Set this once, globally.
+if !exists("perlpath")
+    if executable("perl6")
+        try
+            if &shellxquote != '"'
+                let perlpath = system('perl6 -e  "@*INC.join(q/,/).say"')
+            else
+                let perlpath = system("perl6 -e  '@*INC.join(q/,/).say'")
+            endif
+            let perlpath = substitute(perlpath,',.$',',,','')
+        catch /E145:/
+            let perlpath = ".,,"
+        endtry
+    else
+        " If we can't call perl to get its path, just default to using the
+        " current directory and the directory of the current file.
+        let perlpath = ".,,"
+    endif
+endif
+
+let &l:path=perlpath
+"---------------------------------------------
 
 " Undo the stuff we changed.
 let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal fo< com< cms< inc< inex< def< isk<" .
-	    \         " | unlet! b:browsefilter"
+        \         " | unlet! b:browsefilter"
 
 " Restore the saved compatibility options.
 let &cpo = s:save_cpo

runtime/ftplugin/ruby.vim

@@ -1,17 +1,10 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:		Ruby
-" Maintainer:		Gavin Sinclair <gsinclair at gmail.com>
-" Last Change:		2010 Mar 15
-" URL:			http://vim-ruby.rubyforge.org
-" Anon CVS:		See above site
+" Maintainer:		Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
+" URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:  Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
 " ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-"
-" Original matchit support thanks to Ned Konz.  See his ftplugin/ruby.vim at
-"   http://bike-nomad.com/vim/ruby.vim.
-" ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if (exists("b:did_ftplugin"))
   finish
 endif
@@ -21,7 +14,7 @@ let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
 if has("gui_running") && !has("gui_win32")
-  setlocal keywordprg=ri\ -T
+  setlocal keywordprg=ri\ -T\ -f\ bs
 else
   setlocal keywordprg=ri
 endif
@@ -49,7 +42,7 @@ endif
 
 setlocal formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=croql
 
-setlocal include=^\\s*\\<\\(load\\\|\w*require\\)\\>
+setlocal include=^\\s*\\<\\(load\\>\\\|require\\>\\\|autoload\\s*:\\=[\"']\\=\\h\\w*[\"']\\=,\\)
 setlocal includeexpr=substitute(substitute(v:fname,'::','/','g'),'$','.rb','')
 setlocal suffixesadd=.rb
 
@@ -69,41 +62,90 @@ endif
 setlocal comments=:#
 setlocal commentstring=#\ %s
 
-if !exists("s:ruby_path")
-  if exists("g:ruby_path")
-    let s:ruby_path = g:ruby_path
-  elseif has("ruby") && has("win32")
-    ruby VIM::command( 'let s:ruby_path = "%s"' % ($: + begin; require %q{rubygems}; Gem.all_load_paths.sort.uniq; rescue LoadError; []; end).join(%q{,}) )
-    let s:ruby_path = '.,' . substitute(s:ruby_path, '\%(^\|,\)\.\%(,\|$\)', ',,', '')
-  elseif executable("ruby")
-    let s:code = "print ($: + begin; require %q{rubygems}; Gem.all_load_paths.sort.uniq; rescue LoadError; []; end).join(%q{,})"
-    if &shellxquote == "'"
-      let s:ruby_path = system('ruby -e "' . s:code . '"')
-    else
-      let s:ruby_path = system("ruby -e '" . s:code . "'")
-    endif
-    let s:ruby_path = '.,' . substitute(s:ruby_path, '\%(^\|,\)\.\%(,\|$\)', ',,', '')
+if !exists('g:ruby_version_paths')
+  let g:ruby_version_paths = {}
+endif
+
+function! s:query_path(root)
+  let code = "print $:.join %q{,}"
+  if &shell =~# 'sh' && $PATH !~# '\s'
+    let prefix = 'env PATH='.$PATH.' '
   else
-    " If we can't call ruby to get its path, just default to using the
-    " current directory and the directory of the current file.
-    let s:ruby_path = ".,,"
+    let prefix = ''
+  endif
+  if &shellxquote == "'"
+    let path_check = prefix.'ruby -e "' . code . '"'
+  else
+    let path_check = prefix."ruby -e '" . code . "'"
+  endif
+
+  let cd = haslocaldir() ? 'lcd' : 'cd'
+  let cwd = getcwd()
+  try
+    exe cd fnameescape(a:root)
+    let path = split(system(path_check),',')
+    exe cd fnameescape(cwd)
+    return path
+  finally
+    exe cd fnameescape(cwd)
+  endtry
+endfunction
+
+function! s:build_path(path)
+  let path = join(map(copy(a:path), 'v:val ==# "." ? "" : v:val'), ',')
+  if &g:path !~# '\v^\.%(,/%(usr|emx)/include)=,,$'
+    let path = substitute(&g:path,',,$',',','') . ',' . path
+  endif
+  return path
+endfunction
+
+if !exists('b:ruby_version') && !exists('g:ruby_path') && isdirectory(expand('%:p:h'))
+  let s:version_file = findfile('.ruby-version', '.;')
+  if !empty(s:version_file)
+    let b:ruby_version = get(readfile(s:version_file, '', 1), '')
+    if !has_key(g:ruby_version_paths, b:ruby_version)
+      let g:ruby_version_paths[b:ruby_version] = s:query_path(fnamemodify(s:version_file, ':p:h'))
+    endif
   endif
 endif
 
-let &l:path = s:ruby_path
+if exists("g:ruby_path")
+  let s:ruby_path = type(g:ruby_path) == type([]) ? join(g:ruby_path, ',') : g:ruby_path
+elseif has_key(g:ruby_version_paths, get(b:, 'ruby_version', ''))
+  let s:ruby_paths = g:ruby_version_paths[b:ruby_version]
+  let s:ruby_path = s:build_path(s:ruby_paths)
+else
+  if !exists('g:ruby_default_path')
+    if has("ruby") && has("win32")
+      ruby ::VIM::command( 'let g:ruby_default_path = split("%s",",")' % $:.join(%q{,}) )
+    elseif executable('ruby')
+      let g:ruby_default_path = s:query_path($HOME)
+    else
+      let g:ruby_default_path = map(split($RUBYLIB,':'), 'v:val ==# "." ? "" : v:val')
+    endif
+  endif
+  let s:ruby_paths = g:ruby_default_path
+  let s:ruby_path = s:build_path(s:ruby_paths)
+endif
+
+if stridx(&l:path, s:ruby_path) == -1
+  let &l:path = s:ruby_path
+endif
+if exists('s:ruby_paths') && stridx(&l:tags, join(map(copy(s:ruby_paths),'v:val."/tags"'),',')) == -1
+  let &l:tags = &tags . ',' . join(map(copy(s:ruby_paths),'v:val."/tags"'),',')
+endif
 
 if has("gui_win32") && !exists("b:browsefilter")
   let b:browsefilter = "Ruby Source Files (*.rb)\t*.rb\n" .
                      \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
 endif
 
-let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl fo< inc< inex< sua< def< com< cms< path< kp<"
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl fo< inc< inex< sua< def< com< cms< path< tags< kp<"
       \."| unlet! b:browsefilter b:match_ignorecase b:match_words b:match_skip"
       \."| if exists('&ofu') && has('ruby') | setl ofu< | endif"
       \."| if has('balloon_eval') && exists('+bexpr') | setl bexpr< | endif"
 
 if !exists("g:no_plugin_maps") && !exists("g:no_ruby_maps")
-
   nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [m :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<def\>','rubyDefine','b','n')<CR>
   nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]m :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<def\>','rubyDefine','','n')<CR>
   nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [M :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<end\>','rubyDefine','b','n')<CR>
@@ -126,6 +168,26 @@ if !exists("g:no_plugin_maps") && !exists("g:no_ruby_maps")
         \."| sil! exe 'unmap <buffer> [[' | sil! exe 'unmap <buffer> ]]' | sil! exe 'unmap <buffer> []' | sil! exe 'unmap <buffer> ]['"
         \."| sil! exe 'unmap <buffer> [m' | sil! exe 'unmap <buffer> ]m' | sil! exe 'unmap <buffer> [M' | sil! exe 'unmap <buffer> ]M'"
 
+  if maparg('im','n') == ''
+    onoremap <silent> <buffer> im :<C-U>call <SID>wrap_i('[m',']M')<CR>
+    onoremap <silent> <buffer> am :<C-U>call <SID>wrap_a('[m',']M')<CR>
+    xnoremap <silent> <buffer> im :<C-U>call <SID>wrap_i('[m',']M')<CR>
+    xnoremap <silent> <buffer> am :<C-U>call <SID>wrap_a('[m',']M')<CR>
+    let b:undo_ftplugin = b:undo_ftplugin
+          \."| sil! exe 'ounmap <buffer> im' | sil! exe 'ounmap <buffer> am'"
+          \."| sil! exe 'xunmap <buffer> im' | sil! exe 'xunmap <buffer> am'"
+  endif
+
+  if maparg('iM','n') == ''
+    onoremap <silent> <buffer> iM :<C-U>call <SID>wrap_i('[[','][')<CR>
+    onoremap <silent> <buffer> aM :<C-U>call <SID>wrap_a('[[','][')<CR>
+    xnoremap <silent> <buffer> iM :<C-U>call <SID>wrap_i('[[','][')<CR>
+    xnoremap <silent> <buffer> aM :<C-U>call <SID>wrap_a('[[','][')<CR>
+    let b:undo_ftplugin = b:undo_ftplugin
+          \."| sil! exe 'ounmap <buffer> iM' | sil! exe 'ounmap <buffer> aM'"
+          \."| sil! exe 'xunmap <buffer> iM' | sil! exe 'xunmap <buffer> aM'"
+  endif
+
   if maparg("\<C-]>",'n') == ''
     nnoremap <silent> <buffer> <C-]>       :<C-U>exe  v:count1."tag <C-R>=RubyCursorIdentifier()<CR>"<CR>
     nnoremap <silent> <buffer> g<C-]>      :<C-U>exe         "tjump <C-R>=RubyCursorIdentifier()<CR>"<CR>
@@ -142,6 +204,17 @@ if !exists("g:no_plugin_maps") && !exists("g:no_ruby_maps")
           \."| sil! exe 'nunmap <buffer> <C-W>g<C-]>'| sil! exe 'nunmap <buffer> <C-W>g]'"
           \."| sil! exe 'nunmap <buffer> <C-W>}'| sil! exe 'nunmap <buffer> <C-W>g}'"
   endif
+
+  if maparg("gf",'n') == ''
+    " By using findfile() rather than gf's normal behavior, we prevent
+    " erroneously editing a directory.
+    nnoremap <silent> <buffer> gf         :<C-U>exe <SID>gf(v:count1,"gf",'edit')<CR>
+    nnoremap <silent> <buffer> <C-W>f     :<C-U>exe <SID>gf(v:count1,"\<Lt>C-W>f",'split')<CR>
+    nnoremap <silent> <buffer> <C-W><C-F> :<C-U>exe <SID>gf(v:count1,"\<Lt>C-W>\<Lt>C-F>",'split')<CR>
+    nnoremap <silent> <buffer> <C-W>gf    :<C-U>exe <SID>gf(v:count1,"\<Lt>C-W>gf",'tabedit')<CR>
+    let b:undo_ftplugin = b:undo_ftplugin
+          \."| sil! exe 'nunmap <buffer> gf' | sil! exe 'nunmap <buffer> <C-W>f' | sil! exe 'nunmap <buffer> <C-W><C-F>' | sil! exe 'nunmap <buffer> <C-W>gf'"
+  endif
 endif
 
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
@@ -191,7 +264,7 @@ function! RubyBalloonexpr()
     if str !~ '^\w'
       return ''
     endif
-    silent! let res = substitute(system("ri -f simple -T \"".str.'"'),'\n$','','')
+    silent! let res = substitute(system("ri -f rdoc -T \"".str.'"'),'\n$','','')
     if res =~ '^Nothing known about' || res =~ '^Bad argument:' || res =~ '^More than one method'
       return ''
     endif
@@ -202,29 +275,57 @@ function! RubyBalloonexpr()
 endfunction
 
 function! s:searchsyn(pattern,syn,flags,mode)
-    norm! m'
-    if a:mode ==# 'v'
-      norm! gv
-    endif
-    let i = 0
-    let cnt = v:count ? v:count : 1
-    while i < cnt
-        let i = i + 1
-        let line = line('.')
-        let col  = col('.')
-        let pos = search(a:pattern,'W'.a:flags)
-        while pos != 0 && s:synname() !~# a:syn
-            let pos = search(a:pattern,'W'.a:flags)
-        endwhile
-        if pos == 0
-            call cursor(line,col)
-            return
-        endif
+  norm! m'
+  if a:mode ==# 'v'
+    norm! gv
+  endif
+  let i = 0
+  let cnt = v:count ? v:count : 1
+  while i < cnt
+    let i = i + 1
+    let line = line('.')
+    let col  = col('.')
+    let pos = search(a:pattern,'W'.a:flags)
+    while pos != 0 && s:synname() !~# a:syn
+      let pos = search(a:pattern,'W'.a:flags)
     endwhile
+    if pos == 0
+      call cursor(line,col)
+      return
+    endif
+  endwhile
 endfunction
 
 function! s:synname()
-    return synIDattr(synID(line('.'),col('.'),0),'name')
+  return synIDattr(synID(line('.'),col('.'),0),'name')
+endfunction
+
+function! s:wrap_i(back,forward)
+  execute 'norm k'.a:forward
+  let line = line('.')
+  execute 'norm '.a:back
+  if line('.') == line - 1
+    return s:wrap_a(a:back,a:forward)
+  endif
+  execute 'norm jV'.a:forward.'k'
+endfunction
+
+function! s:wrap_a(back,forward)
+  execute 'norm '.a:forward
+  if line('.') < line('$') && getline(line('.')+1) ==# ''
+    let after = 1
+  endif
+  execute 'norm '.a:back
+  while getline(line('.')-1) =~# '^\s*#' && line('.')
+    -
+  endwhile
+  if exists('after')
+    execute 'norm V'.a:forward.'j'
+  elseif line('.') > 1 && getline(line('.')-1) =~# '^\s*$'
+    execute 'norm kV'.a:forward
+  else
+    execute 'norm V'.a:forward
+  endif
 endfunction
 
 function! RubyCursorIdentifier()
@@ -241,6 +342,26 @@ function! RubyCursorIdentifier()
   return stripped == '' ? expand("<cword>") : stripped
 endfunction
 
+function! s:gf(count,map,edit) abort
+  if getline('.') =~# '^\s*require_relative\s*\(["'']\).*\1\s*$'
+    let target = matchstr(getline('.'),'\(["'']\)\zs.\{-\}\ze\1')
+    return a:edit.' %:h/'.target.'.rb'
+  elseif getline('.') =~# '^\s*\%(require[( ]\|load[( ]\|autoload[( ]:\w\+,\)\s*\s*\%(::\)\=File\.expand_path(\(["'']\)\.\./.*\1,\s*__FILE__)\s*$'
+    let target = matchstr(getline('.'),'\(["'']\)\.\./\zs.\{-\}\ze\1')
+    return a:edit.' %:h/'.target.'.rb'
+  elseif getline('.') =~# '^\s*\%(require \|load \|autoload :\w\+,\)\s*\(["'']\).*\1\s*$'
+    let target = matchstr(getline('.'),'\(["'']\)\zs.\{-\}\ze\1')
+  else
+    let target = expand('<cfile>')
+  endif
+  let found = findfile(target, &path, a:count)
+  if found ==# ''
+    return 'norm! '.a:count.a:map
+  else
+    return a:edit.' '.fnameescape(found)
+  endif
+endfunction
+
 "
 " Instructions for enabling "matchit" support:
 "

runtime/ftplugin/scheme.vim

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 " URL:		 http://sites.google.com/site/khorser/opensource/vim
 " Original author:    Dorai Sitaram <ds26@gte.com>
 " Original URL:		 http://www.ccs.neu.edu/~dorai/vimplugins/vimplugins.html
-" Last Change:   Mar 5, 2012
+" Last Change:   Feb 12, 2013
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ setl define=^\\s*(def\\k*
 setl formatoptions-=t
 setl iskeyword+=+,-,*,/,%,<,=,>,:,$,?,!,@-@,94
 setl lisp
+setl commentstring=;%s
 
 " make comments behaviour like in c.vim
 " e.g. insertion of ;;; and ;; on normal "O" or "o" when staying in comment
@@ -44,4 +45,4 @@ if exists("b:is_chicken") || exists("is_chicken")
     setl lispwords+=cond-expand,and-let*,foreign-lambda,foreign-lambda*
 endif
 
-let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal comments< define< formatoptions< iskeyword< lispwords< lisp<"
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal comments< define< formatoptions< iskeyword< lispwords< lisp< commentstring<"

runtime/ftplugin/sql.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " SQL filetype plugin file
 " Language:    SQL (Common for Oracle, Microsoft SQL Server, Sybase)
-" Version:     10.0
+" Version:     11.0
 " Maintainer:  David Fishburn <dfishburn dot vim at gmail dot com>
-" Last Change: 2012 Dec 04
+" Last Change: 2013 May 13
 " Download:    http://vim.sourceforge.net/script.php?script_id=454
 
 " For more details please use:
@@ -36,6 +36,10 @@
 "
 " History
 "
+" Version 11.0 (May 2013)
+"
+" NF: Updated to use SyntaxComplete's new regex support for syntax groups.
+"
 " Version 10.0 (Dec 2012)
 "
 " NF: Changed all maps to use noremap instead of must map
@@ -189,7 +193,7 @@ if !exists("*SQL_SetType")
 
         " Remove any cached SQL since a new sytax will have different
         " items and groups
-        if !exists('g:loaded_sql_completion') || 100 == g:loaded_sql_completion
+        if !exists('g:loaded_sql_completion') || g:loaded_sql_completion >= 100
             call sqlcomplete#ResetCacheSyntax()
         endif
 
@@ -458,6 +462,8 @@ if exists('&omnifunc')
     " OMNI function prior to setting up the SQL OMNI function
     let b:sql_compl_savefunc = &omnifunc
 
+    " Source it to determine it's version
+    runtime autoload/sqlcomplete.vim
     " This is used by the sqlcomplete.vim plugin
     " Source it for it's global functions
     runtime autoload/syntaxcomplete.vim
@@ -466,14 +472,20 @@ if exists('&omnifunc')
     " Prevent the intellisense plugin from loading
     let b:sql_vis = 1
     if !exists('g:omni_sql_no_default_maps')
+        let regex_extra = ''
+        if exists('g:loaded_syntax_completion') && exists('g:loaded_sql_completion')
+            if g:loaded_syntax_completion > 120 && g:loaded_sql_completion > 140
+                let regex_extra = '\\w*'
+            endif
+        endif
         " Static maps which use populate the completion list
         " using Vim's syntax highlighting rules
         exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'a <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("syntax")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
-        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'k <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("sqlKeyword")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
-        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'f <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("sqlFunction")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
-        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'o <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("sqlOption")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
-        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'T <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("sqlType")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
-        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'s <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("sqlStatement")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
+        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'k <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("sqlKeyword'.regex_extra.'")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
+        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'f <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("sqlFunction'.regex_extra.'")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
+        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'o <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("sqlOption'.regex_extra.'")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
+        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'T <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("sqlType'.regex_extra.'")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
+        exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'s <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("sqlStatement'.regex_extra.'")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
         " Dynamic maps which use populate the completion list
         " using the dbext.vim plugin
         exec 'inoremap <buffer> '.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key.'t <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map("table")<CR><C-X><C-O>'
@@ -510,4 +522,3 @@ let &cpo = s:save_cpo
 unlet s:save_cpo
 
 " vim:sw=4:
-

runtime/ftplugin/xs.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,9 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
-" Language:     XS (Perl extension interface language)
-" Maintainer:   Andy Lester <andy@petdance.com>
-" URL:          http://github.com/petdance/vim-perl
-" Last Change:  2009-08-14
+" Language:      XS (Perl extension interface language)
+" Maintainer:    vim-perl <vim-perl@googlegroups.com>
+" Homepage:      http://github.com/vim-perl/vim-perl
+" Bugs/requests: http://github.com/vim-perl/vim-perl/issues
+" Last Change:   2009-08-14
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")

runtime/indent/clojure.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,398 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language:     Clojure
+" Author:       Meikel Brandmeyer <mb@kotka.de>
+" URL:          http://kotka.de/projects/clojure/vimclojure.html
+"
+" Maintainer:   Sung Pae <self@sungpae.com>
+" URL:          https://github.com/guns/vim-clojure-static
+" License:      Same as Vim
+" Last Change:  30 January 2013
+
+" Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
+if exists("b:did_indent")
+    finish
+endif
+let b:did_indent = 1
+
+let s:save_cpo = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+let b:undo_indent = 'setlocal autoindent< smartindent< lispwords< expandtab< softtabstop< shiftwidth< indentexpr< indentkeys<'
+
+setlocal noautoindent nosmartindent
+setlocal softtabstop=2 shiftwidth=2 expandtab
+setlocal indentkeys=!,o,O
+
+if exists("*searchpairpos")
+
+    if !exists('g:clojure_maxlines')
+        let g:clojure_maxlines = 100
+    endif
+
+    if !exists('g:clojure_fuzzy_indent')
+        let g:clojure_fuzzy_indent = 1
+    endif
+
+    if !exists('g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns')
+        let g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns = ['^with', '^def', '^let']
+    endif
+
+    if !exists('g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist')
+        let g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist = ['-fn$', '\v^with-%(meta|out-str|loading-context)$']
+    endif
+
+    if !exists('g:clojure_special_indent_words')
+        let g:clojure_special_indent_words = 'deftype,defrecord,reify,proxy,extend-type,extend-protocol,letfn'
+    endif
+
+    if !exists('g:clojure_align_multiline_strings')
+        let g:clojure_align_multiline_strings = 0
+    endif
+
+    function! s:SynIdName()
+        return synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 0), "name")
+    endfunction
+
+    function! s:CurrentChar()
+        return getline('.')[col('.')-1]
+    endfunction
+
+    function! s:CurrentWord()
+        return getline('.')[col('.')-1 : searchpos('\v>', 'n', line('.'))[1]-2]
+    endfunction
+
+    function! s:IsParen()
+        return s:CurrentChar() =~ '\v[\(\)\[\]\{\}]' &&
+             \ s:SynIdName() !~? '\vstring|comment'
+    endfunction
+
+    " Returns 1 if string matches a pattern in 'patterns', which may be a
+    " list of patterns, or a comma-delimited string of implicitly anchored
+    " patterns.
+    function! s:MatchesOne(patterns, string)
+        let list = type(a:patterns) == type([])
+                   \ ? a:patterns
+                   \ : map(split(a:patterns, ','), '"^" . v:val . "$"')
+        for pat in list
+            if a:string =~ pat | return 1 | endif
+        endfor
+    endfunction
+
+    function! s:SavePosition()
+        let [ _b, l, c, _o ] = getpos(".")
+        let b = bufnr("%")
+        return [b, l, c]
+    endfunction
+
+    function! s:RestorePosition(value)
+        let [b, l, c] = a:value
+        if bufnr("%") != b
+            execute b "buffer!"
+        endif
+        call setpos(".", [0, l, c, 0])
+    endfunction
+
+    function! s:MatchPairs(open, close, stopat)
+        " Stop only on vector and map [ resp. {. Ignore the ones in strings and
+        " comments.
+        if a:stopat == 0
+            let stopat = max([line(".") - g:clojure_maxlines, 0])
+        else
+            let stopat = a:stopat
+        endif
+
+        let pos = searchpairpos(a:open, '', a:close, 'bWn', "!s:IsParen()", stopat)
+        return [pos[0], virtcol(pos)]
+    endfunction
+
+    function! s:ClojureCheckForStringWorker()
+        " Check whether there is the last character of the previous line is
+        " highlighted as a string. If so, we check whether it's a ". In this
+        " case we have to check also the previous character. The " might be the
+        " closing one. In case the we are still in the string, we search for the
+        " opening ". If this is not found we take the indent of the line.
+        let nb = prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1)
+
+        if nb == 0
+            return -1
+        endif
+
+        call cursor(nb, 0)
+        call cursor(0, col("$") - 1)
+        if s:SynIdName() !~? "string"
+            return -1
+        endif
+
+        " This will not work for a " in the first column...
+        if s:CurrentChar() == '"'
+            call cursor(0, col("$") - 2)
+            if s:SynIdName() !~? "string"
+                return -1
+            endif
+            if s:CurrentChar() != '\\'
+                return -1
+            endif
+            call cursor(0, col("$") - 1)
+        endif
+
+        let p = searchpos('\(^\|[^\\]\)\zs"', 'bW')
+
+        if p != [0, 0]
+            return p[1] - 1
+        endif
+
+        return indent(".")
+    endfunction
+
+    function! s:CheckForString()
+        let pos = s:SavePosition()
+        try
+            let val = s:ClojureCheckForStringWorker()
+        finally
+            call s:RestorePosition(pos)
+        endtry
+        return val
+    endfunction
+
+    function! s:ClojureIsMethodSpecialCaseWorker(position)
+        " Find the next enclosing form.
+        call search('\S', 'Wb')
+
+        " Special case: we are at a '(('.
+        if s:CurrentChar() == '('
+            return 0
+        endif
+        call cursor(a:position)
+
+        let nextParen = s:MatchPairs('(', ')', 0)
+
+        " Special case: we are now at toplevel.
+        if nextParen == [0, 0]
+            return 0
+        endif
+        call cursor(nextParen)
+
+        call search('\S', 'W')
+        if g:clojure_special_indent_words =~ '\<' . s:CurrentWord() . '\>'
+            return 1
+        endif
+
+        return 0
+    endfunction
+
+    function! s:IsMethodSpecialCase(position)
+        let pos = s:SavePosition()
+        try
+            let val = s:ClojureIsMethodSpecialCaseWorker(a:position)
+        finally
+            call s:RestorePosition(pos)
+        endtry
+        return val
+    endfunction
+
+    function! GetClojureIndent()
+        " Get rid of special case.
+        if line(".") == 1
+            return 0
+        endif
+
+        " We have to apply some heuristics here to figure out, whether to use
+        " normal lisp indenting or not.
+        let i = s:CheckForString()
+        if i > -1
+            return i + !!g:clojure_align_multiline_strings
+        endif
+
+        call cursor(0, 1)
+
+        " Find the next enclosing [ or {. We can limit the second search
+        " to the line, where the [ was found. If no [ was there this is
+        " zero and we search for an enclosing {.
+        let paren = s:MatchPairs('(', ')', 0)
+        let bracket = s:MatchPairs('\[', '\]', paren[0])
+        let curly = s:MatchPairs('{', '}', bracket[0])
+
+        " In case the curly brace is on a line later then the [ or - in
+        " case they are on the same line - in a higher column, we take the
+        " curly indent.
+        if curly[0] > bracket[0] || curly[1] > bracket[1]
+            if curly[0] > paren[0] || curly[1] > paren[1]
+                return curly[1]
+            endif
+        endif
+
+        " If the curly was not chosen, we take the bracket indent - if
+        " there was one.
+        if bracket[0] > paren[0] || bracket[1] > paren[1]
+            return bracket[1]
+        endif
+
+        " There are neither { nor [ nor (, ie. we are at the toplevel.
+        if paren == [0, 0]
+            return 0
+        endif
+
+        " Now we have to reimplement lispindent. This is surprisingly easy, as
+        " soon as one has access to syntax items.
+        "
+        " - Check whether we are in a special position after a word in
+        "   g:clojure_special_indent_words. These are special cases.
+        " - Get the next keyword after the (.
+        " - If its first character is also a (, we have another sexp and align
+        "   one column to the right of the unmatched (.
+        " - In case it is in lispwords, we indent the next line to the column of
+        "   the ( + sw.
+        " - If not, we check whether it is last word in the line. In that case
+        "   we again use ( + sw for indent.
+        " - In any other case we use the column of the end of the word + 2.
+        call cursor(paren)
+
+        if s:IsMethodSpecialCase(paren)
+            return paren[1] + &shiftwidth - 1
+        endif
+
+        " In case we are at the last character, we use the paren position.
+        if col("$") - 1 == paren[1]
+            return paren[1]
+        endif
+
+        " In case after the paren is a whitespace, we search for the next word.
+        normal! l
+        if s:CurrentChar() == ' '
+            normal! w
+        endif
+
+        " If we moved to another line, there is no word after the (. We
+        " use the ( position for indent.
+        if line(".") > paren[0]
+            return paren[1]
+        endif
+
+        " We still have to check, whether the keyword starts with a (, [ or {.
+        " In that case we use the ( position for indent.
+        let w = s:CurrentWord()
+        if stridx('([{', w[0]) > -1
+            return paren[1]
+        endif
+
+        " Test words without namespace qualifiers and leading reader macro
+        " metacharacters.
+        "
+        " e.g. clojure.core/defn and #'defn should both indent like defn.
+        let ww = substitute(w, "\\v%(.*/|[#'`~@^,]*)(.*)", '\1', '')
+
+        if &lispwords =~ '\V\<' . ww . '\>'
+            return paren[1] + &shiftwidth - 1
+        endif
+
+        if g:clojure_fuzzy_indent
+            \ && !s:MatchesOne(g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist, ww)
+            \ && s:MatchesOne(g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns, ww)
+            return paren[1] + &shiftwidth - 1
+        endif
+
+        normal! W
+        if paren[0] < line(".")
+            return paren[1] + &shiftwidth - 1
+        endif
+
+        normal! ge
+        return virtcol(".") + 1
+    endfunction
+
+    setlocal indentexpr=GetClojureIndent()
+
+else
+
+    " In case we have searchpairpos not available we fall back to
+    " normal lisp indenting.
+    setlocal indentexpr=
+    setlocal lisp
+    let b:undo_indent .= '| setlocal lisp<'
+
+endif
+
+" Specially indented symbols from clojure.core and clojure.test.
+"
+" Clojure symbols are indented in the defn style when they:
+"
+"   * Define vars and anonymous functions
+"   * Create new lexical scopes or scopes with altered environments
+"   * Create conditional branches from a predicate function or value
+"
+" The arglists for these functions are generally in the form of [x & body];
+" Functions that accept a flat list of forms do not treat the first argument
+" specially and hence are not indented specially.
+
+" Definitions
+setlocal lispwords=
+setlocal lispwords+=bound-fn
+setlocal lispwords+=def
+setlocal lispwords+=definline
+setlocal lispwords+=definterface
+setlocal lispwords+=defmacro
+setlocal lispwords+=defmethod
+setlocal lispwords+=defmulti
+setlocal lispwords+=defn
+setlocal lispwords+=defn-
+setlocal lispwords+=defonce
+setlocal lispwords+=defprotocol
+setlocal lispwords+=defrecord
+setlocal lispwords+=defstruct
+setlocal lispwords+=deftest " clojure.test
+setlocal lispwords+=deftest- " clojure.test
+setlocal lispwords+=deftype
+setlocal lispwords+=extend
+setlocal lispwords+=extend-protocol
+setlocal lispwords+=extend-type
+setlocal lispwords+=fn
+setlocal lispwords+=ns
+setlocal lispwords+=proxy
+setlocal lispwords+=reify
+setlocal lispwords+=set-test " clojure.test
+
+" Binding forms
+setlocal lispwords+=as->
+setlocal lispwords+=binding
+setlocal lispwords+=doall
+setlocal lispwords+=dorun
+setlocal lispwords+=doseq
+setlocal lispwords+=dotimes
+setlocal lispwords+=doto
+setlocal lispwords+=for
+setlocal lispwords+=if-let
+setlocal lispwords+=let
+setlocal lispwords+=letfn
+setlocal lispwords+=locking
+setlocal lispwords+=loop
+setlocal lispwords+=testing " clojure.test
+setlocal lispwords+=when-first
+setlocal lispwords+=when-let
+setlocal lispwords+=with-bindings
+setlocal lispwords+=with-in-str
+setlocal lispwords+=with-local-vars
+setlocal lispwords+=with-open
+setlocal lispwords+=with-precision
+setlocal lispwords+=with-redefs
+setlocal lispwords+=with-redefs-fn
+setlocal lispwords+=with-test " clojure.test
+
+" Conditional branching
+setlocal lispwords+=case
+setlocal lispwords+=cond->
+setlocal lispwords+=cond->>
+setlocal lispwords+=condp
+setlocal lispwords+=if
+setlocal lispwords+=if-not
+setlocal lispwords+=when
+setlocal lispwords+=when-not
+setlocal lispwords+=while
+
+" Exception handling
+setlocal lispwords+=catch
+setlocal lispwords+=try " For aesthetics when enclosing single line
+
+let &cpo = s:save_cpo
+unlet! s:save_cpo
+
+" vim:sts=4 sw=4 et:

runtime/indent/cucumber.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	Cucumber
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:	2010 May 21
+" Last Change:	2013 May 30
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
   finish
@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ setlocal autoindent
 setlocal indentexpr=GetCucumberIndent()
 setlocal indentkeys=o,O,*<Return>,<:>,0<Bar>,0#,=,!^F
 
+let b:undo_indent = 'setl ai< inde< indk<'
+
 " Only define the function once.
 if exists("*GetCucumberIndent")
   finish
@@ -24,35 +26,47 @@ endfunction
 function! GetCucumberIndent()
   let line  = getline(prevnonblank(v:lnum-1))
   let cline = getline(v:lnum)
+  let nline = getline(nextnonblank(v:lnum+1))
   let syn = s:syn(prevnonblank(v:lnum-1))
   let csyn = s:syn(v:lnum)
+  let nsyn = s:syn(nextnonblank(v:lnum+1))
   if csyn ==# 'cucumberFeature' || cline =~# '^\s*Feature:'
+    " feature heading
     return 0
   elseif csyn ==# 'cucumberExamples' || cline =~# '^\s*\%(Examples\|Scenarios\):'
+    " examples heading
     return 2 * &sw
   elseif csyn =~# '^cucumber\%(Background\|Scenario\|ScenarioOutline\)$' || cline =~# '^\s*\%(Background\|Scenario\|Scenario Outline\):'
+    " background, scenario or outline heading
     return &sw
   elseif syn ==# 'cucumberFeature' || line =~# '^\s*Feature:'
+    " line after feature heading
     return &sw
   elseif syn ==# 'cucumberExamples' || line =~# '^\s*\%(Examples\|Scenarios\):'
+    " line after examples heading
     return 3 * &sw
   elseif syn =~# '^cucumber\%(Background\|Scenario\|ScenarioOutline\)$' || line =~# '^\s*\%(Background\|Scenario\|Scenario Outline\):'
+    " line after background, scenario or outline heading
     return 2 * &sw
-  elseif cline =~# '^\s*@' && (s:syn(nextnonblank(v:lnum+1)) == 'cucumberFeature' || getline(nextnonblank(v:lnum+1)) =~# '^\s*Feature:' || indent(prevnonblank(v:lnum-1)) <= 0)
+  elseif cline =~# '^\s*[@#]' && (nsyn == 'cucumberFeature' || nline =~# '^\s*Feature:' || indent(prevnonblank(v:lnum-1)) <= 0)
+    " tag or comment before a feature heading
     return 0
-  elseif line =~# '^\s*@'
+  elseif cline =~# '^\s*@'
+    " other tags
     return &sw
-  elseif cline =~# '^\s*|' && line =~# '^\s*|'
+  elseif cline =~# '^\s*[#|]' && line =~# '^\s*|'
+    " mid-table
+    " preserve indent
     return indent(prevnonblank(v:lnum-1))
-  elseif cline =~# '^\s*|' && line =~# '^\s*[^|#]'
+  elseif cline =~# '^\s*|' && line =~# '^\s*[^|]'
+    " first line of a table, relative indent
     return indent(prevnonblank(v:lnum-1)) + &sw
-  elseif cline =~# '^\s*[^|# \t]' && line =~# '^\s*|'
+  elseif cline =~# '^\s*[^|]' && line =~# '^\s*|'
+    " line after a table, relative unindent
     return indent(prevnonblank(v:lnum-1)) - &sw
-  elseif cline =~# '^\s*$' && line =~# '^\s*|'
-    let in = indent(prevnonblank(v:lnum-1))
-    return in == indent(v:lnum) ? in : in - &sw
-  elseif cline =~# '^\s*#' && getline(v:lnum-1) =~ '^\s*$' && getline(v:lnum+1) =~# '\S'
-    return indent(getline(v:lnum+1))
+  elseif cline =~# '^\s*#' && getline(v:lnum-1) =~ '^\s*$' && (nsyn =~# '^cucumber\%(Background\|Scenario\|ScenarioOutline\)$' || nline =~# '^\s*\%(Background\|Scenario\|Scenario Outline\):')
+    " comments on scenarios
+    return &sw
   endif
   return indent(prevnonblank(v:lnum-1))
 endfunction

runtime/indent/eruby.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:		eRuby
 " Maintainer:		Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:		2010 May 28
-" URL:			http://vim-ruby.rubyforge.org
-" Anon CVS:		See above site
+" URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
@@ -50,29 +48,32 @@ function! GetErubyIndent(...)
   call cursor(v:lnum,1)
   let inruby = searchpair('<%','','%>','W')
   call cursor(v:lnum,vcol)
-  if inruby && getline(v:lnum) !~ '^<%\|^\s*-\=%>'
-    let ind = GetRubyIndent()
+  if inruby && getline(v:lnum) !~ '^<%\|^\s*[-=]\=%>'
+    let ind = GetRubyIndent(v:lnum)
   else
     exe "let ind = ".b:eruby_subtype_indentexpr
   endif
   let lnum = prevnonblank(v:lnum-1)
   let line = getline(lnum)
   let cline = getline(v:lnum)
-  if cline =~# '^\s*<%-\=\s*\%(}\|end\|else\|\%(ensure\|rescue\|elsif\|when\).\{-\}\)\s*\%(-\=%>\|$\)'
+  if cline =~# '^\s*<%[-=]\=\s*\%(}\|end\|else\|\%(ensure\|rescue\|elsif\|when\).\{-\}\)\s*\%([-=]\=%>\|$\)'
     let ind = ind - &sw
   endif
-  if line =~# '\S\s*<%-\=\s*\%(}\|end\).\{-\}\s*\%(-\=%>\|$\)'
+  if line =~# '\S\s*<%[-=]\=\s*\%(}\|end\).\{-\}\s*\%([-=]\=%>\|$\)'
     let ind = ind - &sw
   endif
-  if line =~# '\%({\|\<do\)\%(\s*|[^|]*|\)\=\s*-\=%>'
+  if line =~# '\%({\|\<do\)\%(\s*|[^|]*|\)\=\s*[-=]\=%>'
     let ind = ind + &sw
-  elseif line =~# '<%-\=\s*\%(module\|class\|def\|if\|for\|while\|until\|else\|elsif\|case\|when\|unless\|begin\|ensure\|rescue\)\>.*%>'
+  elseif line =~# '<%[-=]\=\s*\%(module\|class\|def\|if\|for\|while\|until\|else\|elsif\|case\|when\|unless\|begin\|ensure\|rescue\)\>.*%>'
     let ind = ind + &sw
   endif
   if line =~# '^\s*<%[=#-]\=\s*$' && cline !~# '^\s*end\>'
     let ind = ind + &sw
   endif
-  if cline =~# '^\s*-\=%>\s*$'
+  if line !~# '^\s*<%' && line =~# '%>\s*$'
+    let ind = ind - &sw
+  endif
+  if cline =~# '^\s*[-=]\=%>\s*$'
     let ind = ind - &sw
   endif
   return ind

runtime/indent/falcon.vim

@@ -2,14 +2,10 @@
 " Language: Falcon
 " Maintainer: Steven Oliver <oliver.steven@gmail.com>
 " Website: https://steveno@github.com/steveno/falconpl-vim.git
-" Credits: Thanks to the ruby.vim authors, I borrow a lot!
-" Previous Maintainer: Brent A. Fulgham <bfulgham@debian.org>
-" -----------------------------------------------------------
-" GetLatestVimScripts: 2752 1 :AutoInstall: falcon.vim
+" Credits: This is, to a great extent, a copy n' paste of ruby.vim.
 
-"======================================
-"       SETUP
-"======================================
+" 1. Setup {{{1
+" ============
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists("b:did_indent")
@@ -20,7 +16,7 @@ let b:did_indent = 1
 setlocal nosmartindent
 
 " Setup indent function and when to use it
-setlocal indentexpr=FalconGetIndent()
+setlocal indentexpr=FalconGetIndent(v:lnum)
 setlocal indentkeys=0{,0},0),0],!^F,o,O,e
 setlocal indentkeys+==~case,=~catch,=~default,=~elif,=~else,=~end,=~\"
 
@@ -32,9 +28,8 @@ endif
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
-"======================================
-"       VARIABLES
-"======================================
+" 2. Variables {{{1
+" ============
 
 " Regex of syntax group names that are strings AND comments
 let s:syng_strcom = '\<falcon\%(String\|StringEscape\|Comment\)\>'
@@ -42,6 +37,31 @@ let s:syng_strcom = '\<falcon\%(String\|StringEscape\|Comment\)\>'
 " Regex of syntax group names that are strings
 let s:syng_string = '\<falcon\%(String\|StringEscape\)\>'
 
+" Regex that defines blocks.
+"
+" Note that there's a slight problem with this regex and s:continuation_regex.
+" Code like this will be matched by both:
+"
+"   method_call do |(a, b)|
+"
+" The reason is that the pipe matches a hanging "|" operator.
+"
+let s:block_regex =
+      \ '\%(\<do:\@!\>\|%\@<!{\)\s*\%(|\s*(*\s*\%([*@&]\=\h\w*,\=\s*\)\%(,\s*(*\s*[*@&]\=\h\w*\s*)*\s*\)*|\)\=\s*\%(#.*\)\=$'
+
+let s:block_continuation_regex = '^\s*[^])}\t ].*'.s:block_regex
+
+" Regex that defines continuation lines.
+" TODO: this needs to deal with if ...: and so on
+let s:continuation_regex =
+      \ '\%(%\@<![({[\\.,:*/%+]\|\<and\|\<or\|\%(<%\)\@<![=-]\|\W[|&?]\|||\|&&\)\s*\%(#.*\)\=$'
+
+" Regex that defines bracket continuations
+let s:bracket_continuation_regex = '%\@<!\%([({[]\)\s*\%(#.*\)\=$'
+
+" Regex that defines continuation lines, not including (, {, or [.
+let s:non_bracket_continuation_regex = '\%([\\.,:*/%+]\|\<and\|\<or\|\%(<%\)\@<![=-]\|\W[|&?]\|||\|&&\)\s*\%(#.*\)\=$'
+
 " Keywords to indent on
 let s:falcon_indent_keywords = '^\s*\(case\|catch\|class\|enum\|default\|elif\|else' .
     \ '\|for\|function\|if.*"[^"]*:.*"\|if \(\(:\)\@!.\)*$\|loop\|object\|select' .
@@ -50,109 +70,381 @@ let s:falcon_indent_keywords = '^\s*\(case\|catch\|class\|enum\|default\|elif\|e
 " Keywords to deindent on
 let s:falcon_deindent_keywords = '^\s*\(case\|catch\|default\|elif\|else\|end\)'
 
-"======================================
-"       FUNCTIONS
-"======================================
+" 3. Functions {{{1
+" ============
 
-" Check if the character at lnum:col is inside a string
+" Check if the character at lnum:col is inside a string, comment, or is ascii.
 function s:IsInStringOrComment(lnum, col)
     return synIDattr(synID(a:lnum, a:col, 1), 'name') =~ s:syng_strcom
 endfunction
 
-"======================================
-"       INDENT ROUTINE
-"======================================
+" Check if the character at lnum:col is inside a string.
+function s:IsInString(lnum, col)
+    return synIDattr(synID(a:lnum, a:col, 1), 'name') =~ s:syng_string
+endfunction
 
-function FalconGetIndent()
-    " Get the line to be indented
-    let cline = getline(v:lnum)
+" Check if the character at lnum:col is inside a string delimiter
+function s:IsInStringDelimiter(lnum, col)
+    return synIDattr(synID(a:lnum, a:col, 1), 'name') == 'falconStringDelimiter'
+endfunction
 
-    " Don't reindent comments on first column
-    if cline =~ '^\/\/'
-        return 0
-    endif
+" Find line above 'lnum' that isn't empty, in a comment, or in a string.
+function s:PrevNonBlankNonString(lnum)
+    let in_block = 0
+    let lnum = prevnonblank(a:lnum)
+    while lnum > 0
+	" Go in and out of blocks comments as necessary.
+	" If the line isn't empty (with opt. comment) or in a string, end search.
+	let line = getline(lnum)
+	if line =~ '^=begin'
+	    if in_block
+		let in_block = 0
+	    else
+		break
+	    endif
+	elseif !in_block && line =~ '^=end'
+	    let in_block = 1
+	elseif !in_block && line !~ '^\s*#.*$' && !(s:IsInStringOrComment(lnum, 1)
+		    \ && s:IsInStringOrComment(lnum, strlen(line)))
+	    break
+	endif
+	let lnum = prevnonblank(lnum - 1)
+    endwhile
+    return lnum
+endfunction
 
-    " Find the previous non-blank line
-    let lnum = prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1)
+" Find line above 'lnum' that started the continuation 'lnum' may be part of.
+function s:GetMSL(lnum)
+    " Start on the line we're at and use its indent.
+    let msl = a:lnum
+    let msl_body = getline(msl)
+    let lnum = s:PrevNonBlankNonString(a:lnum - 1)
+    while lnum > 0
+	" If we have a continuation line, or we're in a string, use line as MSL.
+	" Otherwise, terminate search as we have found our MSL already.
+	let line = getline(lnum)
+	
+	if s:Match(line, s:non_bracket_continuation_regex) &&
+          	\ s:Match(msl, s:non_bracket_continuation_regex)
+	    " If the current line is a non-bracket continuation and so is the
+	    " previous one, keep its indent and continue looking for an MSL.
+	    "    
+	    " Example:
+	    "   method_call one,
+	    "       two,
+	    "           three
+	    "           
+	    let msl = lnum
+	elseif s:Match(lnum, s:non_bracket_continuation_regex) &&
+		    \ (s:Match(msl, s:bracket_continuation_regex) || s:Match(msl, s:block_continuation_regex))
+	    " If the current line is a bracket continuation or a block-starter, but
+	    " the previous is a non-bracket one, respect the previous' indentation,
+	    " and stop here.
+	    " 
+	    " Example:
+	    "   method_call one,
+	    "       two {
+	    "           three
+	    "
+	    return lnum
+	elseif s:Match(lnum, s:bracket_continuation_regex) &&
+		    \ (s:Match(msl, s:bracket_continuation_regex) || s:Match(msl, s:block_continuation_regex))
+	    " If both lines are bracket continuations (the current may also be a
+	    " block-starter), use the current one's and stop here
+	    "
+	    " Example:
+	    "   method_call(
+	    "       other_method_call(
+	    "             foo
+	    return msl
+	elseif s:Match(lnum, s:block_regex) &&
+		    \ !s:Match(msl, s:continuation_regex) &&
+		    \ !s:Match(msl, s:block_continuation_regex)
+	    " If the previous line is a block-starter and the current one is
+	    " mostly ordinary, use the current one as the MSL.
+	    " 
+	    " Example:
+	    "   method_call do
+	    "       something
+	    "           something_else
+	    return msl
+	else
+	    let col = match(line, s:continuation_regex) + 1
+	    if (col > 0 && !s:IsInStringOrComment(lnum, col))
+			\ || s:IsInString(lnum, strlen(line))
+		let msl = lnum
+	    else
+		break
+	    endif
+	endif
+	
+	let msl_body = getline(msl)
+	let lnum = s:PrevNonBlankNonString(lnum - 1)
+    endwhile
+    return msl
+endfunction
+
+" Check if line 'lnum' has more opening brackets than closing ones.
+function s:ExtraBrackets(lnum)
+    let opening = {'parentheses': [], 'braces': [], 'brackets': []}
+    let closing = {'parentheses': [], 'braces': [], 'brackets': []}
+
+    let line = getline(a:lnum)
+    let pos  = match(line, '[][(){}]', 0)
+
+    " Save any encountered opening brackets, and remove them once a matching
+    " closing one has been found. If a closing bracket shows up that doesn't
+    " close anything, save it for later.
+    while pos != -1
+	if !s:IsInStringOrComment(a:lnum, pos + 1)
+	    if line[pos] == '('
+		call add(opening.parentheses, {'type': '(', 'pos': pos})
+	    elseif line[pos] == ')'
+		if empty(opening.parentheses)
+		    call add(closing.parentheses, {'type': ')', 'pos': pos})
+		else
+		    let opening.parentheses = opening.parentheses[0:-2]
+		endif
+	    elseif line[pos] == '{'
+		call add(opening.braces, {'type': '{', 'pos': pos})
+	    elseif line[pos] == '}'
+		if empty(opening.braces)
+		    call add(closing.braces, {'type': '}', 'pos': pos})
+		else
+		    let opening.braces = opening.braces[0:-2]
+		endif
+	    elseif line[pos] == '['
+		call add(opening.brackets, {'type': '[', 'pos': pos})
+	    elseif line[pos] == ']'
+		if empty(opening.brackets)
+		    call add(closing.brackets, {'type': ']', 'pos': pos})
+		else
+		    let opening.brackets = opening.brackets[0:-2]
+		endif
+	    endif
+	endif
+	
+	let pos = match(line, '[][(){}]', pos + 1)
+    endwhile
+
+    " Find the rightmost brackets, since they're the ones that are important in
+    " both opening and closing cases
+    let rightmost_opening = {'type': '(', 'pos': -1}
+    let rightmost_closing = {'type': ')', 'pos': -1}
+
+    for opening in opening.parentheses + opening.braces + opening.brackets
+	if opening.pos > rightmost_opening.pos
+	    let rightmost_opening = opening
+	endif
+    endfor
+
+    for closing in closing.parentheses + closing.braces + closing.brackets
+	if closing.pos > rightmost_closing.pos
+	    let rightmost_closing = closing
+	endif
+    endfor
+
+    return [rightmost_opening, rightmost_closing]
+endfunction
+
+function s:Match(lnum, regex)
+    let col = match(getline(a:lnum), '\C'.a:regex) + 1
+    return col > 0 && !s:IsInStringOrComment(a:lnum, col) ? col : 0
+endfunction
+
+function s:MatchLast(lnum, regex)
+    let line = getline(a:lnum)
+    let col = match(line, '.*\zs' . a:regex)
+    while col != -1 && s:IsInStringOrComment(a:lnum, col)
+	let line = strpart(line, 0, col)
+	let col = match(line, '.*' . a:regex)
+    endwhile
+    return col + 1
+endfunction
+
+" 4. FalconGetIndent Routine {{{1
+" ============
+
+function FalconGetIndent(...)
+    " For the current line, use the first argument if given, else v:lnum
+    let clnum = a:0 ? a:1 : v:lnum
 
     " Use zero indent at the top of the file
-    if lnum == 0
+    if clnum == 0
         return 0
     endif
 
-    let prevline=getline(lnum)
+    let line = getline(clnum)
+    let ind = -1
+
+    " If we got a closing bracket on an empty line, find its match and indent
+    " according to it.  For parentheses we indent to its column - 1, for the
+    " others we indent to the containing line's MSL's level.  Return -1 if fail.
+    let col = matchend(line, '^\s*[]})]')
+    if col > 0 && !s:IsInStringOrComment(clnum, col)
+	call cursor(clnum, col)
+	let bs = strpart('(){}[]', stridx(')}]', line[col - 1]) * 2, 2)
+	if searchpair(escape(bs[0], '\['), '', bs[1], 'bW', s:skip_expr) > 0
+	    if line[col-1]==')' && col('.') != col('$') - 1
+		let ind = virtcol('.') - 1
+	    else
+		let ind = indent(s:GetMSL(line('.')))
+	    endif
+	endif
+	return ind
+    endif
+
+    " If we have a deindenting keyword, find its match and indent to its level.
+    " TODO: this is messy
+    if s:Match(clnum, s:falcon_deindent_keywords)
+	call cursor(clnum, 1)
+	if searchpair(s:end_start_regex, s:end_middle_regex, s:end_end_regex, 'bW',
+		    \ s:end_skip_expr) > 0
+	    let msl  = s:GetMSL(line('.'))
+	    let line = getline(line('.'))
+
+	    if strpart(line, 0, col('.') - 1) =~ '=\s*$' &&
+			\ strpart(line, col('.') - 1, 2) !~ 'do'
+		let ind = virtcol('.') - 1
+	    elseif getline(msl) =~ '=\s*\(#.*\)\=$'
+		let ind = indent(line('.'))
+	    else
+		let ind = indent(msl)
+	    endif
+	endif
+	return ind
+    endif
+
+    " If we are in a multi-line string or line-comment, don't do anything to it.
+    if s:IsInString(clnum, matchend(line, '^\s*') + 1)
+	return indent('.')
+    endif
+
+    " Find a non-blank, non-multi-line string line above the current line.
+    let lnum = s:PrevNonBlankNonString(clnum - 1)
+
+    " If the line is empty and inside a string, use the previous line.
+    if line =~ '^\s*$' && lnum != prevnonblank(clnum - 1)
+	return indent(prevnonblank(clnum))
+    endif
+
+    " At the start of the file use zero indent.
+    if lnum == 0
+	return 0
+    endif
+
+    " Set up variables for the previous line.
+    let line = getline(lnum)
     let ind = indent(lnum)
-    let chg = 0
 
-    " If we are in a multi-line string or line-comment, don't do anything
-    if s:IsInStringOrComment(v:lnum, matchend(cline, '^\s*') + 1 )
-        return indent('.')
+    " If the previous line ended with a block opening, add a level of indent.
+    if s:Match(lnum, s:block_regex)
+	return indent(s:GetMSL(lnum)) + &sw
     endif
 
-    " If the start of the line equals a double quote, then indent to the
-    " previous lines first double quote
-    if cline =~? '^\s*"'
-        let chg = chg + &sw
+    " If it contained hanging closing brackets, find the rightmost one, find its
+    " match and indent according to that.
+    if line =~ '[[({]' || line =~ '[])}]\s*\%(#.*\)\=$'
+	let [opening, closing] = s:ExtraBrackets(lnum)
+
+	if opening.pos != -1
+	    if opening.type == '(' && searchpair('(', '', ')', 'bW', s:skip_expr) > 0
+		if col('.') + 1 == col('$')
+		    return ind + &sw
+		else
+		    return virtcol('.')
+		endif
+	    else
+		let nonspace = matchend(line, '\S', opening.pos + 1) - 1
+		return nonspace > 0 ? nonspace : ind + &sw
+	    endif
+	elseif closing.pos != -1
+	    call cursor(lnum, closing.pos + 1)
+	    normal! %
+
+	    if s:Match(line('.'), s:falcon_indent_keywords)
+		return indent('.') + &sw
+	    else
+		return indent('.')
+	    endif
+	else
+	    call cursor(clnum, vcol)
+	end
     endif
 
-    " If previous line started with a double quote and this one
-    " doesn't, unindent
-    if prevline =~? '^\s*"' && cline =~? '^\s*'
-        let chg = chg - &sw
+    " If the previous line ended with an "end", match that "end"s beginning's
+    " indent.
+    let col = s:Match(lnum, '\%(^\|[^.:@$]\)\<end\>\s*\%(#.*\)\=$')
+    if col > 0
+	call cursor(lnum, col)
+	if searchpair(s:end_start_regex, '', s:end_end_regex, 'bW',
+		    \ s:end_skip_expr) > 0
+	    let n = line('.')
+	    let ind = indent('.')
+	    let msl = s:GetMSL(n)
+	    if msl != n
+		let ind = indent(msl)
+	    end
+	    return ind
+	endif
+    end
+
+    let col = s:Match(lnum, s:falcon_indent_keywords)
+    if col > 0
+	call cursor(lnum, col)
+	let ind = virtcol('.') - 1 + &sw
+	" TODO: make this better (we need to count them) (or, if a searchpair
+	" fails, we know that something is lacking an end and thus we indent a
+	" level
+	if s:Match(lnum, s:end_end_regex)
+	    let ind = indent('.')
+	endif
+	return ind
     endif
 
-    " Indent if proper keyword
-    if prevline =~? s:falcon_indent_keywords
-        let chg = &sw
-    " If previous line opened a parenthesis, and did not close it, indent
-    elseif prevline =~ '^.*(\s*[^)]*\((.*)\)*[^)]*$'
-        " Make sure this isn't just a function split between two lines
-        if prevline =~ ',\s*$'
-            return indent(prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1)) + &sw
-        else
-            return match(prevline, '(.*\((.*)\|[^)]\)*.*$') + 1
-        endif
-    elseif prevline =~ '^[^(]*)\s*$'
-        " This line closes a parenthesis. Finds opening.
-        let curr_line = prevnonblank(lnum - 1)
-        while curr_line >= 0
-            let str = getline(curr_line)
-            if str !~ '^.*(\s*[^)]*\((.*)\)*[^)]*$'
-                let curr_line = prevnonblank(curr_line - 1)
-            else
-                break
-            endif
-        endwhile
-        if curr_line < 0
-            return -1
-        endif
-        let ind = indent(curr_line)
+    " Set up variables to use and search for MSL to the previous line.
+    let p_lnum = lnum
+    let lnum = s:GetMSL(lnum)
+
+    " If the previous line wasn't a MSL and is continuation return its indent.
+    " TODO: the || s:IsInString() thing worries me a bit.
+    if p_lnum != lnum
+	if s:Match(p_lnum, s:non_bracket_continuation_regex) || s:IsInString(p_lnum,strlen(line))
+	    return ind
+	endif
     endif
 
-    " If previous line ends in a semi-colon reset indent to previous
-    " lines setting
-    if prevline =~? ';\s*$' && prevnonblank(prevline) =~? ',\s*$'
-        return chg = chg - (2 * &sw)
+    " Set up more variables, now that we know we wasn't continuation bound.
+    let line = getline(lnum)
+    let msl_ind = indent(lnum)
+
+    " If the MSL line had an indenting keyword in it, add a level of indent.
+    " TODO: this does not take into account contrived things such as
+    " module Foo; class Bar; end
+    if s:Match(lnum, s:falcon_indent_keywords)
+	let ind = msl_ind + &sw
+	if s:Match(lnum, s:end_end_regex)
+	    let ind = ind - &sw
+	endif
+	return ind
     endif
 
-    " If previous line ended in a comma, indent again
-    if prevline =~? ',\s*$'
-        let chg = chg + &sw
+    " If the previous line ended with [*+/.,-=], but wasn't a block ending or a
+    " closing bracket, indent one extra level.
+    if s:Match(lnum, s:non_bracket_continuation_regex) && !s:Match(lnum, '^\s*\([\])}]\|end\)')
+	if lnum == p_lnum
+	    let ind = msl_ind + &sw
+	else
+	    let ind = msl_ind
+	endif
+	return ind
     endif
 
-    " If previous line ended in a =>, indent again
-    if prevline =~? '=>\s*$'
-        let chg = chg + &sw
-    endif
-
-    " Deindent on proper keywords
-    if cline =~? s:falcon_deindent_keywords
-        let chg = chg - &sw
-    endif
-
-    return ind + chg
+  return ind
 endfunction
 
+" }}}1
+
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
 unlet s:cpo_save
 

runtime/indent/gitconfig.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	git config file
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:	2012 April 7
+" Last Change:	2013 May 30
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
   finish